M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/08122018... ·...

SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/ALL /001/2017-18/00

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For

Expansion of Pesticides, Chemical Intermediates Manufacturing and Formulation unit Of

M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd Plot no. B-16, 17, 18, & 21, MIDC, Mahad, Raigad,

Maharashtra. India.

EIA Consultant

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

QCI QCI-NABET Accredited EIA Consultancy for Schedule 5 (b) Cat ‘A’.

Certificate No – NABET/EIA/1518/RA 020

NABL Accredited Laboratory, Valid up to 29.06.2020 Lab. Recognized by MoEFCC, GOI, Valid up to 2.01.2019 Certified by ISO 9001:2008 & BS OHSAS 18001:2007

310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji, Goa state, India. PIN: 403001

Email : [email protected] / [email protected] Web site:-www.sadekarenviro.com Telephone : 0832-2437048/ 2437164

Baseline monitoring period: December 2017 to February 2018

December, 2018

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Expansion of Pesticide Manufacturing and Formulation unit of M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd., Plot no. B-16, 17, 18, & 21, MIDC, Mahad, Raigad, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/ALL/001/2017-18/00

Project Team

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 1

Project Team

Declaration by Experts contributingto the EIA of M/s. Astec LifeSciences Ltd. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA Team in the following, capacity that developed the above EIA EIA Coordinator : 5 (b)

Name : Mr. P.R Sadekar

Signature & Date :

Period of Involvement: Oct. 2017 to till EIA completion Contact Information : [email protected]

Functional Area Experts:

Sr. No.

Functional Areas

Name of the Expert/s

Name of the Team Member/s

Involvement Period & Task

Signature & Date

1 HG -- Mr. P.R.

Sadekar

Oct. 2017 till date Task:

Impact Assessment

of HG

2 AP Mr. Vinay

Gupta --

Oct. 2017 till 15th

June 2018 Task:

Impact Assessment

of Air Pollution

mailto:[email protected]


Project Team


3 WP Mr. P. R. Sadekar

--


Impact Assessment

of Water Pollution

4 SHW Mr.

BhaskarYengal

--


Impact Assessment

of SHW

5 SE --

Mr.

PrasanjeetKhanderao


Impact Assessment

of SE

6 EB Mr.

BhaskarYengal

--


Impact Assessment

of EB

7 GEO --

Mr. VivekNavare


Impact Assessment

of GEO

8 SC Dr. Naraina PS Varde

--


Impact Assessment

of SC


Project Team


9 AQ Mr. Vinay

Gupta --


Impact Assessment

of AQ

10 NV Mr. Vinay

Gupta

--


Impact Assessment

of Noise &Vibration

11 LU Mr.

BhaskarYengal

--


Impact Assessment

of LU

12 RH Mr. Dilip

Joshi --


Impact Assessment

of RH


Project Team


Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization /authorized person

I, Prabhakar R Sadekar, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of

M/s. Astec LifeSciences Ltd., I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully

accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature :

Name : Mr. P.R Sadekar

Designation : Director

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

Head Office: Plot no. A-95, Road no. 16, Kisan Nagar

road, MIDC Wagle Industrial Area, Thane- 400604

Branch office: 310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto,

Panaji – 403001. Goa State India

NABET Certificate No.& Issue Date : NABET/EIA/1518/RA020 was earlier valid up to 14thOctober 2018 & have applied for renewal


LIST OF ABBREVATIONS


LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS SEEPL : Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. EIA : Environmental Impact

Assessment ALL : Astec LifeSciences Ltd. QCI : Quality Council of India NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education and Training NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories MoEFCC : Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change ISO : International Organization for Standardization BS OHSAS : British Standard Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series PIN : Postal Index Number MIDC : Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation MPCB : Maharashtra Pollution Control Board CETP : Common Effluent Treatment Plant CHWTSDF : Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility H2 : Hydrogen CO : Carbon monoxide CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board SO2 : Sulphur dioxide NO : Nitric Oxide NO2 : Nitrogen dioxide N2O : Nitrous oxide ALOHA : Aerial Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres NGOs : Non Governmental Organizations SEAC : State Expert Appraisal Committee SEIAA : State Environment Impact Assessment Authority GPS : Global Positioning System ECG : Electrocardiography NH3 : Ammonia HCl : Hydrochloric acid HBr : Hydrobomic acid H2S : Hydrogen sulfide HF : Hydrogen fluoride SOI : Survey Of India IMD : Indian Meteorological Department NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standard




FAE : Functional Area Expert ICAR : Indian Council of Agricultural Research US EPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency

LIST OF SYMBOLS/NOTATIONS F : Final IND : Industry Lab. : Laboratory GOI : Government Of India MT : Metric Ton M : Month ES : Executive Summary kVA : Kilovotl-ampere CMD : Cubic Meter Per Day T : Ton kg/hr. : Kilogram Per Hour TPH : Ton Per Hour kilocal./hr. : Kilocalorie Per Hour D.G : Diesel Generator KL : Kilo Liter ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant Dia. : Diameter m3/day : Meter cube per day SEE : Single Effect Evaporator CAGR : Compounded Annual Growth Rate PPEs : Personal Protective Equipments PM10 : Particulate matter of size less than 10 micron PM2.5 : Particulate matter of size less than 2 micron SOx : Oxides of Sulphur NOx : Oxides of Nitrogen RO : Reverse Osmosis TPM : Total Particulate Matter VOCs : Volatile Organic Compounds mm : Millimeter THF : Thermic Fluid Heater km : Kilometer




µg/m3 : Micorgram per meter cube db (A) : Weighted decibels mg/l : Milligram per liter TDS : Total Dissolved Solids BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand SW : Surface water GW : Ground water E-coli : Escherichia coli pH : Potential of Hydrogen IS 10500:2012 : Indian Standard Drinking Water - Specification kg/ha. : Kilogram per hectare PUC : Pollution Under Control LCOD & LTDS : Low Chemical Oxygen Demand & Low Total Dissolved Solids LCOD & HTDS Low Chemical Oxygen Demand & High Total Dissolved Solids MCLS : Maximum Credible Loss Scenario MSDs : Material Safety Data Sheets CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility ESC : Environment Social Commitment H.W : Hazardous Waste EMP : Environmental Management Plan sq. m : Square meter TOR : Terms Of Reference EC : Environmental Clearance CTE : Consent To Establish CTO : Consent To Operate FY : Financial Year SPCB : State Pollution Control Board w.r.t : With respect/reference to lat-long : Latitude-Longitude R&R : Resettlement & Rehabilitation AAQ : Ambient Air Quality NAAQM : National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring MOU : Memorandum Of Understanding ha. : Hectare PEL : Permissible Exposure Limit




TSDF : Transport Storage Disposal Facility PP : Project Proponent CMSWMF : Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility SEZs : Special Economic Zones STP : Sewage Treatment Plant FO : Furnace Oil DMW : De Mineralized Water F.G : Finished Goods ENGG. : Engineering APCDs : Air Pollution Control Devices TR : Ton Refrigeration hp : Horse Power kg/cm2 : Kilogram per centimeter square QMS : Quality Management System MIN : Minimum MAX : Maximum Avg. : Average 0C : Degree Celsius km/hr : Kilometer per hour HDPE : High-density polyethylene ppm : Parts per million BDL : Below Detection Limit IRC : Indian Road Congress TS : Traffic study location PCUs : Passenger car units AP : Air Pollution TSPM : Total Suspended Particulate Matter



Component Regulations

Air Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Rules and Amendments

- 1981, 1982, 1983, 1987

Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989

Indian Boiler Act, 1923

Motor Vehicles (Amendment) Act, 1988

National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009

Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981

Noise Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules and Amendments -

2000, 2006, 2010

Water Environmental (Protection) Rules, 1991

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Rules and

Amendments - 1974, 1977, 1978,1988

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, Rules and

Amendments - 1977, 2003

Flora and Fauna Wildlife (Protection) Act, Rules and Amendments - 1972, 1973, 1991,

1995,2002

Forest (Conservation) Act and Rules and Amendments - 1980, 1981,

2003

Biological Diversity Act, Rules - 2002, 2004

Hazardous

substances

Explosives Act, 1884

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans0-boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016

Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules -



1989, 2000

Wastes Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans0-boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016

Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules 2016

Solid Waste Management Rules - 2000, 2016

Others The Environment (Protection) Act and Rules - 1986, 1991

Environment Impact Assessment Notification 1994, 2006 &

Amendments

Factories Act and Amendments - 1948, 1987

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation - Revised

Development Control Regulations 2009

Standard Terms of Reference[TOR] for EIA/EMP Report for

Projects/Activities Requiring Environmental Clearance Under EIA

Notification, 2006



CONFIGURATION OF THE EIA REPORT

Executive Summary:

Executive summary is the brief summarization of introduction, history, salient features,

justification, process description of the project, baseline environmental status, anticipated

impacts & respective mitigation measures, brief of risk assessment study, disaster management

plan, CSR aspects, post project environmental monitoring plan, details of EMP budgetary

allocation and the findings of EIA report.

Chapter 1: Introduction

This is an introductory chapter describing purpose of project, information about project

proponent, brief description of - nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the

country, region, scope of study, details of the EIA consultant including NABET accreditation.

Chapter 2: Project description

This chapter provides information on type, need, history, size or magnitude, location of the

project, description of the project layout plan, schedule for approvals & implementation status of

land acquisition, production related details such as products to be manufactured, raw materials to

be used, technology - equipments and/or machinery to be used for manufacturing process &

overview of mitigation measures.

Chapter 3: Description of the environment

This chapter provides the scenario of the baseline environment status for various environmental

& physical components such as meteorology, air, surface & ground water, noise, soil, geology &

hydrogeology, traffic, land use land cover assessment, biotic environment, socio economics,

industrial workplace environment along with the description of methodologies, criteria for



sampling and/or monitoring, sources of secondary data and environmental component wise

interpretation w.r.t ground conditions at the time of study & statutory standards.

Chapter 4: Anticipated environmental impacts & mitigation measures

The chapter deals with the identification of project activity specific anticipated impacts,

quantification of the same, assessment of probable impacts on the environment & provisions of

mitigation measures to mitigate the same.

Chapter 5: Analysis of alternatives

This chapter provides information on analysis of alternatives considered for the location of set up

of project & for technology used for manufacturing process & allied operations along with

justification.

Chapter 6: Environmental monitoring programme

This chapter gives the importance of environmental monitoring during pre & post project stages

and also delineates the parameters & frequency of monitoring.

Chapter 7: Additional studies

This chapter covers aspects related to additional studies/activities such as public hearing

(recommendations if any), risk assessment (raw material storage related risk scenarios), disaster

management plan (onsite & offsite emergency preparedness plan) and recommendations related

to safe storage & handling of chemicals at site.

Chapter 8: Project benefits

This chapter highlights the locale specific & overall benefits of the project.

Chapter 9: Environmental cost benefit analysis



This chapter usually provides a scenario of cost benefits which can be achieved by adopting

sustainable measures or otherwise which may be not be achieved if resources optimization is not

considered.

Chapter 10: Environmental management plan

This chapter details all the project specific measures to be adopted as a part of environmental

management plan along with budgetary allocations.

Chapter 11: Summary & conclusion

This chapter provides summary of all project related activities and conclusion.


INDEX


INDEX Sr. No Components Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES-1 to ES -25 ES-1 Introduction ES-1 ES-2 History of the project ES-1 ES-3 Justification of project ES-5 ES-4 Process description ES-6 ES-5 Baseline Environmental Status ES-7 ES-6 Prediction of Impacts & its mitigation ES-15 ES-7 Risk Assessment Study ES-21 ES-8 Disaster Management Plan ES-22 ES-9 CSR Activity ES-22 ES-10 Occupational Health Measures ES-23 ES-11 Post Project Monitoring Plan ES-24 ES-12 EMP Cost & Budgetary Allocation ES-25

1) CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose of the project 1-1 1.2 Information about project proponent 1-2 1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its

importance to the country, region 1-3

1.4 Scope of the study 1-5 1.5 Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Accreditation 1-22

2) CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Type of project 2-1 2.2 Need for the project 2-1 2.3 History of the project 2-1 2.4 Size or magnitude of operation 2-2 2.5 Location of the project 2-7 2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 2-17 2.7 If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and

whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any

2-27

2.8 Description of mitigation measures 2- 28

3) CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1 Introduction 3-1 3.2 Meteorology 3-2 3.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3-11


INDEX


3.4 Surface Water Quality 3-20 3.5 Ground Water Quality 3-29 3.6 Noise Level Monitoring 3-35 3.7 Soil Quality 3-39 3.8 Environmental Conditions at Industry 3-46 3.9 Geology & Hydrogeology of the study area 3-49 3.10 Traffic Study 3-53 3.11 Land use Pattern 3-61 3.12 Biotic environment 3-67 3.13 Socio economic status of the study area 3-73

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Air Environment 4-1 4.2 Water Environment 4-23 4.3 Noise Environment 4-44 4.4 Details of hazardous and non-hazardous waste generation and their

storage, utilization and management 4-53

4.5 Soil environment 4-60 4.6 Biotic environment 4-69 4.7 Land environment 4-74 4.8 Socio economic environment 4-74 4.9 Odour 4-75

5) CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE 5.1 Introduction 5-1 5.2 Analysis of alternative site 5-1 5.3 Analysis of alternative technology 5-2

6) CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAM

6.1 Introduction 6-1 6.2 Monitoring points/locations and components 6-1 6.3 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency 6-5 6.4 Monitoring methodologies 6-6 6.5 Documentation and Reporting 6-6 6.6 Budget & procurement schedule 6-6

7) CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES 1 to 68 7.1 Public Hearing 1


INDEX


7.2 Risk Assessment 1-22 7.3 HAZOP Study 23 7.4 Aerial Location of Hazardous Atmosphere (ALOHA) 2-16 7.5 DOW Fire and Explosion Index 16-20 7.6 Toxicity (Monds) Index 21-22 7.7 Disaster Management Plan 24-68 7.8 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan 63-68

8) CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS 8-1

9) CHAPTER 9 – ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9-1

10) CHAPTER10 – ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN 1 to 29

10.1 Introduction 1 10.2 Organizational Structure Of Environment Management 2 10.3 Budget for Environmental Management / Environmental Pollution

Control Measures 3

10.4 Details of EMP Budgetary Allocation 3-4 10.5 Details of Environmental Mitigation Measures 4-10 10.6 Fly Ash utilization as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. 10 10.7 Action Plan for Green Belt Development 11-21 10.8 Storm Water Management 21-22 10.9 Rain Water Harvesting 22 10.10 Solvent Management System 22-23 10.11 CSR Activity (Enterprises Social Commitment) 23 -25 10.12 Occupational Health 25-26 10.13 Corporate Environmental Policy 26-29

11) CHAPTER 11 – SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 1 to 4 11.1 Salient Features Of The Project 1-3 11.2 Conclusion 3-4

12) CHAPTER 12 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 1 to 4

LIST OF TABLES

Table no.

Name of Table Page No.


INDEX


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

ES-1 Salient Features of the Project ES-2 ES-2 Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1 ES-14 ES-3 Summary of Impacts & Mitigation Measures ES-15 ES-4 Year wise Details of CSR Activities ES-23 ES-5 Environmental Monitoring Program ES-24 ES-6 Cost details for Environmental Management ES-25

1) CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION 1.1 Compliance of Standard TOR 1-6 1.2 Compliance of Specific TOR by MoEF & CC 1-19 1.3 Compliance of SEAC-1 Additional TOR 1-20 1.4 Details of Accreditation of SEEPL 1-22

2) CHAPTER 2 - PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Project details 2-2 2.2 Latitude & Longitude of factory corners 2-8 2.3 Immediate surroundings to the project site 2-8 2.4 List of major industries 2-8 2.5 List of environmental sensitive areas 2-9 2.6 Land use break up details of the project site 2-12 2.7 Description of Project Plot Layout plan 2-16 2.8 Schedule for approval and implementation 2-18 2.9 List of raw materials 2-20 2.10 List of products 2-22 2.11 List of existing & proposed major equipments & machineries 2-24 2.12 Impact Evaluation Matrix 2-31 2.13 Severity criteria for magnitude of impacts 2-33

2.14 Severity criteria for magnitude of impacts 2-33

3) CHAPTER 3 - DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1 Monthly data from IMD 2012 to 2016 3-6 3.2 Site Specific Micro Meteorology Data (March to May, 2017) 3-9 3.3 Methodology Used for Ambient Air Analysis 3-12 3.4 Details of Selected Sampling Locations 3-14 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Status (Criteria Pollutants) 3-16


INDEX


3.6 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site 3-19 3.7 Methodologies Used for Surface Water Analysis 3-24 3.8 Details of Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations 3-25 3.9 IS: 2296–1982_Inland_Surface_Water_Stds 3-25 3.10 Surface Water Quality Results 3-27 3.11 Details of Sampling Locations for Ground Water samples 3-30 3.12 Parameters and Methodologies for Analysis of Ground Water Samples 3-31 3.13 Ground Water Quality Results 3-33 3.14 IS:10500:2012 Standards for Drinking Water 3-34 3.15 Details of Noise Quality Monitoring Stations 3-38 3.16 Result of Ambient Noise Monitoring 3-38 3.17 Details of Soil Quality Sampling Stations 3-42 3.18 Methodology of soil quality analysis 3-42 3.19 Analysis of Soil Samples 3-44 3.20 Chemical Classification of Soil Quality 3-45 3.21 Monitoring at Workplace of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. 3-46 3.22 Results of Monitoring for Astec LifeSciences Ltd. 3-47 3.23 Results of Noise Monitoring at Various locations at the project site 3-47 3.24 Characteristics of Waste Water from Effluent Treatment Plant 3-48 3.25 Statigraphic sequences of the geological formation in the district 3-49 3.26 Traffic study observation locations 3-55 3.27 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on urban roads 3-55

3.28 Summary of traffic in terms of PCUs observed at observation point (TS1) - during (08: 00 to 10: 00 AM) & (04: 00 to 06:00 PM)

3-57


3-58


3-60

3.31 Summary of increased traffic in terms of PCUs at TS1 due to the expansion project 3-60 3.32 Summary of increased traffic in terms of PCUs at TS2 due to the expansion 3-61 3.33 Summary of increased traffic in terms of PCUs at TS3 due to the expansion project 3-61 3.34 Categorization of land use & land cover pattern of the study area 3-63 3.35 Descriptive Statistics indicating mean and standard deviation (N=50) 3-74 3.36 Indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50) 3-75

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES Page No.

4.1 Atmospheric inversion level at Dombivli, Thane, Maharashtra 4-5 4.2 Model input parameters for proposed boiler & thermic fluid heater stack modelling 6 4.3 Interpretation of the Incremental Values 8 4.4 Existing Water Balance 19 4.5 Total Water Balance (After expansion) 19


INDEX


4.6 Characteristics of the LCOD-TDS wastewater 23 4.7 Predicted characteristics of the treated effluent 23 4.8 Dimensions of existing ETP 25 4.9 Dimensions of proposed ETP for treatment of LCOD/LTDS & LCOD/HTDS effluent

streams 25

4.10 Noise level generated during Operational Phase 35 4.11 Anticipated noise level during operational phase at nearest sensitive receptor and the

MIDC boundary 36

4.12 Sources of hazardous waste generation 41-42 4.13 Solid waste generation and disposal method 43

6) CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6.1 Pre project monitoring parameters 6-2 6.2 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency 6-5

7) CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 Details of Raw Materials/Bi products/ Products Stored in Above Ground Tank 3-5 7.2 ALOHA Summary Sheet 6-12 7.3 Interpretation Table 16 7.4 DOW Index Summary Sheet For Raw Materials 18 7.5 DOW Index Summary Sheet For Products 19 7.6 DOW Index Summary Sheet For Fuel Storages 19-20 7.7 Mond's Index Summary Sheet 21-22 7.8 Emergency Do’s & Don’ts 31-32 7.9 List of companies under mutual aid group 33 7.10 List of Important Personnel 35 7.11 Detailed list of Hazardous Chemicals 37-42 7.12 Threshold limits Hazardous Raw Material 43-45 7.13 Toxicological Data of the Raw Materials 46-56 7.14 Likely Dangers to the Plant 56-57 7.15 Alarm Code 57 7.16 Communication facilities available during Onsite emergency 59 7.17 Fire Fighting Tank Details 59-60 7.18 List of Existing fire extinguishers & fire buckets provided 60 7.19 Location of Existing Fire Hydrants 60-61 7.20 Type of protective & rescue equipment 61 7.21 First Aid Kit Location 62 7.22 External agencies contact details involved during emergency 67-68



INDEX


MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Cost details for environmental management 3

10.2 Justification of EMP budgetary allocation 3-4

10.3 Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures during

construction phase

5-6

10.4 Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures during

operational phase

6-10

10.5 Project plot area break up details 11-12

10.6 Description of Figure No. 10.2 14-15

10.7 Description of Figure No. 10.3 16-17

10.8 Break up of proposed green belt area within & outside the project plot 19

10.9 Action plan for proposed green belt development/plantation 19

10.10 Recurring cost for maintaining green belt 20

10.11 List of suggested plant species 20-21

10.12 Solvent use & recovery summary 23

10.13 List of CSR Activity 24-25

10.14 List of SOP’s to be framed 27


INDEX


LIST OF FIGURES Figure no. Name of Figure Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES-1 AstecLifeScineces Ltd. (Google Earth Imagery) ES-1 ES-2 Process Description Diagram ES-6 ES-3 Maximum credible Loss Scenario: AstecLifeScineces Ltd. ES-21

2) CHAPTER 2 - PROJECT DESCIRPTION 2.1 Google Earth Image depicting plot boundary of AstecLifeScineces

Ltd.Ltd. 2-7

2.2 Layout of Mahad MIDC Industrial Area depicting project plot of AstecLifeScineces Ltd.

2-13

2.3 Location of AstecLifeScineces Ltd. on SOI Toposheet 2-14 2.4 Plot layout of AstecLifeScineces Ltd. 2-15

2.5 Overview of environmental aspects & respective mitigation measures during operational phase.

2-29

2.6 Overview of environmental aspects & respective mitigation measures during construction phase

2-30

3) CHAPTER 3 -PREVAILING ENVIRONMENTLA STATUS 3.1 Methodology For EIA 3-3 3.2 Methodology for Obtaining Environmental Clearance 3-5 3.3 Windrose from Secondary for year, 2012-2016 3-8 3.4 Windrose from Secondary data for Sampling Period 3-8 3.5 Windrose from Primary data for Sampling Period 3-8 3.6 Air Monitoring Locations On SOI Toposheet 3-15 3.7 Surface Water Monitoring Locations on SOI Toposheet 3-22 3.8 Ground Water Monitoring Locations on SOI Toposheet 3-32 3.9 Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring on SOI Toposheet 3-37 3.10 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (SOI map) 3-41 3.11 Geological Map of Maharashtra State 3-50 3.12 Depth of Ground Water Level 3-52 3.13 Traffic Observation Locations 3-54

3.14 Percentage of vehicle count - (TS1) Junction joining the internal MIDC road and State Highway 76 at Viko Naka (8 AM to 9 AM) and (9 AM to 10 AM)

3-56

3.15 Percentage of vehicle count - (TS1) Junction joining the internal MIDC road and State Highway 76 at Viko Naka (4 PM to 5 PM) and (5 PM to 6 PM)

3-56

3.16 Percentage of vehicle count - (TS2) Junction joining the MIDC internal road and State Highway 76 near Savitri Phule Stadium (8 AM to 9 AM) and (9 AM to 10 AM)

3-57

3.17 Percentage of vehicle count - (TS2) Junction joining the MIDC internal road 3-58


INDEX


and State Highway 76 near Savitri Phule Stadium (4 PM to 5 PM) and (5 PM to 6 PM)

3.18 Percentage of vehicle count - (TS3) Junction joining the MIDC internal road and State Highway 76 near Monarch Catalyst (8 AM to 9 AM) and (9 AM to 10 AM)

3-59

3.19 Percentage of vehicle count - (TS3) Junction joining the MIDC internal road and State Highway 76 near Monarch Catalyst (4 PM to 5 PM) and (5 PM to 6 PM)

3-59

3.20 Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area 3-62 3.21 Percentage wise Land Use classification of the study area 3-64 3.22 Percentage wise Land Cover classification of the study area 3-64 3.23 Map depicting Drainage Pattern of the study area 3-67 3.24 10 km radial study area (Google Earth Imagery) 3-68

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 Proposed water balance 22 4.2 Flow chart of the effluent treatment plant for LCOD/LTDS effluent 26 4.3 Flow chart of the effluent treatment plant for LCOD/HTDS effluent 27

7) CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 Key personnel of the organization and responsibility assigned 26 7.2 Establishment of Safety Committee 34 7.3 Offsite Emergency Plan 65


MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Schematic representation of organizational structure of environment

management 2

10.2 Project plot layout depicting proposed green belt within the plant

premises 12

10.3 Layout plan depicting proposed green belt within & outside plant

premises 13

10.4 MIDC permission for plantation/green belt development outside the

project premises 14


INDEX


10.5 Schematic representation of administrative order of company to deal

with environmental issues 23

LIST OF ANNEXURES Annexure

no. Name of Annexure Page No.

2.1 Affidavit of non violation of EIA Notification and MPCB consent conditions

2.1- 1

2.2 Manufacturing process and mass balances Annexure 2.2-10 - Annexure 2.2-10

2.4 Project plot layout plan Annexure 2.4-10

2.5 Consent To Operate Annexure 2.5-10 - Annexure 2.5-10

2.6 Compliance of existing Consent To Operate Annexure 2.9 - 1 to Annexure 2.9 - 23

3.1 Flora and Fauna Inventory Annexure 3.1-10 - Annexure 3.1-10

4.1 Air modeling output images depicting incremental predicted values

Annexure 4.1-10 - Annexure 4.1-10

4.2 CETP Membership Annexure 4.2-10 - Annexure 4.2-10

4.5 Annexure 4.5: Noise modeling contours Annexure 4.5-1

4.6 Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja Membership

Annexure 4.6-1- Annexure 4.6-10

7.1 ALOHA Footprints Annexure 7.1-1 - 7.1-10

7.2 DOW Index Annexure 7.2-1 - Annexure 7.2-10

7.3 MONDs Index Annexure 7.3-1 - Annexure 7.3-6

7.4 HAZOP Study Report Annexure 7.4 -1 - Annexure 7.4 -39


Executive Summary

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. ES- 1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

ES-1 Introduction

The proposed expansion activity by

Astec LifeSciences Ltd. is a

brownfield activity and as per the

Environment Impact Assessment

Notification 2006 & recent

amendments till date, project

activity by ALSLcomes under

Schedule 5 (b) & Category -

AasPesticides industry and pesticide

intermidates (excluding

formulations). ALSL has been

categorized Red/LSI (Large Scale

Industry)industry by Maharashtra

Pollution Control Board. Manufacturing unit of ALSL is located at Plot no B-16,17, 18, &21,

MIDC Mahad, Mahad, Dist. -Raigad, Maharashtra.

ES-2 History of the project

Astec LifeSciences Limited has been incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 on 25th

January 1994 at the time of inception in the year 1994, ALSL was incorporated in the name and

style of Urshilla Traders Private Limited subsequently company’s name was changed to Astec

Chemicals Private Limited with effect from 19th August 1994 further Astec Chemicals private

Limited was renamed to AstecLifeSciences Pvt. Ltd. with effect from 3rd March 2006 & Astec

LifeSciences Private Limited was changed to AstecLifeSciences Limited with effect from 27th

Figure ES -1: AstecLifeSciences Ltd. (Google Earth Imagery)


Executive Summary


April 2007 wherein the total capital investment of Astec Chemicals Private Limited which was in

existence in the year 1995 was less than Rs. 1 Crore hence as per EIA Notification 1994 Astec

Chemicals Private Limited was exempted from obtaining environmental clearance.

ALSL has obtained Maharashtra Pollution Control Board’s Consent To Operate “Consent order

No: - Format1.0/AS/(T)/EIC No. RD-3108-15/Amend/CC-3030” dtd. 25/07/2016 and “Consent

No: RO-Raigad/Consent/1803000437” dtd. 08-03-2018 for manufacture of 219 T/M pesticides

& chemical intermediates and 700 T/M pesticide formulations respectively.

Now ALSL has envisaged pesticides& chemical intermediates production capacity enhancement

from existing 219 MT/M to 781 MT/M and formulation products to the tune of 700.0 MT/M

along with generation of bi-products to the tune of 1773 MT/Mwithin the existing manufacturing

plant located at Plot No. -16, 17, 18 and B-21, MIDC Mahad, District Raigad, Maharashtra with

an estimated budgetary project cost of Rs. 10.17 Crore, thus ALSL has not violated EIA

Notification 1994 &/or 2006.

The salient feature of the project are presented in Table ES-1.

Table No. ES-1: Salient Features of the Project

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1 Name M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

2 Location Plot No. B-16, 17, 18 & 21, MIDC Mahad,Mahad, Dist. - Raigad, Maharashtra.

3 Product Type Pesticides, Chemical Intermediates & Formulations

4 Project Type Expansion

5 Schedule 5 (b)


Executive Summary


6 Category A

7

Area Details Existing (Sq. m.)

Proposed (Sq. m.)

Total (Sq. m.)

Land use wise

percentage Total Plot Area 13,950.00 -- 13950.00 -- Built up Area 8544.00 -- 8544.00 61.24% Parking Area 166.00 -- 166.00 1.18%

Green Belt Area 343.52 518.75 862.27 6.18 %

8

Production Capacity Existing (MT/M)

Proposed (MT/M)

Total (MT/M)

Pesticide Products 219.00 562.00 781.00

Pesticide Formulation 700.00 -- 700.00

Bi-Products -- 1773.00 1773.00

Total 919 2335 3254 9 Project cost (Indian Rs.) 10.17 Crore

10 EMP cost (Indian Rs.) Capital cost: 60.0 Lakh, Recurring cost: 25.10 Lakh/Annum

11 Power Requirement (kVA)

Existing Proposed Total

Connected load: 1600

Maximum demand: 900

--

Connected Load: 1600

Maximum demand: 900

12 Water Requirement (CMD) 352.67 403.63

756.53 Recycled water =

309.3 CMD thus total water requirement for

expansion activity will be

447 CMD

13 Fuel

Requirement

Furnace Oil 125.0 l/day 3483.12l/day 3608.12 l/day

Coal 22.0 MT/day 35.0 MT/day 57.0 MT/day

HSD 110 l/day 2700 l/day 2810 l/day


Executive Summary


Steam Boiler

1 x 2.5 TPH 1 x 6 TPH

1 x 850 Kg/hr. 1 x 15 TPH

1 x 6 TPH 1 x 850 kg/hr. 1 x 15 TPH

Note: Existing boiler of 2 TPH

will be discontinued

Thermic fluid heater --

1 x 6 lakh kilo cal./hr.

1x 2 lakh kilo cal./hr.



15 D.G. (kVA) 1 x 125 1 x 250

1 x 500

1 x 250 1x 500

Note: Existing D.G of 125 kVA will be

discontinued

16 Stack details

Boiler

Existing Proposed Total Stack No.1: 30 m Stack for 6 TPH

boiler

Stack No.2: 25 m stack for 2.5 TPH

boiler

Stack No.3: 24m stack for 850 kg/hr

boiler

Stack No.1: 39 m stack for 15 TPH boiler

Stack No.1: 30 m Stack for 6 TPH

boiler


boiler

Stack No.3: 39 m stack for 15 TPH

boiler

Stack No.4: 27 m common stack for TFH’s of 6 & 2

lackh kilo. cal./hr.

Stack No. 5: 4.5 m stack above roof for

Thermic fluid heater

--

Stack No.2: 27 m common

stack for TFH’s of 6 &

2 lackhkilo. cal./hr.

D.G Set Stack No1: 3.5 m

above roof for D.G Stack No1: 4.5 m above


Executive Summary


of 125 kVA

Stack No. 2: 3.5 m above roof for D.G

of 250 kVA

roof for D.G of 500 kVA

D.G of 250 kVA

Stack No. 6: 4.5 m stack above roof for

D.G of 500 kVA Stack No.7: 5.0

mstack above roof for process scrubber

Note: Existing

boiler of 2.5 TPH & D.G of 125 kVA


Scrubber

Stack No.1: Stack of 5 m above roof

for process scrubber

--

17 Effluent Generation (CMD) 46.43 408.57 455.00

18 Sewage Generation (CMD) 15.0 -- 15.0

19 ETP Capacity

55 CMD, Evaporator of 100 CMD &

54 CMD Evaporator for Cooling Tower

In wake of expansion activity in

plant stripper evaporator of 150 CMD will

be installed

ETP of 55 CMD capacity along

with installation of in plant

stripper evaporator of

250 CMD capacity

20 Effluent Treatment Scheme

36 CMD LCOD-LTD effluent along with domestic sewage 15 CMD will be treated in full-fledged ETP of 55 CMD capacity from which 46.43 CMD effluent will be sent to CETP for further treatment & disposal as per valid C.T.O & 4. 57 CMD treated effluent will be reused. 241 CMD effluent process will be subjected in plant stripper evaporator of 250 CMD capacity from which 184 CMD condensate will be reused & 54 T/D salts will be sold as bi-products. 120.73 CMD Cooling tower & Boiler blow down will be


Executive Summary


reused.

21 Man Power 160 -- 160

22

Hazardous Waste

*Category of waste

UOM Existing Proposed Total Disposal

Used/ spent oil 5.1

l/Month 50.0 950.0 1000.00

Sale to Authorized recycler /

CHWTSDF Residues & Waste

29.1 MT/Month

204.0 207.0 411.0 CHWTSDF

Chemical sludge residue from Pesticides

29.2 MT/D 2.7 -- 2.7 CHWTSDF

Discarded containers

33.1 Nos./Month

78.0 1172.00 1250.0


CHWTSDF Chemical sludge from ETP

35.3 MT/Month 1.12 67.88 69.0

CHWTSDF

Filter & filter material having organic liquid

36.2

kg/Month 12.0 488.0 500.0

CHWTSDF

Spent carbon 36.2 kg/Month

10.0 190.0 200 CHWTSDF

Asbestos gaskets

15.2 kg/Month

-- 100.0 100.0 CHWTSDF

23

Non-hazardous waste


Paper waste (paper boxes and bags)

kg/Month 150.00 5450.00 5600.00

Sale to recycler

Plastic waste kg/Month 50.00 5450.00 5600.00 Metal scrap kg/Month 100.00 4900.00 5000.00 Wooden pellets Nos./Mont

h 25.00 975.00 1000.00


Executive Summary


Coal ash kg/Day

2700.00 5850.00 8550

Sale to registered

brick manufacture

r *Schedule I: Hazardous and other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

ES-3 Justification of project

M/s. AstecLifeSciences Ltd. is currently engaged in manufacture of Pesticides & Formulation

products& is a global supplier of pesticides &chemical intermediatesacross the world, with an

operational experience of more than 24 years company has witnessed a steady increase in

demand of products manufactured by Astec in domestic as well as international markets.

AstecLifeSciences Ltd. aims to expand its manufacturing portfolio by increasing the production

quantity of its existing products & by addition of new productsin order to cater domestic &

international market needs. Products manufactured by ALSL will serve to cut the supply of

imports from foreign countries thus saving currency and at the same time will earn valuable

foreign currency by export of the proposed products. These business sustenance measures by

ALSL justify the purpose of project.

ES-4 Process Description:The process of the company is depicted in Figure. ES -2.


Executive Summary


FigureNo.ES-2: Process Description Diagram

ES-5Baseline Environmental Status

The study area is 10 km radial distance from centre of existing plant site. All the monitoring has

been completed in various locations within the study area during the period of Dec 2017 to feb

2018. The findings of the baseline environmental status on Land (Topography, Soil Quality,

Land Use Pattern), Micrometeorology (Temperature, Humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed), Air

(Ambient Air Quality- PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO), Noise Level, Biotic Environment (flora,


Executive Summary


fauna& assessment of conservation aspects), Socio Economic conditions are presented in the

report and interpreted with reference to Standards.

ES-5.1 Air Environment

Figure ES-3:Air Monitoring Locations on Google Earth

PM10

Table ES-5: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM10)

PM10 Sampling Locations

Code

Sampling Locations

Name

Value in (µg/m3)

Interpretation


Executive Summary


Highest Conc. A1 Project Site 96.0

The highest 24-hourly concentration

was recorded at sampling location

A1. whereas the minimum

concentration was observed at

location A8.

The average concentration of PM10

can be said to be ranged between

71.3-87.9 µg/m3.

The high concentration of

particulate matter recorded at

project site (A1) may be due to

various vehicular emissions and

urban activity like construction etc,.

The minimum concentration at

location A8 can be said due to its

remote location and minimal human

activity in and around the

monitoring station. Therefore

experiences minimal levels of

pollution.

Lowest Conc. A8 Near

Dharwali Village

68.5

Max. Average Conc.

A1 Project Site 87.9

PM2.5


Executive Summary


Table ES-6: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM2.5)

PM2.5 Sampling Locations

Code

Sampling Locations

Name

Value in (µg/m3)

Interpretation

Highest Conc. A1 Project Site

51.8 The major source of PM2.5 is said to be the combustion of fossil fuels, fire wood, etc. The maximum of PM2.5 (51.8 µg/m3) during the study period was recorded at location A1, whereas the minimum 17.0 µg/m3 concentration was recorded at A8 location which is a remote area. The minimum concentration indicates that the area experiences minimal combustion and vehicular activity. The average concentration of PM2.5

during the study period was computed

to be in the range of 21.7-44.2 µg/m3.


Dharwali Village

17.0

Max. Average Conc.

A1 Project Site

44.2

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

Table ES-7: Ambient Air Quality Status (SO2)

SO2 Sampling Locations

Code

Sampling Locations

Name

Value in (µg/m3)

Interpretation

Highest Conc. A1 Project Site

36.5 . The ambient air monitoring results

indicate that the highest average

concentration of SO2 is experienced at

location A1.

The average concentration of SO2

recorded at all the monitoring locations


Dharwali Village

14.0

Max. Average Conc.

A1 Project Site

29.1


Executive Summary


SO2 Sampling Locations

Code

Sampling Locations

Name

Value in (µg/m3)

Interpretation

during the study period ranged between

18.9-29.1 µg/m3 respectively

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)

Table ES-8: Ambient Air Quality Status (NOx)

NOX Sampling Locations

Code

Sampling Locations

Name

Value in (µg/m3)

Interpretation

Highest Conc. A1 Project Site 50.5 The maximum 24 hourly value of NOX

was recorded at the monitoring location

A1 (50.5µg/m3) & A5 (50 µg/m3)

whereas the minimum concentration of

NOx was recorded at location A8 (18

µg/m3). It should be noted that the

location A8 was observed to have

minimal vehicular activity resulting in

minimal concentration of pollutants.

The average concentrations were in the range of 22.1-43.6 µg/m3.


Dharwali Village

18.0

Max Average Conc.

A1 Project Site 43.6

Carbon monoxide (CO)

Table ES-9: Ambient Air Quality Status (CO)


Executive Summary


CO Sampling Locations

Code

Sampling Locations

Name

Value in (mg/m3)

Interpretation

Highest Conc. A1 Project Site 2.1 The anthropogenic source of CO is due to incomplete combustion of fuel majorly in absence of air. The maximum concentration of CO estimated at all locations during the study period can be observed to be within 1.2 to 2.1 mg/m3 respectively. The minimum concentration at all locations ranged between 0.5 - 0.9 mg/m3.

Lowest Conc. A3 Dahivad Village

0.5

Max Average Conc.

A1 Project Site 1.5

Monitoring of Additional Parameters:

The monitoring for additional parameters in ambient air namely Ozone, Lead, Ammonia,

Arsenic, Benzene, Nickel &Benzo(a)pyrene was conducted within the project premises (A1

location). It can be stated that concentration of Benzene, Benzo(a) pyrene & Ammonia was

found to be below the detection limit.

The values of Ground level ozone were estimated to be within the range of 21 to 30.6 µg/m3. The

average concentration was computed to be 25.5 µg/m3. The presence of heavy metals such as

lead, arsenic and nickel were estimated to be below the detectable limits and thus their presence

can be said to be negligible.

As mentioned earlier the concentration of VOCs was also monitored at the project site. The

results revealed that the concentration was found to be below the detection limit as presently.

The analysis of additional parameters monitored for ambient air quality at the location A1

reveals that the values did not exceed the limits prescribed by CPCB, during the sampling period.


Executive Summary


ES-5.2 Noise Environment

Noise monitoring was conducted as per the standard operating procedures.

Industrial Zone

The day time noise level at the project premises was observed to be 72.0 dB (A) while during

night time the noise level was recorded to be 61.0 dB (A). It should be noted that the noise

levels during the day time as well as night time were estimated to be under the prescribed

standards by Central Pollution Control Board.

Residential Zone

The noise monitoring conducted at seven locations for 24hr, once in a week and average

hourly readings were recorded. The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime was

observed at location N4, where as the maximum noise levels can be observed at location N5.

The location N5 is densely populated and hence can give rise to high noise level in the

surroundings. It should be noted that the permissible limits for noise did not exceed at any of

the locations selected for sampling.


Executive Summary


Figure No.ES-4: Noise Monitoring Locations on Google Earth

Table ES-10 Noise Monitoring Results

Daytime/ Location Code

Night Time/ Location Code

Noise in dB(A) Leq (Industrial Zone)

72.0/N1 61.0/N1

Highest Noise indB(A) Leq 55.0/N5 44.7/N5


Executive Summary


(Residential Zone) Lowest Noise in dB(A) Leq

(Residential Zone) 50.2/N4 40.3/N4

NAAQ Noise Limit (Industrial Area)

75 70

NAAQ Noise Limit (Residential Area) 55 45

Interpretation: Noise monitoring was conducted as per the standard operating procedures.


hourly readings were recorded.

It should be noted that the noise levels during the day time as well as night time were

estimated to be under the prescribed standards by Central Pollution Control Board.

The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime was observed at location N4, where as

the maximum noise levels can be observed at location N5. The location N5 is densely

populated and hence can give rise to high noise level in the surroundings.

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.

ES-5.3 Water Environment

Surface Water Study


Executive Summary


Figure No.ES-5: Surface Water Monitoring Locations on Google Earth


Executive Summary


Table ES-11:Surface Water Quality Results

SW Parameters Unit Lowest Conc./ Location Code

Highest Conc./ Location code

pH - 7 / (SW-1) 8.2/(SW-5)

Total Dissolved Solids mg/lit 180/ (SW-6) 319/(SW-3)

Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 21/ (SW-7) 64/(SW-3)

Sulphate as SO4- mg/lit 2.7/ (SW-7) 20.8/(SW-5)

Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/lit 81.6/ (SW-8) 130/(SW-3)

Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 2.3/ (SW-8) 7/(SW-1)

Fluoride as F- mg/lit 0.227/ (SW-8) 0.454/(SW-3)

Arsenic as As mg/lit <0.01 at all locations

PO4-- mg/lit 41/ (SW-8)

Bicarbonates mg/lit 71/ (SW-8) 102/(SW-2)

Calcium as Ca mg/lit 16.5/ (SW-2) 30.18/(SW-7)

Cadmium as Cd mg/lit <0.03 at all locations

Iron as Fe mg/lit <0.30 at all locations

Lead as Pb mg/lit <0.01 at all locations

Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 8.3/(SW-2) 17/(SW-5)

Chromium as Cr mg/lit <0.05 Present at all locations

Mercury as Hg mg/lit <0.001 at all locations

K+ mg/lit 0.33/(SW-1) 1.7/(SW-2 & SW-5)

Nickel as Ni mg/lit <0.02 Present at all locations

Na+ mg/lit 8.3/(SW-3) 32.6/(SW-2)


Executive Summary


Zinc as Zn mg/lit <0.1 at all locations

Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs.

Org/100ml 13/(SW-6) 92/ (SW-4)

Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Org/100ml Present (SW-2 to SW-5)

Absent ( SW-6 to SW8 & SW-1)

COD mg/lit <4.0/(SW-6 & SW-8) 90/(SW-4)

BOD mg/lit <3.0/( SW-6 & SW-8) 32.1/(SW-4)

DO mg/lit 6.1/(SW-4) 6.7/(SW-5)

Interpretation:

The values obtained are compared with the IS: 2296–1982_Inland_Surface_Water_standards

prescribed for the respective designated use of the water body. (Mentioned in the chapter 3,

Table No. 3.10.

The presence of heavy metals like Arsenic, Mercury, Lead, Chrominum, Zinc, Nickel & Cadmium were

found out be below the detection limit for all the water samples. It should be noted that the iron content

in all the samples of surface water bodies were below the detection limit. Fluoride was detected in lower

concentrations ranging from 0.227-0.454 mg/l. The nitrate concentration was observed to be in the range

of 2.3 – 7.5 mg/l. Surface runoff from agricultural fields using the fertilizers can be the major source of

nitrate. The microbiological samples for total coliforms were in the range of 13-92 org/100 ml and E-coli

was found to be present in SW-2 to SW-5 in the rest of the samples it was absent.

It should be noted that in case of the selected water bodies (SW-1 to SW-5) classified under category “E”,

the parameters were found to be within the prescribed limits. The results for location SW-6 , SW-7 &

SW8 categorized in category “B” indicated that all the parameters were found to be within the prescribed

limits except for SW-7 the BOD value was above the prescribed limit. Hence for SW-7 the water can be

continued for its designed use as per Inland Surface Water Standards after disinfection and necessary

treatment.


Executive Summary


Ground Water Study

Figure No.ES-6: Ground Water Monitoring Locations on Google Earth

Table ES-12:Ground Water Quality Results

SW Parameters Unit Lowest Conc./ Location Code

Highest Conc./ Location code


Executive Summary


pH - 7.8/(GW-7) 8.5/(GW-1)

Total Dissolved Solids mg/lit 258/(GW-4) 390/(GW-3)

Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 17/(GW-8) 42/(GW-4)

Sulphate as SO4- mg/lit 1.6/(GW-3) 56.2/(GW-6)

Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/lit 104/(GW-2) 177/(GW-3)

Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 2/(GW-5) 9.3/(GW-2)

Fluoride as F- mg/lit 0.20/(GW-8) 0.434/(GW-4)

Arsenic as As mg/lit <0.01 at all locations

Cadmium as Cd mg/lit <0.003 at all locations

Calcium as Ca mg/lit 13.1/(GW-3) 52.2/(GW-6)

Iron as Fe mg/lit <0.3 at all locations

Nickel as Ni mg/lit <0.02 at all locations

Lead as Pb mg/lit <0.01 at all locations

Mercury as Hg mg/lit <0.001 at all locations

Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 8.4/(GW-4) 17.8/(GW-1)

Zinc as Zn mg/lit <0.1 at all locations

Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs.

Org/100ml 15/(GW-5) 26/(GW-2)

E.-coli at 44.50C for 24hrs.

Org/100ml Absent

COD mg/lit <4.00 at all locations

BOD mg/lit <3.00 at all locations

Sodium mg/lit 12.2/(GW-8) 30.2/(GW-4)

Potassium mg/lit 0.3/(GW-3) 5.4/(GW-6)


Executive Summary


Phosphate mg/lit 8.6/(GW-7) 27.6 (GW-4)

Bicarbonate mg/lit 78/(GW-7) 190(GW-6)

Chromium mg/lit <0.05 at all locations

Interpretation: The values obtained are compared with the IS: 10500:2012.

The concentration of heavy metals like arsenic, zinc, chromium, lead, mercury, nickel & cadmium were

below detection limit. Iron was not detected in any of the ground water samples. The hardness of all the

ground water samples was found to be ranging between 104-177 mg/lit. The value of hardness was within

the acceptable limit at all the locations.

It can be observed that the values for total dissolved solids in all the sampling locations were estimated to

be under the acceptable standards for drinking water. The concentration of total dissolved solids ranged

between 258-390 mg/lit. The maximum concentration was observed at location GW 3 whereas the

minimum concentration was observed at GW4.

It should be noted that the microbiological analysis of allthe samples indicate that e-coli was absent in all

the ground water samples. The presence of total coliforms except for GW1 ,GW6& GW8 were in the

range from 15-26 Org/100 ml indicate that the anthropogenic activity in the surrounding area can be a

possible source of contamination. It should be noted that the concentration of the coliforms were higher in

the dugwell compared to the concentrations observed in the borewell samples.

The fluoride concentrations are ranging between 0.20 - 0.434 mg/l. The presence of the fluoride in all the

water samples is mostly due to geogenic in nature. The nitrates concentrations were ranging between 2.0 -

9.3 mg/l well below the acceptable limits of drinking water. The probable sources of nitrates in the

ground water could be the use of fertilizers in the nearby agricultural activity.

The COD and BOD values of all the ground water samples were found to be below the detection limit.

Thus based on the above results it can be stated that the water from the said samples can be considered fit

for consumption and potable purpose with basic primary treatment. The water can be used for domestic

utilization and gardening without any treatment.


Executive Summary


ES-5.4 Soil Environment

Figure No.ES-7:Soil Quality Sampling Locations on Google Earth

Table ES-13: Analysis of Soil Samples

Parameters Unit LowestConcentration HighestConcentration

pH - 7.4 8.0


Executive Summary


Moisture Content % 3.8 5.3

Organic matter % 1.6 41.8

Exchangeable Calcium as Ca

mg/kg 35.3 47

Color - Reddish brown at all the locations

Soil texture - Sandy Loam at all the locations

Electrical Conductivity mS/cm 0.50 0.61

Water holding Capacity % 50 63

Arsenic as As mg/kg ND at all the locations

Cadmium as Cd mg/kg ND at all the locations

Chromium as Cr mg/kg ND at all the locations

Lead as Pb mg/kg ND at all the locations

Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 65.4 79.6

Iron as Fe mg/kg 1.19 2.92

Potassium as K Kg/ha. 63 81

Total Nitrogen Kg/ha. 179 272

Phosphate as PO4- Kg/ha. 2.1 4.1

Cation exchange capacity me/100g 20.3 30.6

SAR - 13.3 21.4

Interpretation: The findings of the study reveal that pH of the soil in the study area ranged between 7.4 – 8

which is an indicative of the neutral to moderately alkaline nature of soil. The values for

Nitrogen at all locations varied between 179 to 272 kg/ha. Maximum concentration of nitrogen

was observed at location S3.


Executive Summary


The concentration of phosphate was estimated to be between 2.1 to 4.1Kg/ha.The highest

concentration can be observed at location S7, while the lowest concentration can be observed at

location S1.

It is important to note that the concentration of potassium was found to be high at all locations

ranging between 63 to 81 Kg/ha.

Based on the above findings it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per soil

classification given by Tondon H.L.S. (2005). The samples fall under very low to medium low

fertile soils. The presence of heavy metals like arsenic, cadmium, lead & chromium in all the soil

samples were below the detection limit.


ES-5.5 Biological Environment

The proposed project is located in notified MIDC Mahad and being an expansion project does

not involves any sort of clearing/felling activities. The project during operational phase does not

envisage discharge/disposal of any sort of liquid (effluent) or solid (hazardous waste) on the

ground or in the water bodies within the study area since the additional effluent generated from

the expansion will be completely reused & hazardous waste will be disposed to Mumbai Waste

Management Ltd. - CHWTSDF, Taloja also any species of conservation concern is not present

within the study area & moreover & the project plot being located well within precincts of MIDC

area no adverse impacts are anticipated on the biotic environment.

ES-5.6 Socio Environment

The data collected by the assessment tool had three variables namely; accessibility of public

resources and its satisfaction, impact of expansion activity and attitude towards expansion

project of AstecLifesciences Ltd. The data of 50 participants was put for correlation analysis.


Executive Summary


The data was found to be normally distributed hence; the data fulfils the assumptions of

parametric statistics. Based on this information Pearson product-moment correlation was

conducted.

It is found that accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is significantly correlated in

positive direction with impact of AstecLifesciencesLtd.activity (r = 67; p = .02). This indicates

that accessibility of public resources will lead to low impact of industry activities and vice versa.

Accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is also found to be significantly correlated

with attitude towards AstecLifesciencesLtd.activity (r = -.46; p = .04) but in negative direction.

This indicates that accessibility to public resources there is positive inclination for

AstecLifesciencesLtd.activity in the study area. Further, it is also found that impact of expansion

project activity is significantly correlated with attitude towards industrial activity (r = -.45; p =

.01). This indicates that due to low impact there is positive attitude towards among the

participants in the study area (Table ES-14).

Table No. ES -14Indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1

Accessibility & satisfaction

Impact Attitude towards proposed activity of AstecLifesciencesLtd.

Accessibility & Satisfaction 1.2 - - Impact 0.69** 1 - Attitude towards proposed activity of AstecLifesciencesLtd.

-.45* -.46 1.3

* Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level. ** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level.


Executive Summary


ES-6Prediction of Impacts & Mitigation Measures

The summary of mitigation measures is presented in tabulated format in Table ES-3

Table No. ES-15: Summary of Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Operational Phase

Sr. No.

Environmental Parameters

Aspect Attributes

Anticipated Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures

1. Air Quality

Operation of Boilers, Thermic fluid heaters, D.G sets and Gaseous emission from manufacturing process, Non spontaneous emissions from transportation of raw materials & finished goods. VOC emission generated due to the handling and storage of the solvents & other raw materials.

The Maximum Incremental concentration of PM10 -2.22821ug/m3 SO2 -4.63488 ug/m3 NOx- 1.70747 ug/m3 CO - 29.3269ug/m3 The Health effects related to particulate matter are majorly respiratory, pulmonary injury &lung cancer etc. Exposure to SO2 and NOx majorly leads to respiratory problems. Carbon monoxide decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood by reducing the hemoglobin. The health effects related to VOC emission are eye, nose and throat irritation headaches, loss of coordination and nausea, damage to

To ensure proper dispersion of flue gases in atmosphere, provision of stacks of following height as per CPCB guidelines: 1. Stack No. 1 : 30 m Stack for 6 TPH boiler

2. Stack No. 2 : 24m stack for 850 kg/hr boiler

3. Stack No. 3 : 39 m stack for 15 TPH boiler

4. Stack No.4: 27 m common stack for TFH’s

of 6 & 2 lackhkilo.cal./hr.

5. Stack No. 5 : 3.5 m stack above roof for D.G of 250 kVA

6. Stack No. 6 : 4.5 m


Executive Summary


liver, kidney and central nervous system etc. Exposures to high concentrations of ammonia in air may cause immediate burning of nose, throat & respiratory tract which may cause bronchiolar and alveolar edema and airway destruction resulting in respiratory disease or failure. Inhalation of lower concentrations can cause coughing and nose and throat infection. The air emissions in long course of time may affect the vegetation stature physically (leaf senescence, hampered growth etc.)& biologically in downwind direction which may result in affecting overall ecology of the region in consideration.

stack above roof for D.G of 500 kVA 7. Stack No.7: 5.0 m stack above roof for process scrubber. 8. Roads within plot premises will be concreted / paved to avoid the dust generation from day to day vehicular activity. 9. It will be ensured that all the vehicles used for transportation activity have a valid PUC (Pollution under Control) Certificate. 10. Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles is carried out. Same practice will be continued in future. 11. Regular sweeping of all the roads & floors is being /will be done. 12. Development of the green belt along the plant boundary will help to capture the fugitive emission. 13. To control VOC


Executive Summary


emission carbon adsorption system can be implemented. 14. Industry to ensure that at no point of time the air emission concentrations does not exceed the prescribe standards.

2. Noise Quality Operation of D.G sets, Boilers, Thermic fluid heaters, Reactors, ancillary utilities & transportation activity.

The impacts of high noise level can be Temporary/Permanent hearing loss, Mental disturbance Increase in heart rate, Decrease in workers performance due to psychiatric disorder, Workers developing Tinnitus due to high level of noise exposure on regular basis.

1. Acoustic enclosure will be provided to D.G set for attenuation of noise level during operation. 2. Boiler and Thermic fluid heaterwillbe placed in a confined space viz. boiler house where the surrounding walls acts as a barrier for noise propagation. 3. Isolation of high intensity noise generating equipment’s. 4. Appropriate traffic management to be implemented. 5. Green belt developed around the plot boundary will help to minimize the noise intensity propagating outside factory premises. 6. Appropriate PPEs should be provided to workers.


Executive Summary


3. Water Quality 1. Effluent from manufacturing process. 2. Effluent from Scrubber operations. 3. Blow down water from Boiler and Cooling Tower. 4.Domestic wastewater.

Unscientific/accidental release/discharge of effluents if finds its way to surrounding soils,surface/groundwatermay lead to contamination of the same there by affecting the overall ecology & agricultural productivity of the area concerned.

LCOD-LTDS effluent

comprising of domestic

sewage & process

effluent to the tune of

51.3 CMD will be treated

in existing ETP 55 CMD

capacity comprising of

primary, secondary &

tertiary treatment scheme,

permitted quantity of

treated effluent will be

sent to CETP for further

treatment & disposal and

remaining effluent will be

recycled.

1.0

2. HCOD-HTDS effluent

from manufacturing

process will be subjected

in plant stripper

evaporator & condensate

will be reused.

3. Cooling tower & boiler


Executive Summary


blow down will be reused

for cooling tower

operations.

4. Thus except for the

consented treated effluent

discharge quantity the

additional treated effluent

generated from the

project activity will be

reused.

Thus it will be ensured there will be no unscientific /accidental release/discharge of effluentsoutside the project premises.

4. Solid Waste Management - Hazardous Waste

1. Used/ spent oil. 2. Residues & Waste 3.Chemical sludge residue from pesticides 4.Discarded containers 5.Chemical

Unscientific handling may affect the health of workers coming in direct contact with the hazardous waste and may lead to skin allergies/rashes/burns etc.andindiscriminate/accidental disposal of hazardous waste if finds its way to surrounding soils, surface/groundwatermay lead to

1. Hazardous wastesgenerated from the process such asResidues & Waste, Chemical sludge residue from pesticides, Asbestos gaskets and Spent Carbonwill be disposed to Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja. 2. Hazardous wastes generated from effluent


Executive Summary


sludge from ETP 6. Filter & filter material having organic liquid 7. Spent carbon 8. Asbestos gaskets 9. Spent Solvents

contamination of the same there by affecting the overall ecology & agricultural productivity.

treatment process such as Chemical sludge from ETP will be disposed to Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja.

3. Filter & filter material having organic liquid, will be disposed to Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja.

4. Hazardous wastes such as Used/ spent oil, Discarded containers, Spent Solvents will be reused/recycled/sold to Authorized Parties or will be disposed to Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja.

Solid Waste Management - Non Hazardous waste

1. Paper waste (paper boxes and bags). 2. Plastic waste. 3. Metal scrap. 4.Wooden pellets. 5. Coal ash.

1.Hap-Hazard handling & storage may lead to inadequate open space in plant premises & it may lead to rodent breeding

Designated area for Scrap materials will be provided in the plant. Scrap materials will be recycled through registered scrap vendors. Coal ash will be sold to registered brick manufacturer. Daily housekeeping waste and food waste will be disposed through municipal waste management facility.


Executive Summary


ES-7 Risk Assessment Study

Risks likely to pose harm to man,

environment or property associated

with various activities are addressed

in this report. Such activities include

transport, storage; handling and

usage of hazardous raw materials

&fuels etc. To calculate the risk

involved in the process of the

proposed project; ALOHA 5.2.2 is

performed for all storages in tank

farm area. The MCLS (Maximum

Credible Loss Scenario) for the factory works out to about 6 miles in case of Bromine

(Evaporating puddle - Toxic area of vapour cloud).

The Dow index has been calculated for storages of raw materials ingodown area and for fuel

storages. Dow Index has been calculated separately for raw materials and fuel storages which are

found to show Intermediatepotential.

Mond's Index for the toxic material was performed and the toxicity falls in moderateof the

Toxicity Index for all the chemicals. Appropriate preventive and mitigation measures have been

provided to cater all the hazards. Hazop Study has been prepared for the products.

ES-8Disaster management plan

In view of the chemical industry, Onsite and Offsite Emergency Plans are important hence, has

been prepared for the industry. Duringoperational phase, surrounding population shall be made

aware of safety precautions to be taken in case of any emergency situation due to the overall

Figure No.ES-8:- Maximum credible Loss Scenario: AstecLifeSciences Ltd.


Executive Summary


project activity. On-site disaster management plan and Off-site emergency management plan,

commands communication and controls will be established and maintained. Adequate provisions

like emergency response, response organization, response plan, Material Safety Data Sheets

(MSDs), command and control, capabilities, transportation, medical facilities, mitigation

measures, training, education, public awareness emergency plan review etc. to control any

disaster situation will be made available.

ES-9CSR Activity

After accomplishment of proposed expansion company is willing to do following ESC activities:

Education & skill development

Provision of need based amenities to school in project area.

Health awareness

Provision of need based amenities to Rural Government Hospital in project area.

The proposed CSR activities and the budgetary allotment for the same is presented in Table ES-

16

Table No. ES-16: Year wise details of CSR Activities

Year of Implementation Amount in Lakhs Activity

2019 5 Lakh

Providing basic amenities to the ZP School of GandharpaleAdiWadi as under:

1. Safe Drinking water System. 2. Providing new benches

2020 5.17 Lakh Providing basic amenities to the Mahad Government Rural hospital.


Executive Summary


ES-10Occupational Health Measures

The company will strictly adhere to the rules of Factories Act 1948 & the Maharashtra Factories

Rules, 1963 regarding the occupational health facilities to be provided to the workers of the

company. The industry has provided decontamination facilities for the workers. The health

records of the workers would be maintained. For the continuous and continual development, the

company will train &educate the operators and workers with the environment, health &safety

rules & regulation, procedure and measures.

ES -11Post Project Monitoring Plan

Monitoring of environmental parameters shall be done as per the guidelines provide by

MoEF&CC/CPCB/MPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF&CC/CPCB. The Table ES-17 explains the approach for

environmental monitoring program.


Executive Summary


Table No. ES-17: Environmental Monitoring Program

Sr. No Particulars Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics

Number of

Samples Frequency

1 Ambient Air Air Emission

CO, SO2, NOX, PM,CO, Benzene, Ammonia,

Benzopyrene, Lead, Nickel, Arsenic, Ozonein Ambient

Air

3 Quarterly

2 Stack

Monitoring

DG Set, Boilers &TFHs

Air emissions

SO2, NOX, SPM 2

Quarterly Scrubber Acid Mist 1

3 Work place Volatile Organic Compounds

Methanol, Ammonia, Sulphuric acid, Methyl

Chloride, Toluene, Chloroform & Xylene

1

3 Boiler/TFH area, D.G Set, ETP, Work Place Area

Sound Noise Level dB (A) 4 Quarterly


Executive Summary


Sr. No

Particulars Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics Number

of Samples

Frequency

4 Effluent Treatment Plant All parameters pH, O & G, TDS, TSS, COD, BOD & Bioassay

specific to project 1 Weekly

5 Hazardous Wastes

Used/ spent oil, Residues & Waste, Chemical sludge residue from

Pesticides, Chemical sludge from ETP, Filter & filter material having

organic liquid, Spent carbon, Asbestos gaskets & Spent Solvents

H.W. characteristics 5 Once in a

Year


Executive Summary


ES - 12 EMP Cost& Budgetary Allocation

The proposed capital investment of the company is envisaged to be 10.17 Crore and the proposed

capital investment for Environmental Pollution Control Measures is around 60 lakhs.The cost

details for Environmental Management are as under in Table ES-18

Table No. ES-18: Cost details for Environmental Management

Sr. No.

Particulars

Capital Cost (Rs.)

Recurring Cost per annum (Rs.)

1 Air Pollution Control 32,00,000.00 1,13,000.00

2 Water Pollution Control 13,00,000.00 2,50,000.00

3 Noise Pollution Control 2,00,000.00 47,000.00

4 Environment Monitoring and Management

-- 15,00,000.00

5 Occupational Health 4,00,000.00 1,00,000.00

6 Green Belt 6,00,000.00 3,50,000.00

7 Solid Waste Management 3,00,000.00 1,50,000.00

Total (Rs.) 60,00,000.00 25,10,000.00

EnvironFormulaMaharaSEEPL/EIA

1.1 Pur

M/s. A

January

is a gl

operatio

demand

Astec L

product

domesti

supply

valuabl

measure

1.2 Info

Mr. A

Arts fro

from U

1978 w

Hirema

he was

in 1994

of the p

growth

Through

in intern

mentalImpationunitofashtra.

A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

rpose of the

stec LifeSc

y 1994 as is

lobal supp

onal experi

d of product

LifeScience

tion quantit

ic & interna

of imports

e foreign c

es by ALL j

ormation a

shok Hirem

om Univers

niversity C

with GEA A

ath Chemica

responsible

4 from the p

promoters a

of the Com

h the effort

national ma

actAssessmfM/sAstecL

01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

e project

ciences Ltd

s currently e

lier of pe

ence of mo

ts manufactu

es Ltd. aim

ty of its exi

ational mar

from foreig

currency by

justify the p

about proje

math, Man

sity of Oxfo

ollege, Uni

Air exchang

als Ltd., a c

e for manufa

post of Tech

and since th

mpany with h

ts of continu

arket. The li

entReportfLifeSciencesL

ineersPvt.L

. (ALL) in

engaged in

sticides &c

ore than 24

ured by Ast

ms to expa

isting produ

rket needs. P

gn countries

y export of

purpose of p

ct propone

naging Dir

ord and Post

versity of L

gers Ltd., L

company pr

acturing and

hnical Man

hen he has b

his inputs in

uous develo

ist of directo

forExpansioLtd.,Plotno

Ltd

corporated

manufactur

chemical in

4 years com

tec in dome

and its man

ucts & by a

Products m

s thus saving

f the propos

project.

ent

ector, Aste

t Graduate D

London. He

London. He

omoted by

d business d

nager, he est

been active

n strategic p

opment the

ors as on da

nofPesticid.B‐16,17,18

under the

re of Pestic

ntermediate

mpany has w

estic as well

nufacturing

addition of

manufactured

g currency

sed product

ec LifeScien

Diploma ho

e started his

e returned

his brother

developmen

tablished A

ly involved

planning and

company p

ate is attache

deManufactu8,&21,MID

Chapt

Chapte

Companies

cides& Form

esacross th

witnessed a

l as internati

g portfolio

new produ

d by ALL w

and at the s

ts. These b

nces Ltd.,

older in Che

career as P

to India in

as Technic

nt. After lea

Astec LifeSc

d and played

d business d

plans to stre

ed is Annex

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

er 1 – Intro

s Act 1956

mulation pro

he world, w

a steadyinc

ional marke

by increas

ctsin order

will serve to

same time w

business sus

is a Mas

emical Engi

Project Engi

n 1980 and

cal Manager

aving this co

ciences Ltd.

d a key role

developmen

engthen its

xure 1.1.

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐1

oduction

on 25th

oducts&

with an

crease in

ets.

sing the

to cater

o cut the

will earn

stenance

ters of

ineering

ineer in

d joined

r where

ompany

. as one

e in the

nt.

position


1.3

country

1.3.1

Nature

manufa

physica

separati

execute

1.3.2

The pr

capacity

with bi

formula

formula

MT/M

250 MT

The pro

ALL lo

admeas

is 10.17

1.3.3

The pro

atplot n

coordin

project


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

Brief descr

y, region.

Nature of t

of the p

acturing typ

al processes

ion & dryin

ed within an

Size of the

oposed act

y of 219.00

-products to

ation produ

ation produc

& subseque

T/M.

oduction cap

ocated at p

suring an are

7 Crore.

Location o

oposed expa

no. B-16, 17

nates of the

site is cove


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

ription of n

the project

project in

pe which in

s like quen

ng. Since the

n existing m

project

tivity is of

0 MT/M to

o the tune

ucts to the

cts, product

ently produc

pacity enha

plot no. B-1

ea of 13,95

of the proje

ansion activ

7, 18 & 21 M

e project sit

ered under S


ineersPvt.L

nature, size

t

considerat

nvolves ch

nching, dist

e proposed

manufacturin

f production

total 781.00

of 1,774.00

tune of 7

tion Wettab

ction of Liq

ancement wi

16, 17, 18

0.0 sq.m.an

ect

vity will be

MIDC Mah

te are Latit

Survey Of In


Ltd

e, location o

ion is of

hemical rea

tillation, cry

activity of

ng unit, it is

n capacity

0 T/M of pe

0 will also

700 MT/M

ble Powder (

quid Produc

ill be achiev

& 21 MID

nd the estim

achieved w

ad Dist. - R

tude: 18° 6

ndia toposh


of the proje

pesticides

ctions like

ystallization

production

a brown fie

enhanceme

esticides &

be generat

will be c

(WP/SP) wi

cts (SC/SL)

ved within

DC Mahad

matedbudget

within existi

Raigad, Mah

'3.46"N& L

heet no. 47F


Chapt

ect and its

s & chem

brominatio

n, solvent r

capacity en

eld activity.

ent from e

chemicals

ed and exis

continued,

ill be reduc

will be inc

existing ma

Dist. - Ra

tary cost for

ing manufac

harashtra, th

Longitude:

/8.

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

importanc

mical interm

on, hydroly

recovery, w

nhancement

.

existing pro

intermediat

sting produ

however o

ed from 15

creased from

anufacturing

aigad, Mah

r expansion

cturing unit

he center po

73°29'23.54

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐2

ce to the

mediates

ysis and

washing,

t is to be

oduction

tesalong

uction of

of the 4

0 to 100

m 200 to

g unit of

harashtra

n activity

t located

oint GPS

4"E and


Mahad

industri

internal

nearest

1.3.4

India's C

in term

(with a

India an

to grow

ALL is

compan

Domest

serve to

time wi

1.4

As per

propose

comesu

(exclud

Expert

was no

activity

attached

securing

Apprais


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

is accessib

ial area by

l MIDC roa

airport is P

Importanc

Chemical in

ms of value.

share of ab

nd abroad a

w further.

s a global

nies worldw

tic &Interna

o cut the sup

ill earn valu

Scope of th

the Enviro

edexpansion

under Sche

ding formul

Appraisal C

otified befor

y is exempt

d as Annex

g the land

sal Committ


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

ble by Na

Mahad – S

ad. Project l

une airport

ce to the cou

ndustry is th

India is al

bout 6.5%).

as well as ch

supplier of

wide and aim

ational mark

pply of impo

uable foreign

he study

onment Imp

n activity

edule 5(b)

ations), Ca

Committee,

re EIA No

ted from pu

xure 1.2. N

until the pr

tee as per th


ineersPvt.L

ational High

Solamkund

location is a

which is ap

untry

he third larg

lso one of

The ever-in

hanging ma

f Pesticides

ms to expa

kets by exp

orts from fo

n currency b

pact Assess

of manu

-Pesticide

ategory - A

however pr

otification 2

ublic hearin

None of the

roject is ac

he EIA Not


Ltd

hway 66 w

Road & th

also accessi

pproximatel

gest in the w

the top fiv

ncreasing de

arket condit

s and chem

and its prod

anding its p

oreign coun

by export o

sment Noti

ufacturing

es industry

A which ent

roject site b

2006 being

ng the rele

eproject rela

ccorded prio

ification da


whichis fur

he further a

ible through

ly 129 km fr

world in ter

ve active Ch

emand for P

tions requis

mical interm

duct portfol

production c

ntries thus sa

f the propos

ification da

pesticides

y and pest

tail prior E

being locate

coming in

evant docum

ated activit

or Environm

ated14th Sep


Chapt

rther conne

access to pr

h Veer railw

from Mahad

rms of volu

hemical ing

Pesticides an

site Indian C

mediate to t

lio further i

capacities. T

aving curren

sed product

ated 14th Se

& chem

ticide spec

Environment

ed within M

nto force h

ments justif

ties can be

mental Clea

ptember 200

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

ectedMahad

roject site is

way station

d city.

ume & is ra

gredients pr

nd Intermed

Chemical in

the other c

in order to

These produ

ncy and at t

ts.

eptember 2

mical interm

cific interm

tal Clearan

Mahad MIDC

hence the p

fying the sa

carried out

arance from

06 hence in

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐3

d MIDC

s led by

and the

anked 14

roducers

diated in

ndustries

chemical

cater to

ucts will

the same

2006 the

mediates

mediates

nce from

C which

proposed

ame are

t except

m Expert

order to


assess

prepara

Accord

on 23rd

II(I)by

with pu

Thus En

CC date

impacts

Ass

area

Ens

plan

Avo

Iden

sens

Iden

Iden

thes

Iden

the

Iden

reco


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

the probab

ation of Env

ingly applicd December

MoEF&CC

ublic consult

nvironment

ed April 20

s due to the

sessment of

a of the proj

suring envir

nning and d

oid serious a

ntify and q

sitive recept

ntify and qu

ntify any im

se impacts.

ntify, descri

significance

ntify & qua

ommending


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

ble environ

vironmental

cation seeki

r 2017& p

C on 15th F

tation being

t Impact As

15 with obj

proposed p

f the backgr

ject site.

ronmental fa

designing sta

and irrevers

quantify pot

tors.

uantify any p

mpacts on s

ibe and qua

e of impacts

antify antic

g appropriate


ineersPvt.L

nmental im

Impact Ass

ing prior en

project was

ebruary 20

g prescribed

sessment re

ectives as f

project:

round conc

actors are c

age of the p

sible damag

tential sour

potential lo

sites of cul

antify any p

s on sensitiv

cipated risk

e mitigation


Ltd

mpacts due

sessment (E

nvironmenta

s accorded

18 wherein

d for prepara

eport is prep

follows in o

centration o

considered i

project.

ge to the env

rces and de

sses or dam

ltural herita

potential lan

ve receivers

& hazard

n measures


e to the p

EIA) report i

al clearance

ToR vide

n MoEF&C

ation of EIA

pared based

order to asse

f the pollut

in the decisi

vironment.

etermine th

mage to flora

age and to

ndscape an

s.

in the oper

to minimize


Chapt

proposed e

is requisite.

e was submi

No.IA-J-1

C has acco

A report.

d on Standar

ess the prob

tants aroun

ion-making

he significa

a, fauna and

propose me

nd visual im

rating phas

e the impac

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

expansion

itted to Mo

1011/584/2

orded standa

rd ToR by M

bable enviro

nd the 10 km

g process du

ance of imp

d natural hab

easures to

mpacts and e

se of the pr

t.

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐4

activity;

EF&CC

2017-IA-

ard ToR

MoEF&

onmental

m study

uring the

pacts on

bitats.

mitigate

evaluate

roject &


Iden

exp

dev

Iden

deta

nece

leve

Del

strat

Form

purs

1.4.1

Sr. No.

1

2 3


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

ntify, predi

ected to a

elopments i

ntify, asses

ailed design

essary to m

els.

ineation of

tegies for m

mulation of

sued by the

Standard

ExecutiveSIntroductDetails of tInformationImportanceProject DeCost of proProducts wIf expansioand whetheof earlier EList of rawof transporOther chemstorage capDetails of their manag


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

ict and eva

arise during

in relation t

s and spec

n, construct

mitigate the

f environme

minimizing a

f environme

project pro

ToR by M

Tabl

Summary tion the EIA Conn about the eandbenefitsescription oject and tim

with capacition project, der adequate

EC if any. w materials r

tation micals andpacities Emission, egement.


ineersPvt.L

aluate the e

g the con

o the sensit

cify method

tion and o

ese environ

ental manag

adverse imp

ental qualit

oponent.

MoEF& CC

le No.1.1: C

Standard

of EIA rep

nsultant incproject propsoftheprojec

me of complies for the pdetails of ex

land is ava

required and

d materials

effluents, ha


Ltd

environmen

nstruction a

tive receptor

ds, measure

peration of

nmental im

gement plan

pacts of the

ty monitorin

dated Apr

Compliance

d TOR

port

cluding NABponent ct

letion. roposed pro

xisting prodailable for e

d their sour

required w

azardous w


ntal impact

and operati

rs.

es and stan

f the propo

mpacts and

n (EMP) ou

project.

ng program

ril 2015

e of Standa

BET accred

oject ducts with cexpansion, r

rce along wi

with quanti

waste genera


Chapt

s and the

ion phases

ndards, to b

osed develo

reducing th

utlining prev

m for operat

ard TOR

C

ditation CCC CC

capacities reference

C

ith mode C

ities and

ation and C

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

cumulative

of the p

be included

opments wh

hem to acc

vention and

tional phase

Complianc

Chapter 1 Chapter 1 Chapter 1 &

Chapter -2 Chapter - 2Chapter - 2

Chapter - 2

Chapter - 2

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐5

e effects

proposed

d in the

hich are

ceptable

d control

es to be

ce

& Chapter 8

.

.

8


4


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

Requiremeapproval, (regular anProcess dmachineriematerial to Hazard idenExpansion/Copy of AmendmenMOEF/SEIcopy of thethe Ministr30thMay, 2stipulated including addition,staexistingopewith the EIIn case thclearance, the EIANoprovided. Certificate prior to E2006)obtaicomplianceshall be subSite DetailLocation oDistrict another sites wA toposhelocationon1all eco-sensDetails w.rCo-ordinatGoogle maLay out maindicating If located ofIndustria


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

nt of waterwater balad contract)

description es, processproducts tontification a/modernizat

all the Ents theretoIAA shall be latest Monry of Enviro2012 on th

in all thAmendm

atusofcomperationof thIA-EMP rep

he existing reasons forotification1Copies ofand Conse

IA Notificained from e report to tbmitted. ls of the projnd State, Juwere considet of the s1:50,000/1:2sitive areas .t. option anes (lat-long

ap-Earth dowaps indicatistorage area

within analAreaindica


ineersPvt.L

r, power, wance diagr

along wis flow sho be provideand details otionproposaEnvironmeno obtainebe attachednitoring Reonment andhe status ohe existingments shplianceofCohe project fport project hasr not taking994and/orEf Consent

ent to Operaation 2006,the SPCB

the conditio

ect site coustification dered. study area25,000scaleand environ

nalysis for s) of all fourwnloaded oing existinga, plant are

n Industrialatinglocatio


Ltd

with source ram, man-p

ith majorheet (quanted. of proposed

als: ntal Clear

ed for thd as an Annport of the

d Forests asof compliag environmhall bensenttoOpefrom SPCB

s not obtaing EC underEIANotifica

to Estabate (in case, CTE and

shall be sons of conse

overing villfor selectin

of radiuse on anA3/Anmentally s

selection ofr corners off the projec

g unit as weea, green bel area/Estatnofunitwith


of supply, power requ

equipmentitative) fro

d safety syst

rance(s) inhe projectnexure. A cRegional O

s per circulaance of conmental cle

providederatefortheoB shall be a

ned environr the provis

ation2006 slish/No Ob

e of units opCTO of F

submitted.ents from th

lage, Talukng the site,

of 10 kmA2 sheet. (isensitive plasite

f the site ct site. ell as propoelt area, utilte/Complex

hintheIndust


Chapt

status of uirement

C

nt’s and om raw

CA

tems C

ncluding t from certified

Office of ar dated nditions earances d. In ngoing/attached

CA

nmental sions of shall be bjection perating

FY2005-Further,

he SPCB

CA

ka/Tehsil,

whether C-

and site including aces)

C

CCC

osed unit lities etc. x, layout trialarea/

C

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

Chapter - 2

Chapter - 2 Annexure 2

Chapter - 7

Chapter - 2 Annexure –

Chapter - 2 Annexure –

Chapter - 2 - 5

Chapter - 2

Chapter - 5 Chapter - 2 Chapter - 2 Chapter - 2

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐6

and 2.5

and – 2.3

and – 2.3

and Chapte

.

er


5 6


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

Estate. Photographsite. If exiparticular. Land use bacquired),gwater bodieindustrial aA list of m(10kmradiustudy area Geologicalarea shall bDetails of area. If the lean seasofrequency Details of Level of tprojects) Status of astage of thpossession R&R detaipolicy. Forest and EnvironmDeterminatand site-sprelative humAAQ data SO2, NOXshall be coCPCB guiddirection, reserved foRaw data oas per freq2009 alongof the AAQprovided as


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

hs of the pristing, show

reak up of tgovernment/es, settlemearea)

major industrus) shall b

features abe included Drainage osite is with

on river dbased on pFlood Levethe river sh

acquisition e acquisitioof the land

ils in respe

d wildlife re

ental Statution of atmopecific micrmidity, hou(except mo

X, CO and ollected. Thdelines and population

orests. of all AAQ quency giveg with - minQ parameters an annexu


ineersPvt.L

roposed andw photogra

total land of/ private-a

ents, etc sha

ries with nae incorpora

and Geo-hy

of the projehin1km radiudischarge apeak rainfael of the prohall also b

of land. Ifon process a. ct of land

elated issue

us ospheric invrometeorolo

urly wind sponsoon) at other para

he monitoritake into azone and

measuremeen in the Nn., max., avrs from dataure to the EI


Ltd

d existing (aphs of plan

f the projectgricultural,

all be includ

ame and typated. Land

ydrological

ect up to 5us of any m

as well asall data of oject site an

be provided

f acquisitioand expecte

in line with

es (if applic

version leveogical data eed and dir8 locations

ameters releing stationsaccount the

sensitive r

ent for 12 wNAQQM Nverage and 9a of all AAQIA Report.


(if applicabntation/gree

t site (identforest, w

ded.(not req

pe within stuse detail

status of th

km radiusmajor river, ps flood oc

the past 3nd maximu

d. (mega gr

on is not ced time of c

h state Gov

cable):

el at the prousing temp

ection and rs for PM10evant to thes shall be b

pre-dominareceptors i

weeks of allNotification 98% values Q stations s


Chapt

ble) plant enbelt, in

ified and asteland,

quired for

C

tudy area ls of the

C

he study C

of study peak and

ccurrence 30 years. um Flood reenfield

C

complete, complete

C

vernment

C

oject site mperature,

rainfall.

C

, PM2.5, e project based on ant wind including

C

l stations of Nov. for each

should be

C

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

Chapter - 2

Chapter - 2

Chapter - 3

Chapter - 3

Chapter 2

Chapter - 3

Chapter - 4

Chapter - 3

Chapter 3

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐7

.

.


7


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

Surface wadownstreamlocations asWhether thby the CPCGround waincluded. Noise levelSoil CharacTraffic studfor transpoproject, parDetailed deexisting in to rare, enare found shall be preSocio-econ Impact anAssessmenstack emisscase the pModelling characteristproject on emissions shall be asused for mcontours shof project sWater QuaImpact of tthe surrounthis regardproducts antransport orA note ooperations,shall be iCharacterisprescribed


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

ater qualitym of dischars per CPCB

he site falls CB/MoEF&ater monito

ls monitorincteristic as pdy of the arrtation of mrking arrangescription othe study a

ndemic and within the epared and fnomic status

d Environmnt of groundsion based oproject is shall be d

tics for de the AAQ(including sessed. Detmodelling shall be plottsite, habitatility modellithe transpornding enviro, options fond wastes (r conveyor

on treatmen extent recncluded. Cstics of untstandards o


ineersPvt.L

y of nearbyrge point) a

B/MoEF& Cnear to pol

&CC, if yes goring at min

ng at 8 locatper CPCB grea, type of materials, adgement etc.of flora andarea shall bendangeredstudy area,furnished. s of the stud

ment Manad level conceon site-speclocated on

done using etermining

Q. Cumulatitransportati

tails of the shall also ted on a locaion nearby, ing - in casert of the rawonment shaor transport(large quancum rail trant of wastcycled and Complete streated and

of discharge


Ltd

y River (1and other suCC guidelinelluted stretcgive detailsnimum at 8

tions withinguidelines.vehicles, fr

dditional tra

d fauna (terrbe given wid species. I, a wildlife

dy area.

agement Plentration of

cific meteorn a hilly inputs of the potent

ive impact ion) on themodel usedbe provideation map ssensitive re

e of discharw materials aall be assesst of raw ma

ntities) by raansport shaltewater froreused for

cheme of d treated efe under E(P)


00m upstreurface drainses.

ch of river i. 8 locations

n the study a

requency of ffic due to p

restrial and ith special rIf Schedule

e Conservat

lan f pollutants rological fea

terrain, ththe specifi

tial impactsof all sou

e AAQ of d and the ined. The airshowing theeceptors, if ge in water and end prosed and provaterials and ail or rail-cll be examinom differer different p

effluent trffluent to m) Rules.


Chapt

eam and s at eight

C

dentified C

shall be C

area. CC

f vehicles proposed

C

aquatic) reference e-I fauna tion Plan

C

C

from the atures. In he AQIP c terrain s of the urces of the area

nput data r quality e location any.

CA

body Coducts on vided. In finished

cum road ned.

C

nt plant purposes reatment. meet the

C

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

Chapter – 3

Chapter - 3

Chapter - 3

Chapter - 3 Chapter -3 Chapter - 3

Chapter - 3

Chapter - 3

Chapter - 4 Annexure 4

Chapter - 4

Chapter - 4

Chapter 4

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐8

3

.

.

and 4.1


8


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

Details of emissions tMeasures fDetails ofutilization utilization also be inminimizatioconservatioProper utilNotificationAction plani.e. land wspecies, wincluded. Tand a schemalso be incoAction planbe submittewater drainvarious actreduce the Total capitpollution coAction plansubmitted. Onsite anPreparedneAssessmenshould be lOccupatioPlan and fsafety of alDetails of eIf the workchest x rayNear visionduring predetails of tof above mexposure anDetails of


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

f stack emto meet stanfor fugitive f hazardou

and manof solid an

ncluded. EMon, recycon, and natulization of n, 2009. A dn for the grith not lessidth of pla

The green bme for greenorporated. n for rainwaed to harvens to rechargtivities at thwater requital cost andontrol measn for post-p

nd Offsiteess and Ement and damlinked with nal health

fund allocatll contract aexposure sp

kers' health iys, Audiomn, colour v

e placementhe same. Dmentioned nd departmexisting O


ineersPvt.L

mission andndards. emission cos waste g

nagement. nd hazardouMP shall incle/reuse/reural resourcefly ash shadetailed plareen belt d than1,500

antation, plbelt shall bening of the

ater harvestst rainwaterge the grounhe project siirement fromd recurring sures shall bproject envi

e Disasterergency Ma

mage controDistrict Dis

tion to ensuand casual wpecific healis being eva

metry, Spirovision and ant and periDetails regar

parametersent wise. ccupational


Ltd

d action pl

ontrol generation Copies of

us waste innclude the cover tece conservatall be ensuran of action evelopmenttrees per hanning sche around throads used

ting measurr from the rnd water anite to consem other soucost/annum

be included.ironmental

r (natural anagement Pol. Disastersaster Mana

ure the occworkers lth status evaluated by pometry, Visany other oodical examrding last m as per ag

l & Safety


lan for co

and their f MOU r

n cement plconcept o

chniques, ion. red as per shall be pro

t plan in 33ha. Giving dhedule etc. he project bfor the proj

res at plant roof tops an

nd also to userve fresh wurces. m for enviro.monitoring

and MaPlan includr managemagement Pla

cupational h

valuation ofpre designedsion testingocular defecminations

month analyge, sex, dur

Hazards. W


Chapt

ontrol of C4C

storage, regarding ant shall

of waste-Energy

C

Fly Ash ovided.

C

3 % area details of shall be

boundary ject shall

C

site shall nd storm se for the water and

C

onmental C

shall be C

an-made) ding Risk

ment plan an.

C

health & C

f worker.

d format, g (Far & ct) ECG, give the

yzed data ration of

What are

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

Chapter 3 a4 Chapter 4 Chapter 4 a10

Chapter -10

Chapter - 1

Chapter - 1

Chapter - 1Chapter - 6

Chapter - 7

Chapter 10

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐9

and Chapter

and Chapter

0

0

0

0

r

r


10

9

10

11

12


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

the exposuPermissiblewhat measPEL so thaAnnual repto Occupat

Corporate

Does the capproved bthe EIA repDoes the Eprocess / pdeviation /conditions?What is thcompany tocomplianceDetails of tDoes the co/ violationsthe companlarge? Thisreport Details regfuel, restroconstructiodrivers duEnterpriseAdequate fearmarked Public Heabound acdevelopmeAction PlanAny litigadirection/orif so, detailany notice 1986 or relthereof andof the case.


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

ure levels oe Exposure ures the co

at health of tport of heathional Health

e Environm

company haby its Boardport. Environmenprocedures / violation ? If so, it mae hierarchico deal with e with thethis system ompany havs of environny and / or ss reporting

garding infoom etc. toon as well a

uring operae Social Cofunds (at letowards the

aring issuesction plan nt activitiesn for CSR Aation pendrder passedls thereof shunder the Slevant Sectid complianc.


ineersPvt.L

of hazards level (PEL

ompany hasthe workersh status of h and Safety

ment Policy

ave a well ld of Directo

nt Policy prto bring iof the env

ay be detailcal system the environe environmmay be givve system o

nmental normshareholdermechanism

frastructuro be providas to the ca

ation phase.mmitment east 2.5 %e Enterprises and item

shall bes need to beActivity ding againd by any Cohall also be Section 5 ofions of Air ce/ATR to t


Ltd

and whethL). If these as adopted tos can be presworkers wiy.

laid down Eors? If so, it

rescribe forinto focus vironmentalled in the EIor Adminis

nmental issumental cleen.

of reporting ms to the Brs or stakehom shall be d

re facilities ed to the la

asual worke. (ESC)

% of the proe Social Co-wise detaie includede elaborated

nst the prourt of Lawincluded. H

f Environmeand Water

the notice(s


her they arare not witho keep themserved. ith special r

Environment may be de

r standard oany infring

l or forest IA. strative ordues and for arance con

of non comoard of Dirolders at detailed in

such as sanabour forceers includin

oject cost) ommitment bils along wd. Socio-e

upon.

roject and against the

Has the unit ent (Protecti

Acts? If sos) and prese


Chapt

re within hin PEL, m within

reference

nt Policy etailed in

C

operating gement / norms /

er of the ensuring nditions?

mpliances rectors of

the EIA

nitation, e during ng truck

shall be

based on with time economic

Cd/or any e project, received ion) Act, o, details ent status

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

Chapter - 1

Chapter - 1

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐

0

0


11

1.4.2

Sr. No.1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12 13


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

Specific TO

T

Specific Commitmbe manuDetails osolvent rDetails proposedAmbientVOC, otNH3*, cHCl*, applicabWork zhazardouDetailedsegregatiadoptingAction submitteA copUnderstamanufacco-procegenerateAuthorizof liqusolid/hazMaterialChemicaAuthorizof solid/hDetails oRisk asschemicaland safet


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

OR by MoE

Table No.1.

TOR ment that n

ufactured. on solvents recovery an

of procesd unit and itt air qualither processhlorine*, HBr*, H

le) zone monitus chemical

d effluent treion of eff

g 'Zero' liquiplan for

ed. py of tanding scturers indiess organicd.

zation/Memuid effluzardous was Safety D

als are beingzation/ Memhazardous wof incineratosessment fols/solvents. ty system to


ineersPvt.L

EF& CC d

.2: Complia

no banned p

to be usedd for emississ emissionts arrangemity data shs- specific p

H2S*, HF

toring arrals. eatment schfluent streaid discharge

odour co

the Memsigned wcating clea

c solid/haz

mbership foruent in ste in TSDFData Sheetg used/will bmbership fowaste in TSor if to be inor storage Action plan

o be incorpo


Ltd

ated April

ance of Spe

pesticides w

d measures ions controlns from

ment to contrhould incluollutants* l

F*,etc.,(*

angements

heme includiams for une. ontrol to

orandum with cemarly that thzardous wa

r the dispoCETP a

F, if any. t for all be used.

or the dispoDF nstalled and handlin for handliorated.


2015

ecific TOR

Compwill

for l. the rol. ude like

as

for

ing nits

be

of ment

hey aste

osal and

the

osal

ing ing


Chapt

by MoEF&

pliance Annex

Chap

Annex

Cha

Cha

Cha

Cha

Annex

Cha

Annex

Cha

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

& CC

xure 2.5

pter 10

xure 2.4

apter 3

apter 3

apter 4

apter 4

--

xure 4.2

apter 7

xure 4.5

-- apter 7

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐


12

14

1.5 Det

M/s Sad

accredit

2018. T

Goa Sta

M/s SE

Sr. No.

N

1 M2

3 P

4

b

5 6

rt

t7

8 Pw


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

Arrangemof workmaterials

tails of the E

dekar Envir

ted EIA con

The registere

ate, India.

EPL is accr

Name of Se

Mining of MOffshore andevelopmenPesticide intermediatSynthetic odye intermeexcluding dbasic organchemicals aSugar indusOil & gas refinery/ through natecologicallyterminal Industrial export preconomic zComplexesPorts, Harbwaters and


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

ment for enkers engages.

EIA Consu

ro Engineer

nsultant Cer

ed office of

redited by Q

Table N

ectors

Minerals nd onshore ont & producIndustry

tes (excludinorganic cheediates; bulkdrug formulnic chemicaland chemicastry

transportapetrochemitional parksy sensitive

estates/ processing zones(SEZs

bours, Jettiesdredging


ineersPvt.L

nsuring heaed in hand

ultant inclu

rs Pvt. Ltd.

rtificate No

f SEEPL is a

QCI-NABET

o.1.4: Deta

oil and gas ction and pesting formulatemicals indk drugs andlations; synls, other synal intermedi

ation pipelinical produs/ sanctuariee Areas in

parks/ comZones(EP

s), Biotech

s, marine te


Ltd

alth and safdling of to

uding NABE

(SEEPL) e

.NABET/E

at 310, Dem

T for the fo

ails of Accre

exploration

icide spections)

dustry (dyesd intermedianthetic rubbenthetic orgaiates

ne (crude aucts), passes/ coral ree

ncluding LN

mplexes/AreZs), SpeParks, Leat

erminals, br


fety xic

ET Accred

established

IA/1518/RA

mpo Towers

llowing sec

editation o

Projeper SNotif

n,

cific

s & ates ers; anic

and sing efs/ NG

eas, cial ther

reak


Chapt

Chapter 7 &

itation

in the year

A-020 valid

s, EDC Patt

ctors:

f SEEPL

ect/ActivitySchedule offication

1 (a) i 1 (b)

5 (b)

5 (f)

5 (j) 6 (a)

7 (c)

7 (e)

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

& Chapter 1

1998 is a N

d up to14th,

o, Panaji –

y as f EIA

Cat

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐

10

NABET

October

403001,

tegory

A A

A

A

B A

A

A


13

9

10 B

11

M/s SE

laborato

accredit

(NABL

M/s SE

Operati

environ

monitor

Pollutio

The NA


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar

Common mfacility (CMBuilding including commercialTownship a

EEPL has

ory recogniz

ted by Na

L). M/s SEE

EEPL is en

ion & Ma

nmental par

ring as pe

on Control B

ABET Certif


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi

municipal sMSWMF) and large

shopping l complexesand area De

a highly q

zed by Min

ational Acc

EPL is also c

ngaged in p

aintenance.

rameters. F

er MoEF&C

Boards) gui

ficate is atta


ineersPvt.L

solid waste

e construcmalls,

s, housing eevelopment

qualified te

nistry of Env

creditation

certified by

providing T

Analytical

abrication

CC/CPCB

delines, Co

ached herew


Ltd

e managem

ction projemultiplex

estate projects

eam of Su

vironment, F

Board for

ISO 9001:2

Turnkey pr

l Laborato

of air & w

(Central P

nsultancy fo

with.


ment

ects xes,

ubject Expe

Forest and C

Testing a

2008 and BS

ojects of E

ory Service

water pollut

Pollution C

for Hazardou


Chapt

7 (i)

8 (a)

(8 (b)

erts. SEEPL

Climate Ch

and Calibra

S OHSAS 1

ETP & STP

es of vario

tions contro

Control Bo

us waste ma

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

L has full-

hange (MoE

ation Labo

18001:2007

P along wi

ous elemen

ol devices.

oard)/SPCBs

anagement

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐

B

B

B

-fledged

EFCC) &

oratories,

.

ith their

nts and

Annual

s (State

etc.


14


A/F/IND/ALL/00

Sadekar


01/2017‐18/00

EnviroEngi


ineersPvt.L


Ltd



Chapt

uringandDC,Mahad,R

ter 1: Introduc

Cha

Raigad,

ction

apter 1‐


Chapter 2: Project Description

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd Chapter 2-1


2.1 Type of project

The project in consideration is of pesticides & chemical intermediates manufacturing type

which involves chemical reactions like bromination, hydrolysis and physical processes like

quenching, distillation, crystallization, solvent recovery, washing, separation & drying. Since

the proposed activity of production capacity enhancement is to be executed within an existing

manufacturing unit, it is a brown field activity and as per EIA Notification of 14th September

2006 the project activity comes under Schedule 5 (b) & Category A.

2.2 Need of the project

Need of the project, can be justified by intention of the project proponent to manufacture

pesticides products to reduce the existing market demand and supply gap. There are very few

manufacturers of these products across the world. The consumption of these pesticides is

increasing globally and is expected to increase further in the coming years.

Company management wants to manufacture pesticides and chemical intermediate at large

capacity since the pesticides demand is increasing for agricultural and domestic use as well,

company plans to enter in this field in future to capture vast market potential of technical

grade pesticides.

The project will provide direct & indirect employment opportunities to local people and as

the industry has the export market, it will add to the net foreign exchange earning of the

country.

2.3 History of the project

Astec LifeSciences Limited has been incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 on 25th

January 1994 at the time of inception in the year 1994, ALL was incorporated in the name




and style of Urshilla Traders Private Limited subsequently company’s name was changed to

Astec Chemicals Private Limited with effect from 19th August 1994 further Astec Chemicals

private Limited was renamed to Astec LifeSciences Pvt. Ltd. with effect from 3rd March 2006

& Astec LifeSciences Private Limited was changed to Astec LifeSciences Limited with effect

from 27th April 2007 wherein the total capital investment of Astec Chemicals Private Limited

which was in existence in the year 1995 was less than Rs. 1 Crore hence as per EIA

Notification 1994 Astec Chemicals Private Limited was exempted from obtaining

environmental clearance.

The Certificate of Incorporation is attached as Annexure 2.1 & the balance sheet of company

for the financial year ended 31st March 1995 is attached as Annexure 2.2.

ALL has obtained Maharashtra Pollution Control Board’s Consent To Operate “Consent

order No: - Format1.0/AS/(T)/EIC No. RD-3108-15/Amend/CC-3030” dtd. 25/07/2016 and

“Consent No: RO-Raigad/Consent/1803000437” dtd. 08-03-2018 for manufacture of 219

T/M pesticides & chemical intermediates and 700 T/M pesticide formulations respectively &

compliance of consents is attached is Annexure2.6.

Now ALL has envisaged pesticides& chemical intermediates production capacity

enhancement from existing 219 MT/M to 781 MT/M and formulation products to the tune of

700.0 MT/M along with generation of bi-products to the tune of 1773 MT/M within the

existing manufacturing plant located at Plot No. B-16, 17, 18 & 21, MIDC Mahad, District

Raigad, Maharashtra with an estimated budgetary project cost of Rs. 10.17Crore, thus ALL

has not violated EIA Notification 1994 &/or 2006.

2.4 Size &magnitude of the project

Table2.1: Project details

Sr. No.

Particulars Details

1 Name M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd.




2 Location Plot No. B-16, 17, 18 & 21, MIDC Mahad,Mahad, Dist. - Raigad, Maharashtra.

3 Product Type Pesticides, Chemical Intermediates & Formulations

4 Project Type Expansion

5 Schedule 5 (b)

6 Category A

7

Area Details Existing (Sq. m.)

Proposed (Sq. m.)

Total (Sq. m.)

Land use wise

percentage Total Plot Area 13,950.00 -- 13950.00 -- Built up Area 8544.00 -- 8544.00 61.24% Parking Area 166.00 -- 166.00 1.18%

Green Belt Area 343.52 518.75 862.27 6.18 %

8

Production Capacity Existing (MT/M)

Proposed (MT/M)

Total (MT/M)

Pesticide Products 219.00 562.00 781.00

Pesticide Formulation 700.00 -- 700.00

Bi-Products -- 1773.00 1773.00

Total 919 2335 3254 9 Project cost (Indian Rs.) 10.17 Crore

10 EMP cost(Indian Rs.) Capital cost: 60.0 Lakh, Recurring cost: 25.10 Lakh/Annum

11 Power Requirement (kVA)

Existing Proposed Total

Connected load: 1600

Maximum demand: 900

--

Connected Load: 1600

Maximum demand: 900

12 Water Requirement (CMD) 352.67 403.63

756.53 Recycled water =

309.3 CMD thus total water requirement for

expansion activity will be

447 CMD




13 Fuel

Requirement

Furnace Oil 125.0 l/day 3483.12l/day 3608.12 l/day

Coal 22.0 MT/day 35.0 MT/day 57.0 MT/day

HSD 110 l/day 2700 l/day 2810 l/day

Steam Boiler

1 x 2.5 TPH 1 x 6 TPH

1 x 850 Kg/hr. 1 x 15 TPH

1 x 6 TPH 1 x 850 kg/hr. 1 x 15 TPH

Note: Existing boiler of 2 TPH







15 D.G. (kVA) 1 x 125 1 x 250

1 x 500

1 x 250 1x 500

Note: Existing D.G of 125 kVA will be

discontinued

16 Stack details

Boiler

Existing Proposed Total Stack No.1: 30 m Stack for 6 TPH

boiler

Stack No.2: 25 m stack for 2.5 TPH

boiler


boiler

Stack No.1: 39 m stack for 15 TPH boiler

Stack No.1: 30 m Stack for 6 TPH

boiler


boiler

Stack No.3: 39 m stack for 15 TPH

boiler

Stack No.4: 27 m common stack for TFH’s of 6 & 2

lackh kilo. cal./hr.

Stack No. 5: 4.5 m


Stack No.2: 27 m common

stack for TFH’s of 6 &

2 lackhkilo. cal./hr.

D.G Set Stack No1: 3.5 m Stack No1:




above roof for D.G of 125 kVA

Stack No. 2: 3.5 m above roof for D.G

of 250 kVA

4.5 m above roof for D.G of 500 kVA

stack above roof for D.G of 250 kVA

Stack No. 6: 4.5 m

stack above roof for D.G of 500 kVA Stack No.7: 5.0

mstack above roof for process scrubber

Note: Existing

boiler of 2.5 TPH & D.G of 125 kVA


Scrubber

Stack No.1: Stack of 5 m above roof

for process scrubber

--

17 Effluent Generation (CMD) 46.43 408.57 455.00

18 Sewage Generation (CMD) 15.0 -- 15.0

19 ETP Capacity

55 CMD, Evaporator of 100 CMD &

54 CMD Evaporator for Cooling Tower

In wake of expansion activity in

plant stripper evaporator of 150 CMD will

be installed

ETP of 55 CMD capacity along

with installation of in plant

stripper evaporator of

250 CMD capacity

20 Effluent Treatment Scheme

36 CMD LCOD-LTD effluent along with domestic sewage 15 CMD will be treated in full-fledged ETP of 55 CMD capacity from which 46.43 CMD effluent will be sent to CETP for further treatment & disposal as per valid C.T.O & 4. 57 CMD treated effluent will be reused. 241 CMD effluent process will be subjected in plant stripper evaporator of 250 CMD capacity from which 184 CMD condensate will be reused & 54 T/D salts will be sold as bi-products. 120.73 CMD Cooling tower & Boiler blow down will be reused.

21 Man Power 160 -- 160




22

Hazardous Waste

*Category of waste


Used/ spent oil 5.1

l/Month 50.0 950.0 1000.00


CHWTSDF Residues & Waste

29.1 MT/Month

204.0 207.0 411.0 CHWTSDF

Chemical sludge residue from Pesticides

29.2 MT/D 2.7 -- 2.7 CHWTSDF


33.1 Nos./Month

78.0 1172.00 1250.0


CHWTSDF Chemical sludge from ETP

35.3 MT/Month 1.12 67.88 69.0

CHWTSDF

Filter & filter material having organic liquid

36.2

kg/Month 12.0 488.0 500.0

CHWTSDF

Spent carbon 36.2 kg/Month

10.0 190.0 200 CHWTSDF

Asbestos gaskets

15.2 kg/Month

-- 100.0 100.0 CHWTSDF

23

Non-hazardous waste


Paper waste (paper boxes and bags)

kg/Month 150.00 5450.00 5600.00

Sale to recycler

Plastic waste kg/Month 50.00 5450.00 5600.00 Metal scrap kg/Month 100.00 4900.00 5000.00 Wooden pellets Nos./Mont

h 25.00 975.00 1000.00

Coal ash kg/Day

2700.00 5850.00 8550

Sale to registered

brick manufacture

r *Schedule I of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rule, 2016.




2.5 Location of the project

The proposed expansion activity will be achieved within existing manufacturing unit located

at plot no. B-16, 17, 18 & 21 MIDC Mahad Dist. - Raigad, Maharashtra, the center point GPS

coordinates of the project site are Latitude: 18° 6'3.46"N& Longitude: 73°29'23.54"E and

project site is covered under Survey Of India Toposheet no. 47F/8.

Mahad is accessible by National Highway 66 which is further connected Mahad MIDC

industrial area by Mahad – Solamkund Road & the further access to project site is led by

internal MIDC road. Project location is also accessible through Veer railway station and the

nearest airport is Pune airport which is approximately 129 km from Mahad city.

The Google Earth imagery, Mahad MIDC layout map & SOI Toposheeet (with 10 km radial

area) depicting project location are given below.




Figure 2.1: Location of M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd.




Figure 2.2: MIDC Mahad layout map




Figure2.1 : Location of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. & 10 km radial study area on SOI

Toposheet

Table2.2 : Latitude& Longitude of factory corners

Project plot corner Latitude Longitude

A 18° 6'5.39"N 73°29'21.79"E

B 18° 6'1.18"N 73°29'22.28"E

C 18° 6'1.52"N 73°29'25.43"E

D 18° 6'5.32"N 73°29'25.16"E

E 18° 6'5.60"N 73°29'27.26"E

F 18° 6'6.34"N 73°29'27.19"E

G 18° 6'6.19"N 73°29'25.08"E




H 18° 6'5.89"N 73°29'25.10"E

Table2.3: Immediate surroundings to the project site

Sr. No.

Direction Particular

1 North OdessyOrganics Pvt. Ltd.

2 South TritechCatalyst and Intermediates Pvt. Ltd.

3 East CaprolactumChemicals Pvt. Ltd.

4 West Vinati Organics Pvt. Ltd.

2.5.1 List of major industries within the 10 km radial study area

Mahad MIDC is a Chemical industry cluster which houses

several polymers, pharmaceutical, organic, pigments, fertilizers manufacturing industries.

List of some of the major industries located within the 10 km radial study area is given in the

following table.

Table2.4:List of some of the major industries within the 10 km radial study area

Sr.

No. Name of industry Type of industry

Approximate aerial

distance from project

site& direction

1 Sequent Scientific Ltd. Pharmaceutical 0.21 km toward NE

2 Steel Infoline Com Pvt. Ltd. Engineering 0.23 km towards NW

3 Odessy Organics Pvt. Ltd. Chemical 0.18 km towards N

4 Tritech Catalyst and

Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. Chemical 0.02 km towards S

5 Caprolactum Chemicals Pvt. Chemical 0.19 km towards E

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polymer

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pharmaceutical

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Organic_product

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pigments

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fertilizers




Ltd.

6 Vinati Organics Pvt. Ltd. Chemical 0.22 km towards SW

2.5.2 Land use details of the project plot area

The proposed expansion activity will be executed within existing manufacturing unit located

at plot no. B-16, 17, 18 & 21 MIDC Mahad, Dist. -Raigad, Maharashtra admeasuring

13950.00 Sq. m. and the land use details are given in below table.

Table2.5: Land use details of project plot area

Particulars Existing (Sq. m.)

Proposed (Sq. m.)

Total (Sq. m.)

Land use wise percentage

Total Plot Area

13950.00 -- 13950 --

Built up area 8544.00 -- 8544.00 61.24

Parking area 166.00 -- 166.00

Green belt 343.52 518.75 518.75 862.27

Note: In addition green belt development/plantation will be done in 20,200.00 sq. m. within Mahad MIDC




Figure2.2 : Project plot layout plan of Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

2.5.3 Details of environmental sensitivity within 15 km radius from the project

boundary location

Table2.6: Details of environmental sensitivity within 15 km radius from project

boundary location

Sr.No.

Areas

Name/ Identity

Aerial distance (with 15 km.)

Proposed project location boundary

1 Areas protected under international Yes Several patches of Reserve Forest are




conventions, national or legislation for their ecological, Landscape, cultural or other related value

present with 15 km from the boundary of

project site of which the nearest are listed

as below:

1. Reserve Forest near Khaire Village at

an approximate aerial distance of 0.4 km

towards NE from the project site.

2. Reserve Forest near Boargaon Village

at an approximate aerial distance of 1.8

km towards S from the project site.

3. Reserve Forest near Kharvali Village


km towards SE from the project site.

4. Reserve Forest near Kondivae Village


km towards SW from the project site.

2

Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons- Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests

Yes

Reserve Forests:

Several Reserve Forest patches are

present within the 15 km boundary from

the project site of which Reserve Forests

near Khaire, Boargaon, Kharvali &

Kondivae Villages are the nearest to the

project site

Mountains:




Several dense vegetation clad hills are

present within the 15 km distance from

the project site.

Wetlands/Watercourses:

Several water bodies such as

BhaoviraNadi, BhaluViraNadi, Kal

River, Gandhari River and Savitri River

flows within 15 km from the boundary of

the project site, of these rivers Kal River

is the nearest which flows at an

approximate aerial distance of 0.64 km

towards south of the project site.

3

Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration

Yes

Reserve Forests:

Several Reserve Forest patches are

present within the 15 km boundary from

the project site of which Reserve Forests

near Khaire, Boargaon, Kharvali &

Kondivae Villages are the nearest to the

project site

Mountains:

Several dense vegetation clad hills are

present within the 15 km distance from

the project site.

These area may be used by protected,

important or sensitive species of flora or

fauna

4 Inland, coastal, marine, or underground Yes Several water bodies such as Bhaovira




waters Nadi, BhaluVira Nadi, Kal River,

Gandhari River and Savitri River flows

within 15 km from the boundary of the

project site, of these rivers Kal River is

the nearest which flows at an

approximate aerial distance of 0.64 km

towards south of the project site.

5 State, National boundaries No State boundary is beyond 15 km.

6 Routes or facilities used by the public for access to recreation or tourist, pilgrim areas

Yes

Raigadh fort and Shivatharghal are

approximately 14.8 km away at aerial

distance.

7 Defense installations No No defense installations are within 15 km

area.

8 Densely populated or built-up area Yes Nearest village Asanpoi is approximately

660 m at SSW from project site.

9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities)

Yes Present in and around 15 km distance

from project site.

10

Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources

(ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals)

Yes

Reserve Forests: Several Reserve Forest patches are present within the 15 km boundary from the project site of which Reserve Forests near Khaire, Boargaon, Kharvali & Kondivae Villages are the nearest to the project site Mountains: Several dense vegetation clad hills are present within the 15 km distance from the project site. Wetlands/Watercourses: Several water bodies such as BhaoviraNadi, BhaluViraNadi, Kal




River, Gandhari River and Savitri River flows within 15 km from the boundary of the project site. Agricultural areas: The 15 km radial area from the project boundary had presence of several agricultural areas of which the nearest agricultural area was present at an approximate aerial distance of 0.34 km towards S from the project site.

11

Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage. (those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded)

No

Not applicable, project is in Mahad, MIDC area which is not declared as critically polluted area by CPCB O.M. J-11013/5/2010-IA.II(I) dated 17/09/2013.

12

Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems

(earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding Or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)

Yes Not applicable

2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation

The project activity in consideration is an expansion activity and anticipated schedule for

approval and implementation after grant of EC is as tabulated below.

Table2.7:Schedule for approval and implementation

Sr. No Description Time Period Cost in %

1 Obtaining all statutory permission

with respect to factory inclusive of

processing fees, plot development

fees of MIDC etc.

7 Month 10%




Sr. No Description Time Period Cost in %

2 Design and Engineering plan 3 Month 10%

3 Factory Set up 8 Month 70%

4 Training & Commissioning 1 Month 5%

5 Actual Start 1 Month 5%

2.6.1 Status of acquisition of land

Since the expansion activity is to be achieved within an existing operational unit the project

plot in consideration viz. B-16, 17, 18 & 21 is currently under the possession of Astec

LifeSciences Ltd.

2.6.2 Technology & process description

The manufacturing process related information such as reaction scheme, process flow & mass

balance are detailed in section in 2.6.3. The list of raw materials, products and machineries &

equipment’s are tabulated in the below section.




Table2.8: List of raw materials

Sr. No. Description Status Location Storage Capacity in

MT

Maximum Quantity of Storage at

any point of time in MT

Consumption/Month in

MT

Source of

Supply

Means of transportation

1 1,2 propanediol Liquid Drum 20 20.0 55 Imported Sea/Road 2 1,4

Dichlorobenzene Liquid Drum 20 20.0 45 Local Road

3 1-chloro-2-nitrobenzene

Liquid Drum 10 10 10 local Road

4 2,3-Dichloropropane

Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road

5 2,4 Dichloroacetophenone

Liquid Tank 20 20.0 125 Local Road

6 2,6 Xylidine Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road 7 2-Bromopropane Liquid Drum 10 10 15 Local Road 8 2-Methylfurfural Liquid Drum 12 12 10 Imported Sea/Road 9 2-Methylfuron Liquid Drum 12 12 10 Imported Sea/Road 10 4-Chlorobenzyl

chloride Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Imported Sea/Road

11 4-trifluro methyl Liquid Drum 20 20 15 Imported Sea/Road




benzyl chloride 12 Acetic acid

solution Liquid Carboy 5 5.0 10 Local Road

13 Acetonitrile Liquid Drum 20 20.0 15 Imported Sea/Road 14 Allyl Chloride Liquid Drum 20 20 25 Imported Sea/Road 15 Ammonia soln Liquid Drum 5 5 10 Local Road 16 BE(t-butyl ester p-

toloic acid) Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Imported Sea/Road

17 Benzyl nitrile Liquid Drum 10 10 5 Local Road 18 Biphenyl Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road 19

Bromine Liquid Tank 24 24.0 50 Local ISO tank by

Road 20 Bromoethane Liquid Drum 5 5 5 Local Road 21 BTBE)Methyl t-

Butyl ether) Liquid Drum 20 20 15 Local Road

22 Butanol Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road 23 Butydine Gas Tonner 2 2 2 Imported Sea/Road 24 C9(Trimehyl

benzene) Liquid Tank 20 20.0 20 Local Tanker

25 Catalyst– (Triphenylphosphine)

Solid Bag 1 1 1 Local Road

26 Cat-RPotasium iodide.





27 Caustic lye Liquid Tank 44 44 60 Local Tanker Road 28 CCP-2 : (2-Chloro-

4’-(4-chlorophenoxy) acetophenone)

Solid Carboy 20 16.0 30 Imported Sea/Road

29 CCP-4 : 2-(Bromomethyl -2-[2-Chloro-4-(4-Chlorophenoxy) Phenyl] -4-Methyl -1, 3-Dioxolane)

Liquid Drum 30 30.0 30 Imported Sea/Road

30 Celite Solid Bag 2 2 1 Local Road 31 Chlorobenzaldehyd

e Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road

32 Chloroform Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Local Road 33 CO2 gas Gas Cylinder 2 2 15 Local Road 34 Cyclohexane Liquid Tank 8 8.0 15 Local Tanker-Road 35 Dichloro Benzyl

nitrile Liqid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road

36 Dichloroacetophenone

Liquid Tank 20 20 125 Local Tanker-Road

37 Dichloromethane Liquid Drum 10 10.0 20 Local Road 38 Diethyl Ketone Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Imported Sea-Road 39 Dimethyl 4-chloro Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Imported Sea-Road




pyrazole formaldehyde

40 Dimethyl Acetamide

Liquid Drum 20 20.0 40 Imported Sea-Road

41 Dimethyl Adipate Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Imported Sea-Road 42 Dimethyl

Formamide Liquid Drum 20 20.0 30 Imported Sea-Road

43 Dimethyl Sulphate Liquid Tank 30 30.0 160 Local Tanker-Road 44 Dimethyl Sulphide Liquid Drum 20 20.0 30 Imported Sea-Road 45 Dimethyl

sulphoxide Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Imported Sea-Road

46 Dioxane Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Imported Sea-Road 47 Distilled DMPF Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Inhouse Tank 48 DK-2(3-methyl 3-

pentanol) Liquid Tank 20 20 30 Inhouse Tank

49 DK-3(3-methyl 3-chloropentane)

Liquid Tank 20 20 30 Inhouse Tank

50 DMCC(2,3 dichloropropane)

Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Imported Sea-Road

51 DMPO(1,3 Dimethyl-4-phenoxy pyrazoleoxime)


52 Ethylene Oxide Gas Tonner 5 5 5 Local Road




53 Formaldehyde Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Imported Sea-Road 54 Formic acid Liquid Carboy 10 10 10 Local Road 55 Hexane Liquid Tank 10 10 20 Local Road 56 HMBT(4-methyl-

2-benzothiazole hydrazine)


57 Hydrobromic acid Liquid Drum 30 30.0 30 Imported Sea-Road 58 Hydrochloric acid Liquid Drum 20 20.0 30 Inhouse Tank 59 Hydroxylamine

hydrochloride Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Imported Sea-Road

60 Intermediate(Benzeneacetonitrile, α-butyl-4-chloro-α-(chloromethyl)

Liquid Tank 20 20 20 Inhouse Tank

61 Isobutidine Gas Cylinder 2 2 2 Local Road 62 Ketone M Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Imported Sea-Road 63 Ketone-K Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Imported Sea-Road 64 LiNH2(Lithium

Hydride) solid Carboy 2 2 4 Local Road

65 Magnesium Solid Bag 4 4 12 Local Road 66 Methanol Liquid Tank 12 12.0 20 Local Tanker-Road 67 Methoxy acetyl

chloride Liquid Drum 15 15 15 Imported Sea-Road

68 Methyl Bromide Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road




69 Methyl chloride Gas Tonner 2 2 10 Local Road 70 Methyl chloro

propionate Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Imported Sea-Road

71 Methyl Cyclohexane

Liquid Tank 15 15.0 30 Local Tanker-Road

72 Methyl Furfuryldehyde


73 N-butyl lithium Liquid Cylinder 2 2 4 Local Road 74 Oxirane Liquid Drum 20 20.0 90 Imported Sea-Road 75 P-chloro benzyl

chloride Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Imported Sea-Road

76 PCl3–(Phosphorus trichloride)


77 Pd-C(Paladium carbon)

Solid Carboy 0.2 0.2 0.2 Local Road

78 p-Dichloro Benzene


79 Pentanone Liquid Drum 20 20 80 Imported Sea-Road 80 Pentanone (mix of

2,3) Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Imported Sea-Road

81 Phenol Liquid Drum 10 10 15 Local Road 82 Phosgene Gas Cylinder 2 2 5 Local Road 83 Potassium

Carbonate Solid Bag 20 20 40 Imported Sea-Road




84 Potassium Hydroxide

Solid Bag 60 60 150 Imported Sea-Road

85 Pottasium Hydroxide


86 Propygil Chloride Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road 87 PTC-l:(2-(1-

chlorocyclopropyl )-2-[(2-chlorophenyl) methyl ] oxirane


88 p-Toluic chloride Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Imported Sea-Road 89 Sodium bisulphide Solid Bag 10 5 5 Local Road 90 Sodium Bromide Solid Bag 10 5 5 Local Road 91 Sodium hydride Solid Bag 10 5 5 Local Road 92 Sodium Hydroxide Solid Bag 20 20 30 Local Road 93 Sodium hydroxide Solid Bag 20 20 30 Local Road 94 Sodium methoxide

28% Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Local Road

95 Sodium thiomethoxide


96 Sodium Thiosulphate


97 Sodiumbi carbonate





98 SPT OxiraneOxirane, 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(1-cyclopropylethyl)

Liquid Drum 20 20.0 20 Inhouse Drum

99 Sulphur Solid Bag 10 10 10 Local Road 100 Sulphuric Acid Liquid Carboy 5 5.0 10 Local Road 101 T-Butyl

Ammonium Bromide


102 Tetrahydrofuron (THF)

Liquid Drum 20 20.0 25 Imported Sea-Road

103 Thionyl Chloride Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road 104 Toluene Liquid Tank 8 8.0 20 Local Tanker-Road 105 Triacetonalkamine Liquid Drum 10 10 10 Local Road 106 Triazole Solid Bag 50 50 120 Imported Sea-Road 107 Trichloroacetophen

one Solid Carboy 20 20 40 Imported Sea-Road

108 Trimethyl Borate Solid Bag 10 10 10 Local Road 109 ValerylOxirane Liquid Drum 20 20.0 50 Imported Sea-Road 110 Valeryl ketone Liquid Drum 20 20.0 40 Imported Sea-Road 111 Xylene Liquid Drum 20 20 20 Local Road 112 Zinc Solid Bag 10 10 10 Local Road 113 Zinc chloride Solid Bag 10 10 10 Local Road




Table2.9: List of products, Byproducts & Formulations

Sr. No.

Product

Existing (MT/M)

Total (MT/M)

1 Propiconazole 15.00 165.00 2 Hexaconazole 14.00 100.00 3 Tebuconazole 60.00 150.00

4 Dextrinol 6.00 2.00

5 3,4-Chlorostyrene 30.00 25.00 6 Metalaxyl 5.00 10.00

7 4-Hydroxy 3-Methyl-2- (Propinyl)-2-Cyclopentene-

1-Lon

12.00 12.00

8 Dichloro Benzyl Cyanide/4- ChlorophenylEthyl Chloride

5.00 5.00

9 Bromuconazole 30.00 40.00 10 Cyproconazole 25.00 25.00 11 Prallethrine 12.00 12.00 12 Difenoconazole 5.00 30.00 13 Tricyclazole -- 30.00

14

2-Ethyl 2-MethylButanoicAcid

-- 10.00

15 Metconazole -- 20.00

16

5-Methyl-Α-(2-Propinyl)-5- FurfurylAlcohol

-- 10.00

17 Myclobutynil -- 25.00 18 DimethoxyBenzoic Acid -- 20.00 19 Boscalid -- 20.00 20 Prothiconazole -- 20.00

21 Ipconazole -- 20.00

22 4-Trifluromethyl Benzyl

Alcohol

-- 20.00

23 Fenpyroximate -- 10.00 Total 219 781




List of Bi-products

Sr. No. Bi-Product MT/month

1 Aliphatic Hydrocarbon 114.00 2 Biphenyl 2.00 3 HCL sol. 49.00 4 H3PO3 solution 2.00

5 K2CO3,K2SO4,KTMI,KBr,KOH,KCL

solution 805.00

6 Lithium hydroxide monohydrate

solution 3.00

7 MGCl2, MgBr2,MgSO4 solution 242.00 8 Na2SO4,NaCl,NaBr,NaOH solution 536.00 9 ZnCl2,Zn,Zn(CH3CO)2 solution 21.00 Total 1773.00

List of formulation products

Sr. No.

Product

Existing (MT/M)

Proposed (MT/M)

Total (MT/M)

1 Wettable Powder (WP/SP) 150 50 MT will be reduced

100

2 Granular Products (CG/G) 150 -- 150 3 Liquid Product EC 200 -- 200

4 Liquid Product (SC/SL) 200 50MT will be increased

250

Total 700 -- 700




Table2.10: List of major equipment’s& machineries

Sr. No. Equipment No. Equipment Name Location Existing/New 1 U2004 IBR Boiler 6 TPH MR 16599(B1 U201) IBR Boiler B17 Existing 2 U2011 Coal Crusher (CC1 U201)(6TPH) IBR Boiler B17 Existing 3 U2013 IBR Boiler Bag filter(6TPH) IBR Boiler B17 Existing 4 U2014 IBR Boiler Mechanical dust

collector(6TPH) IBR Boiler B17 Existing

5 U2025 Cooling Tower Process 700 TR B17 Plant Existing 6 U2029 Cooling Tower B17 Utility 250TR B17 Plant Existing 7 U2031 Pump Cooling Tower 02( Standby)

(P2 U205) 250TR IBR Boiler B17 Existing

8 U2032 Cooling Tower Br2 Process B17 Plant Existing 9 U2033 Cooling Tower B17 Ejector no.1

100TR B17 Plant Existing

10 U2034 Cooling Tower B17 Ejector no.2 100TR

B17 Plant Existing

11 U2035 Cooling Tower BRL3 Ejector 100 TR B17 Plant Existing 12 U2036 Cooling tower 33 KL Cond. Water

100TR B17 Plant Existing

13 U2038 Cooling Tower Water Spray 100 TR B17 Plant Existing 14 U2040 Cooling Tower B17 New Utility

1000 TR B17 Plant Existing

15 U2052 THERMOPACK (2 Lkcal/hr) B17 Utility New 16 U2053 THERMOPACK (6 Lkcal/hr) B17 Utility New 17 U2063 Diesel Generator set (63 kva) B24 Plant Existing 18 U2064 Diesel Generator set (500 KVA) B17 Utility New 19 U2065 Transformer 960 KVA B17 Utility Existing 20 U2078 NITROGEN GENERATOR -

20Nm3/hr B17 Utility Existing

21 U2079 NITROGEN GENERATOR -40Nm3/hr

B17 Utility Existing

22 U2080 NITROGEN GENERATOR -100Nm3/hr

B17 Utility Existing

23 U2092 Condenser 40TR B17 New Utility Existing 24 U2093 Chiller 40TR B17 New Utility Existing 25 U2094 Condenser (100 TR B17) B17 New Utility Existing 26 U2095 Chiller( 100 TR B17) B17 New Utility Existing 27 U2096 Condenser (150 TR B17) B17 New Utility Existing




28 U2097 Chiller( 150 TR B17) B17 New Utility Existing 29 U2099 Ammonia Receiver 150TR B17 Utility Existing 30 U2148 Cooling tower 50 TR for BRL

III Expansion 0 mtr B17 plant for BRL III Expansion project

Existing

31 R2201 Reactor R201 B17 Plant Existing 32 R2202 Reactor R202 B17 Plant Existing 33 R2203 Reactor R203 B17 Plant Existing 34 R2204 Reactor R204 B17 Plant Existing 35 R2205 Reactor R205 B17 Plant Existing 36 R2206 Reactor R206 B17 Plant Existing 37 R2207 Reactor R207 B17 Plant Existing 38 R2208 Reactor R208 B17 Plant Existing 39 R2209 Reactor R209 B17 Plant Existing 40 R2210 Reactor R210 B17 Plant Existing 41 R2211 Reactor R211 B17 Plant Existing 42 R2212 Reactor R212 B17 Plant Existing 43 R2213 Reactor R214 B17 Plant Existing 44 R2214 Reactor R215 B17 Plant Existing 45 R2215 Reactor R216A - Replacement

of R216 A 1 KL SS -PGMF B17 Plant Existing

46 R2216 Reactor R216B 3.0 KL SS316 B17 Plant Existing 47 R2217 Reactor R216C B17 Plant Existing 48 R2218 Reactor R217 B17 Plant Existing 49 R2219 ReactorR218 B17 Plant Existing 50 R2220 Reactor R219 B17 Plant Existing 51 R2221 ReactorR220 B17 Plant Existing 52 R2222 Reactor R221 B17 Plant Existing 53 R2223 ReactorR222 B17 Plant Existing 54 R2224 Reactor R223 B17 Plant Existing 55 R2225 ReactorR224 B17 Plant Existing 56 R2226 Reactor R225 B17 Plant Existing 57 R2227 Reactor -R401 SC Plant Existing 58 R2228 Reactor -R402 SC Plant Existing 59 R2229 Reactor -R404 SC Plant Existing 60 R2230 Reactor -R405 SC Plant Existing




61 R2231 Tile line Reactor Br2 plant Br2 Plant Existing 62 R2232 Toluene rec. column of PIOL III-

3 KL SS B17 plant Existing

63 R 2233 R 205 new Reactor replaced B17 plant Existing 64 R 2234 R 218 new Reactor replaced B17 plant Existing 65 R2235 Replacement of R216B New 4.5 KL B17 Plant Existing 66 R2236 New GLR 8 KL by replacing of R 220 B17 Plant Existing 67 D2001 Dynomill No.1 (R &D) 1 lit. R&D Existing 68 D2002 Dynomill No.2 (SC) 60 lit. SC Plant Existing 69 B2001 Bottle Filling Machine No.1 SC plant SC Plant Existing 70 B2002 Bottle Filling Machine No.2 SC plant SC Plant Existing 71 A2001 Aggitated filter dryer (Old PCS IV) B17 Plant Existing 72 A2002 Aggitatednutsch filter dryer (BRL1) B17 Plant Existing 73 A2003 Aggitatednutsch filter dryer (PCS IV) B17 Plant New 74 A2004 Aggitatednutsch filter dryer (KBr) B17 Plant Existing 75 N2005 Nutch Filter 8 kl (R218) B17 plant

(Ground Floor) Existing

76 F2001 Filter Press. No.1 B17 Plant Existing 77 L2001 Powder Packing Unit (new) B17 Plant Existing 78 Q2003 Br2 plant Scrubber No.1 (PPFRP) B17 Plant Existing 79 Q2004 R205 Scrubber M.S. B17 Plant Existing 80 C2006 Tolune Recovery Column (Piollll) B17 3rd floor New 81 B2001 ClorineTunner Blower Br2 plant Br2 Plant Existing 82 B2002 ClorineTunner Shed Blower Br2 plant Br2 Plant Existing 83 Z2001 D.M. Plant (20 kl) SC Plant Existing 84 O2001 Centrifuge No.1 B17 B17 Ground

Floor Existing

85 R1101 Reactor R101 B16 Plant Existing 86 R1102 Reactor R102 B16 Plant Existing 87 R1103 Reactor R103 B16 Plant Existing 88 R1104 Reactor R104 B16 Plant Existing 89 R1105 Reactor R105 B16 Plant Existing 90 R1106 Reactor R108 B16 Plant Existing 91 R1107 Reactor R110 B16 Plant Existing 92 R1108 Reactor R109 B16 Plant Existing 93 R1109 Reactor OLD R 102 B16 Plant Existing 94 A1001 ANFD B16 B16 Plant New




95 O1001 Centrifuge 1 B16 B16 Plant Existing 96 O1002 Centrifuge 2 B16 B16 Plant Existing 97 Q1001 R102 Scrubber No.1 B16 Plant Existing 98 Q1002 BRL1 Scrubber No.2 BRL1 Ground

Floor Existing

99 W1001 Calendria no.1 MEE plant 1st floor

Existing


Existing


Existing


Existing

103 N1001 Nutch Filter B16 no.1 (1.5 kl) BRL1 Ground Floor

Existing

104 N1002 Nutch Filter B16 no.2 (1.5 kl) BRL1 Ground Floor

Existing

105 N1003 Nutch Filter MEE No.1 2 kl MEE 1st floor Existing 106 N1004 Nutch Filter MEE No.2 2 kl MEE 1st floor Existing 107 R3301 Reactor R301 BRL1 Plant Existing 108 R3302 Reactor R302 BRL1 Plant Existing 109 R3303 Reactor R303 BRL1 Plant Existing 110 R3304 Reactor R304 BRL1 Plant Existing 111 R3305 Reactor R305 BRL1 Plant Existing 112 R3306 Reactor R306 BRL1 Plant Existing 113 R3307 Reactor R307 - Replacement of reactor

new code R-3307 under modification to increasing BRL-II batch size.

BRL1 Plant Existing

114 R3308 Reactor R308 BRL1 Plant Existing 115 R3309 Reactor R309 BRL1 Plant Existing 116 R3310 Reactor R310 - R310 New reactor of

PGMF 1 KL SS BRL1 Plant Existing

117 R 3311 Reactor R307 SS 6 KL - Replacement of rector new code R-3307 under modification to increasing BRL-II batch size.

BRL 1 Existing

118 U1001 Non-IBR Boiler 850 Kg/hr B16 Utility G.F. Existing 119 U1002 Non-IBR Boiler 1000 Kg/hr B16 Utility G.F. Existing 120 U1003 New Non-IBR Boiler 850 Kg/hr B16 Utility G.F. Existing




121 U1014 B16/BRL1 Process Cooling Tower 400 TR

BRL1 Ground Floor

Existing

122 U1015 B16 Utility Cooling Tower 300 TR B16 Utility G.F. Existing 123 U1016 B16 Utility Cooling Tower 60 TR

(25TR brine) B16 Utility G.F. Existing

124 U1020 Transformer(500KVA) B16 Utility G.F. Existing 125 U1031 D.G.Set (250KVA) B16 Utility G.F. Existing 126 U1032 Transformer(1600KVA) B16 Utility G.F. Existing 127 U1038 Chiller 100TR B16 Chilling B16 Utility Existing 128 U1040 Amonnia 100 TR Brine plant B16 B16 Utility Existing 129 U1045 Condenser (25 TR Brine B16) B16 Utility Existing 130 U1046 Chiller( 25 TR Brine B16) B16 Utility Existing 131 U2004A IBR Boiler 10 TPH MR 16599

(B1 U201) IBR Boiler B17 New

132 U2011A Coal Crusher (CC1 U201)(10TPH) IBR Boiler B17 New 133 U2013A IBR Boiler Bag filter(10TPH) IBR Boiler B17 New 134 U2014A IBR Boiler Mechanical dust

collector(10TPH) IBR Boiler B17 New

2.6.3 Details of manufacturing process

The manufacturing process involves chemical reactions like Bromination, Hydrolysis and

Physical process like Quenching, Distillation, Crystallization, Solvent Recovery, Washing,

Separation and Drying.

2.6.3.1 Manufacturing process

Product: Hexaconazole




Reaction:

Process Description

Material Balance

Step-I

1 CLS-I 1003.12

R-01 Reaction

3480.82 Reaction mass

2 FFB 1705.30

3 Saturn 4.55

4 Water 36.47

5 DMS 731.36

Total 3480.82

3480.82 Total

Reaction mass 3480.82

R-02

2769.27 Organic Layer




HOT 650.43

Quenching

2273.77 Aqueous layer

Water 911.84

Total 5043.08

5043.05 Total

Organic Layer 2769.27

Recovery

1063.97 CLS-II (Crude)

1637.09 FFB

68.21 FFB loss

Total 2769.27

2769.27 Total

Aqueous layer 2273.77

Recovery

948.31 Water recover

1008.94 K2SO4

185.78 CH3OH

104.37 H2O

4.55 Saturn

21.93 Residue

Total 2273.77

2273.89 Total

Step-II

1 CLS-II (Crude) 1063.97

R-03 water wash and separation

1040.24 CLS-II pure

2 Water 690.15

713.92 water recover




Total 1754.12

1754.16 Total

Step-III CLS-II pure 1040.24

R-04 Reaction

1426.19 CLS-III crude

DMF 2280.09

2211.69 DMF

TMI 299.93

68.40 DMF loss

K2CO3 86.02

Total 3706.28

3706.28 Total

Step-IV CLS-III crude 1426.19

R-05 Cystalization

1000.00 CLS-III pure

Water 1735.40

877.29 MeOH

Methanol 913.84

36.55 MeOH loss

1735.40 Water

340.79 Impurity

9.17 K-TMI

76.24 K2CO3

Total 4075.43

4075.43 Total

The manufacturing process of all other products is given as Annexure 2.4.and undertaking

into the effect that ALL located at plot no. B-16, 17, 18 & 21, MIDC Mahad, Mahad, Dist. -

Raigad, Maharashtra will not manufacture any of the banned pesticides is attached as

Annexure 2.5.




2.7 If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any

The existing production capacity is 219 T/M & detailed product list is given in Table No. 2.9,

the total project plot area is 13950.00 Sq. m. wherein the expansion activity will be achieved

by installing reactors/machineries of high volume capacity thereby increasing batch size.

2.8 Description of mitigation measures

The overview of probable environmental pollution & respective mitigation measures during

the operational phase of the project is depicted diagrammatically in the following figure.

Figure No. 2.5: Overview of environmental aspects & respective mitigation measures

during operational phase

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Expansion of Pesticide Manufacturing and Formulation unit of M/s AstecLifesciences Ltd., Plot no. B-16, 17, 18, & 21, MIDC, Mahad, Raigad, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/ALL/001/2017-18/00

Chapter 3 –Description of the Environment

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. Chapter 3- 1

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction

An overview of the process of EIA is depicted in the Fig. 3.1. The methodology of the consultant

organization to carry out the EIA study is presented in Fig. 3.2.

Out of the above mentioned aspects the present section focuses on monitoring of present

environmental conditions such as air quality, water quality, soil and noise pollution levels. The

monitoring duration for the study was considered for three months as per guidelines. The season

in which the data was collected for the study area was winter.Including the collection of onsite

meteorological data during the study period.The study also encompasses the ecological

biodiversity of the 10 Km study area.

Other aspects which are indirectly related to the environment such as traffic conditions, hydro-

geology, socio-economical status of the population and land use and land cover details are also

discussed in the present study.

The Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for all the functional areas applicable in this study

are followed from SEE-METH-EIA-01 to SEE-METH-EIA-12 as per the QMS of the

organization.

It should be noted that the sampling locations for the study will be selected in such a manner

which will suffice the sampling requirement for all the projects adhering to the NABET

guidelines.Based on the understanding and experience of the Functional Area Experts

environmental monitoring was conducted in the months of Dec-17 to Feb 18. Therefore in the

case of sampling locations for groundwater, surface water, soil and noise are common. For

ambient air quality, for monitoring the conditions at the project site individual monitoring was

conducted at the premises of each industry keeping the rest of the sampling locations common as

inferred from the wind pattern from the secondary data.

3.2 Meteorology

It is known that meteorological conditions around us influence not only the levels of pollution

but also their dispersion on local, regional, national as well as global scale. Moreover these




Figure 3.1 Methodology for EIA

meteorological conditions also vary spatially and temporally. Hence it is important to study the

meteorological conditions around the study area in order to estimate their level of influence in

dispersion of pollutants.

For the present study primary data was collected for duration of three months from site and

additional secondary data period of five years was obtained from Indian Meteorological

Department (IMD) forRaigaddistrict.




Contd.




- Figure 3.2Methodology for Obtaining Environmental Clearance




3.2.1 Secondary Data from IMD

As mentioned earlier the secondary data was obtained for selected parameters from the IMD

from Jan 2012 to Dec 2016. The parameters selected for the study were Temperature, Ambient

Barometric Pressure, Relative Humidity, Wind speed, Wind direction and Precipitation (rainfall).

The data for Cloud Cover has been compiled from the climatological tables of the IMD. The

descriptive statistics of the selected meteorological parameters is presented in Table 3.1. The

statistics of the primary data monitored during the sampling duration at the monitoring station at

project site and is presented in Table 3.2.

Table 3.1Monthly data from IMD 2012 to 2016

Month Temperature C Relative humidity % Rainfall

(mm) Pressure

(mb) Min Max Min Max Avg. Avg.

Jan. 14.4 32.0 20.0 98 0 1011.8 Feb. 13.4 31.5 23.0 92 0 1010.5 Mar. 14.1 31.9 23.0 90 6 1009.6 Apr. 21.4 33.6 38.0 95 0 1007.9 May. 23.8 34.7 39.0 88 0 1006.4 Jun. 21.6 35.0 53.0 95 110 1001.7 Jul. 15.3 31.4 69.0 98 980 1003.4 Aug. 17.3 31.2 68.0 98 324 1005.2 Sep. 14.1 31.9 29.0 95 351 1006.2 Oct. 20.6 35.3 33.0 92 60 1008.4 Nov. 18.0 35.0 20.0 89 3 1009.6 Dec. 14.4 33.6 23.0 93 16 1010.8

a. Temperature:

The present data enables to conclude that the study area can be categorized into typical tropical type of

climatic conditions experiencing four distinct seasons. The change in temperature is experienced with

respect to change in subsequent season. The summer season is followed with monsoon season which

provides the supply of fresh water in the form of precipitation during June to September.

The monsoon is followed by winter season starts from December and lasts up to mid February. During

this season minimum temperature can be observed to drop down to 13.4 C. The maximum temperature




of the winter season is recorded to be 33.6 C in the month of December. The winter season ends in

February with the on-set of summer season which lasts till month of early June. During summer season

maximum temperature was recorded to be 35.0 C whereas the minimum ambient temperature was

observed to be 14.1 C. During monsoon season (Mid June to September) maximum temperature were

observed to reach 31.9C while minimum temperature was observed as 14.1C.




- Figure 3. 3 Windrose from Secondary for year, 2012-2016

- Figure 3. 4 Windrose from Secondary data for Sampling Period

- Figure 3. 5 Windrose from Primary data for Sampling Period




b. Relative Humidity:

The presence of relative humidity indicates the level of water vapour in the atmosphere. From the data it

can be inferred that relative humidity was observed to be lowest in winter season and highest in the

monsoon season. The highest average of relative humidity was observed to be up to 98 % in the monsoon

season during July and August. It should be noted that on rare occasions in the winter season relative

humidity was observed to reach the maximum of 98%.

c. Rainfall:

The months of July and August are considered to be the months which receive maximum rainfall of the

year. The data indicates that average annual rainfall received amounts to 1850 mm each year.

d. Atmospheric Pressure:

Changes in pressure influence the vertical mixing of the air. Thus variation in pressure is important for

vertical as well as horizontal mixing of pollutants present in the atmosphere. The change in atmospheric

pressure is experienced diurnally, nocturnally as well as seasonally. The maximum average atmospheric

pressure is experienced during the winter season while minimum average atmospheric pressure is

experienced in the rainy season during the months of June.

e. Wind direction and Wind speed:

The data for wind speed and wind direction is presented separately using wind rose diagrams in Fig. 3.3

to 3.5. The wind dispersion during 2012- 2016 is presented in Fig. 3.3, while the wind pattern during Dec

- Feb (sampling period) during 2012 - 2016 is presented in Fig. 3.4. The Fig. 3.5 presents the

meteorological conditions during the study period of Dec17 to Feb 18.

3.2.2 Site Specific Meteorological Data

Monitoring for micro meteorological data was carried out on continuous basis at the project site.

The parameters selected were wind- speed, wind-direction, rainfall, temperature and relative

humidity. Monitoring was carried out using an automatic weather monitoring station at the

project site. The station was installed keeping in view the free exposure of sensors to atmosphere

and minimum interference from the nearby structures. The monitoring was carried out for a

period of 3 months from Dec17 to Feb 18. The variations in the meteorological data are




presented in Table 3.2. The highlights of the meteorological factors considered for monitoring

for the present study are discussed as under:

Table 3.2 Site Specific Micro Meteorology Data (Dec17 to Feb, 2018)

Temperature

Temperature during the study period was found to vary from 13.60C to 34.60C during the study

period.

Relative Humidity

Relative humidity during the study period was found to be maximum 98 % & minimum 21 %

Wind Speed and Wind Direction

The wind rose diagram representing the summer season is shown in Fig 3.5. A review of wind

rose diagram shows that predominant winds are mostly from North West to South East. The

hourly minimum wind speed was recorded to be 0 Km/hr & maximum was observed around 18

Km/hr.

Interpretation:

Meteorology forms the base of any dispersion studies. With this understanding Windrose

diagrams using secondary data obtained from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) for

annual data (5 Years) & sampling period (Dec to Feb of year 2012 to 2016) have been plotted.

The wind rose prepared from secondary data for sampling period of Dec to Feb, indicates that

about 44% of the time, wind was observed to be blowing from North West direction.

At the same time the windrose diagram based on primary data (for the monitoring period)

indicates that around 42% of the time the wind is blowing from the North West direction.

For determining the sampling locations of air quality monitoring it is important to understand the

distribution of wind direction during the monitoring period, i.e. during the months of Dec to Feb.

Months Rainfall mm

Temperature (OC)

Relative Humidity (%)

Wind Speed (Km/hr)

Dominant Wind Direction

(Blowing from) Min Max Min Max Min Max Dec 17 16 14.6 34.6 24 94 0 14

North West to South East

Jan 18 00 14.2 32 21 98 0 18 Feb 18 00 13.6 31.8 24 93 0 18




According to the interpretation of the secondary data for meteorology it is concluded that the

prominent upwind direction is North West. Therefore the monitoring stations can be selected

based on the prominent wind direction identified.

Comments:

The collected secondary data and the primary data have been compared and analyzed to verify

the quality of the data. The comparison of the secondary meteorological data (for Dec to Feb,

2012-2016) with the primary data (Dec 17 to Feb 18 2017) monitored at site is summarized as

under:

Minimal variation in the values is observed in the two data sets. For instance the minimum

temperature recorded at the monitoring site was 13.6C and the same from the secondary

data was observed to be 13.4 C, while the maximum temperature at project site was

measured to be 34.6C and that from the meteorological data from IMD was observed to be

33.6C.

The data for minimum relative humidity recorded at site was noted to be 21% and that from

secondary data was observed to be 20%. At the same time maximum relative humidity

recorded at site was 98 % while the same according to the secondary data was 98%.

It can be inferred from the above data that the pre-dominant wind direction during the

monitoring period is similar in the secondary as well as primary data collected from the

monitoring station.

3.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The baseline data for the proposed project is collected during month of Dec 17 - Feb 18. The

monitoring of ambient air quality around the project site provides an understanding about the

prevailing level of environmental pollution in the atmosphere.

For the purpose of air quality monitoring a study area of 10 km radius from project site has been

considered. Based on the observations of study area from satellite imagery it can be said that the




study area mainly comprises of vegetation followed by scattered settlements of Industrial,

Residential & Commercial areas and small agricultural areas and open- scrub land.

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at selected locations in 10 km radial distance

of the project site. The study area can be categorized as a rural area.

Probable Sources of Air Pollution: From the field investigations & reconnaissance surveys the

various sources identified that can contribute to air pollution in the study area:

Industrial activities in MIDC Area,

Transport activities all along the road

Rural activities in the vicinity of the MIDC area etc

Construction activities in the residential or MIDC areas

Agricultural activities such as biomass burning, combustion of wood and other waste, etc.

3.2.1 Sampling Details

The ambient air quality monitoring network of eight locations as per Standard ToR was designed

based on the prominent wind direction as per the analysis of meteorological data (from

secondary source). The sampling was carried out twice a week as per the NAAQS Notification of

November 2009. The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out for VOC & all the 12

parameters for which standards are prescribed by the CPCB at location A1 (project premises),

and criteria pollutants namely PM2.5, PM10, NOx, SO2 & CO at remaining 7 stations. The

details of the parameters monitored are provided in Table 3.3. The criteria applied for selection

of the monitoring location is discussed as under.

3.2.2. Criteria for selection of ambient air monitoring locations

The ambient air quality monitoring locations were selected considering the following criterion:

i. Prevailing prominent wind direction in the study area as examined form the Windrose

distribution prepared from the secondary data.

ii. Location of sensitive receptors such as reserved forests, national Parks, hospitals,

archeological sites, etc. in the vicinity of the study area.

iii. Topography of the study area.




iv. Site feasibility related to accessibility, security, distances from nearest shades and trees, etc.

iv. Availability of electrical supply and supplementary arrangements.

3.3.4Methodology for Sampling

The sampling was carried out at selected locations as per the CPCB guidelines. The standard

methodology used for analysis is presented in Table 3.3. The details of the detection limits and

the standard methods are provided subsequently.

Table No.3.3 Methodology Used for Ambient Air Analysis

Sr. No. Parameters Analysis

Minimum Detection limit

1. PM10µg/m3 IS 5182( Part 23): 2006 5.0 µg/m3

2. PM2.5µg/m3 USEPA Quality assurance handbook VOL-II part II

2.0 µg/m3

3. SO2µg/m3 IS 5182 (Part 02): 2001 Reaff.2006. 3 µg/m3 4. NOxµg/m3 IS 5182 (Part 06): 2006 9 µg/m3 5. CO mg/m3 Based On Instrument ACE 9000XT 0.02 mg/m3

6. Ozone (O3) µg/m3 Method 411,Air Sampling and analysis , 3rd edition

20 µg/m3

7. Lead (Pb) ng/m3 EPA Inorganic Compendium method IO-3.2

0.10 ng/m3

8. Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Method 401,Air Sampling and analysis , 3rd edition

20.0 µg/m3

9. Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP)

IS 5182 (Part 12): 2004 Reaff.2009 0.20 ng/m3

10. Arsenic (As) ng/m3 Based On CPCB guidelines for measurement of ambient air pollutant Vol..I May 2011

5.0 ng/m3

11. Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 EPA Inorganic Compendium method IO-3.2

5.0 ng/m3

12. Benzene) µg/m3 IS 5182 (Part 11) 1 µg/m3

13. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) (ppb)

EPA Compendium Method TO-17 1 ppb

Equipment used for sampling: The sampling of PM10 was conducted using Envirotech make

sampler (model no.: APM-460), while the sampling of PM2.5 was carried out using Envirotech

make sampler (model no. APM550). The monitoring of carbon monoxide was conducted by




online instruments of Rave innovations instruments (model no.: COA-109). The monitoring of

ambient VOC was carried out using Envirotech make portable sampler with model no.: APM

802.

Sample Transportation and Sample Preservation: Proper preservation of samples was done after

sampling. The Gaseous samples were preserved in an ice box (below 4°C) and transported to the

laboratory for analysis. The filter papers were collected using forceps and stored in polythene

bags and stored in cool and dry containers during transportation.

Based on the above understanding the nine locations selected for ambient air quality monitoring

are presented on Google earth imagery. The locations are fixed considering the up-wind and

down-wind direction of wind pattern and sensitive receptors. The details of the sampling

locations identified for the present study are presented in Table 3.4.

3.3.5 Ambient Air Quality Status

Table 3.4 Details of Selected Sampling Locations

Sr.

No.

Sampling Location &

Codes

M/s Astec Life Sciences Ltd.

Type of Area Direction

Aerial Dist.

(Km)

Coordinates

Latitude Longitude

1 A1 Project Site - - 18° 6'3.49"N 73°29'23.79"E Industrial

2 A2 Near Dhamane

Village N 2.72 18° 7'34.06"N 73°29'24.71"E Vegetated

3 A3 Dahivad Village NNE 6.20 18° 8'36.69"N 73°31'40.64"E Vegetated

4 A4 Bhavepathar E 6.00 18° 6'15.38"N 73°32'49.36"E Residential

5 A5 Birwadi E 1.95 18° 6'2.36"N 73°30'29.94"E Residential

6 A6 Near Warandh

Village NEE 9.70 18° 7'41.58"N 73°34'37.06"E Residential

7 A7 Near Bhogaon

Village NW 2.75 18° 6'42.93"N 73°27'59.73"E Residential

8 A8 Near Dharwali

Village S 4.89 18° 3'24.36"N 73°29'20.14"E Residential




The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at nine locations including the project site for

a period of three months from Dec to Feb, 2018. The results of ambient air quality.monitoring

provided in Table 3.5.

Fig No. 3.6 Air Monitoring Locations on Google Earth Imagery

Table No. 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Status (Criteria Pollutants)

Sr. No.

Sampling Location Code & Name Stats

Values in µg/m3 Values in mg/m3

PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx CO

1 *A1 At Project Site

Min 79.8 35.0 25.0 37.0 0.8 Max 96.0 51.8 36.5 50.5 2.1 Avg. 87.9 44.2 29.1 43.6 1.5

98th Percentile 96.0 51.3 36.1 50.5 2.1

2 A2 Near Dhamane

Min 77.8 21.0 18.0 22.3 0.7 Max 87.5 31.5 30.2 35.2 1.2




Village Avg. 80.9 23.8 22.0 27.3 1.0 98th Percentile 87.2 30.6 29.6 34.6 1.2

3 A3 Dahivad Village

Min 75.2 18.0 16.0 21.6 0.5 Max 84.8 29.0 28.0 34.0 1.2 Avg. 78.8 22.0 22.9 28.1 1.1

98th Percentile 84.6 29.0 27.4 34.0 1.2

4 A4 Bhavepathar

Min 70.0 18.0 15.0 19.0 0.7 Max 84.8 28.0 26.8 29.0 1.5 Avg. 77.6 21.9 23.3 22.1 1.2

98th Percentile 84.6 28.0 26.7 29.0 1.5

5 A5 Birwadi

Min 75.0 26.0 22.0 31.0 0.9 Max 88.0 40.0 31.0 50.0 2.0 Avg. 79.4 34.0 26.3 40.8 1.3

98th Percentile 86.9 39.9 30.9 49.1 1.9

6 A6 Near Warandh Village

Min 71.2 19.0 16.0 20.0 0.8 Max 85.0 29.0 27.6 30.0 1.7 Avg. 76.1 22.2 18.9 23.5 1.1

98th Percentile 84.3 29.0 26.6 29.5 1.6

7 A7 Near Bhogaon Village

Min 74.0 19.9 17.0 21.1 0.6 Max 84.4 31.2 29.9 34.5 1.2 Avg. 78.9 23.5 22.5 31.6 0.9

98th Percentile 84.2 30.1 29.8 34.3 1.2

8 A8 Near Dharwali Village

Min 68.5 17.0 14.0 18.0 0.6 Max 83.0 27.5 25.3 29.2 1.4 Avg. 71.3 21.7 21.4 22.2 1.0

98th Percentile 78.9 27.4 25.2 29.1 1.4 NAAQ Standard 100 60 80 80 4.0

Note: *Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.

3.3.6 Interpretation of Primary Data

PM10

The study reveals that maximum concentration was observed to be in the range of 83 & 96

µg/m3. The highest 24-hourly concentration was recorded at sampling location A1. whereas the

minimum concentration was observed at location A8. The average concentration of PM10 can be

said to be ranged between 71.3-87.9 µg/m3. The high concentration of particulate matter

recorded at project site (A1) may be due to various vehicular emissions and urban activity like




construction etc,.The minimum concentration at location A8 can be said due to its remote

location and minimal human activity in and around the monitoring station. Therefore experiences

minimal levels of pollution.

PM2.5

The major source of PM2.5 is said to be the combustion of fossil fuels, fire wood, etc. The

maximum of PM2.5 (51.8 µg/m3) during the study period was recorded at location A1, whereas

the minimum 17.0 µg/m3 concentration was recorded at A8 location which is a remote area. The

minimum concentration indicates that the area experiences minimal combustion and vehicular

activity. On the other hand high concentration at location A1 indicates that the area experiences

high emissions from combustion of fossil fuel and vehicular movement in the surroundings. It is

important to note that location A1 lies in the surrounding of heavy urbanization which

experiences constant movement of vehicles which can be said to be the major cause for increase

in the concentration of PM2.5. The average concentration of PM2.5 during the study period was

computed to be in the range of 21.7-44.2 µg/m3.


High level of SO2 in ambient air indicates the presence of combustion of fossil fuel in the

vicinity. The ambient air monitoring results indicate that the highest average concentration of

SO2 is experienced at location A1. The emission from other industries & constant traffic and

regular movement of heavy vehicles which are diesel driven around the MIDC area can be

considered as the principle source of emission for SO2. The average concentration of SO2

recorded at all the monitoring locations during the study period ranged between 18.9-29.1 µg/m3

respectively. It should be noted that maximum average concentration was recorded at location

A1 while the lowest can be observed at location A6. The location A6 is scarcely populated and is

remotely located. Hence low levels of anthropogenic activities and emissions are observed in the

area. The concentration of SO2 were within the CPCB limit at all the location.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)




The various forms of Nitrogen in NO, NO2 and N2O are collectively called as Oxides of

Nitrogen. The highest value of NOX during the monitoring period was observed at location A1 &

A5 while the minimum average was recorded at A8. The average concentrations were in the

range of 22.1-43.6 µg/m3. The maximum 24 hourly value of NOX was recorded at the monitoring

location A1 (50.5µg/m3) & A5 (50 µg/m3) whereas the minimum concentration of NOx was

recorded at location A8 (18 µg/m3). It should be noted that the location A8 was observed to have

minimal vehicular activity resulting in minimal concentration of pollutants.

Carbon monoxide (CO)

The anthropogenic source of CO is due to incomplete combustion of fuel majorly in absence of

air. The maximum concentration of CO estimated at all locations during the study period can be

observed to be within 1.2 to 2.1 mg/m3 respectively. The minimum concentration at all locations

ranged between 0.5 - 0.9 mg/m3. The highest average is calculated at location A1 and the lowest

average was estimated to be at location A7.

Monitoring of Additional Parameters:

The monitoring for additional parameters in ambient air namely Ozone, Lead, Ammonia,

Arsenic, Benzene,Nickel &Benzo(a)pyrene was conducted within the project premises (A1

location). The results for these parameters are presented in Table 3.6. It can be stated that

concentration of Benzene, Benzo(a)pyrene& Ammonia was found to be below the detection

limit.

The values of Ground level ozone were estimated to be within the range of 21 to 30.6 µg/m3. The

average concentration was computed to be 25.5 µg/m3. The presence of heavy metals such as

lead, arsenic and nickel were estimated to be below the detectable limits and thus their presence

can be said to be negligible.

As mentioned earlier the concentration of VOCs was also monitored at the project site. The

results revealed that the concentration was found to be below the detection limit as presently.




The analysis of additional parameters monitored for ambient air quality at the location A1

reveals that the values did not exceed the limits prescribed by CPCB, during the sampling period.

Table 3.6 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site

Sr. No. Parameters A1- Premises of AstecLifesciencesLtd NAAQ

Standards Min. Max. Avg.

1. Ozone (O3) µg/m3 21 30.6 25.5 100 (8 Hourly)

2. Lead (Pb) ng/m3 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 1.0 (24 Hourly)

3. Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 400 (24 Hourly)

4. Benzo (a) pyrene (BaP) ng/m3 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 1.0 (Annual)

5. Arsenic (As) ng/m3 <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 6.0 (Annual)

6. Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 20 (Annual)

7. Benzene (C6 H6) µg/m3 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 (Annual)

8. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) (ppb) <1

*Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Laboratory. ** N.S.: Not Specified

Conclusion:

The descriptive statistics of the monitoring at all the locations are indicating that pollution levels

did not exceed the standards prescribed by the CPCB. It should be noted that 98th Percentile

values computed at all the sampling locations were similar to the maximum value observed at

most of the locations indicating a negligible variance in the observations obtained.Furthermore,

the additional parameters monitoredat thesampling location no. A1 also indicated that the

parameters monitored did not exceed the standards provided by CPCB.

The lowest level of pollution is experienced at location A8 which is located in a remote location

because of minimal anthropogenic activity.

It can be concluded that the background air quality around the project area is not polluted as the

parameters were well within the prescribed CPCB limits.

3.4 Surface Water Quality

3.4.1 Surface water sources in the study area




The surface water resources in the study area as studied from the satellite imagery appear to be

few in number, especially for the purpose of drinking water.

The primary surface water bodies in the study area are Kal & Savitri river’s in the south

direction. Apart from this the study area has presence of reservoirs, lakes, located within the

10km radius or the study area. The Savitri receives water on its course from different streams

and rivulets on its course from North of the project site to South West of project site.

The sampling locations for the water bodies were finalized after reconnaissance survey and

consultation with the functional area experts from the respective areas.

3.4.2 Probable sources of surface water pollution in the study area

The Savitri River Stretch in the study area is subjected to industrial and domestic discharges

from the MIDC area. It is to be noted that the river stretch is also subjected to discharge of

domestic effluent from the residential area of Mahad, Birwadi and other surrounding villages.




Fig No. 3.7 Surface Water Monitoring Locations

3.3.3 Sampling Methodology

a. Criteria for Selection of water quality sampling locations

While selecting a sample it is always important to take care that the sample should be representative of

the selected water body. In order to remove the bias in sample selection, grab samples were collected on

random basis considering the following key aspects:

1. The sampling locations were selected based on upstream and downstream uses of the water body.




2. Drainage Pattern of study area in general.

3. Discharge points of local and/or CETP treated effluents from MIDC into the water bodies

4. Location, use and importance of Lake, Dam or other reservoirs in the study area

5. Water bodies or streams which may be affected due to the proposed activity.

Based on the above understanding and guidance from the functional area experts, selected

sampling locations are presented on Google Earth Imagery in Fig. 3.8 and on SOI Toposheet in

Fig. 3.9.

A total of eight sampling locations were selected for the present study. The details of the

sampling locations are highlighted in Table 3.9.


Grab samples were collected from the identified surface water bodies located in the study area.

The sampling frequency was once during the sampling period of the proposed project (study

period – Dec. 17 to Feb. 2018).

3.3.5 Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation:

Sampling was carried out in presence of FAE and trained personnel having training and

experience.

The necessary procedures were followed during the process of sample transport and storage in

order to maintain homogeneity of the samples and to avoid any significant alterations in their

condition thereby rendering them in an unacceptable state for analysis at the laboratory.

In order to comply with the above statement some of the important points focused while sample

transportation and storage are highlighted as under:

• Samples were collected in HDPE containers and packed to avoid breakage and cross-

contamination.

• Sample degradation was reduced through appropriate preservation and 1ml 1N HNO3 per

liter of sample was added for analysis of selected metals.

• Sample containers were sealed, labeled and carefully packed with an appropriate packing

material and stored in chilled containers (around 4C). The chain of custody records was

also maintained as per standard protocol.

• Microbiology samples were collected in sterile Pyrex-glass bottles




• The pH and Temperature were monitored at the time of collection and the DO was fixed

on site.

The list of parameters assessed and the methodologies for analysis of water samples are

presented in Table 3.7. The method detection limits are also provided in the table with respective

units of measurement. The details of sampling locations are provided in Table 3.8.

Table No.3.7:Methodologies Used for Surface Water Analysis

Sr. No. Parameter Method Detection Limit/ Unit

1 pH APHA 4500 H+ - B 0.01-14 2 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 2540 - C 5.00 mg/lit 3 Chlorides as Cl- APHA 4500 Cl- - B 10.00 mg/lit 4 Sulphate as SO4

- APHA 4500 SO42 - E 1.00 mg/lit

5 Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 2340 - C 2.00 mg/lit 6 Nitrate as NO3 APHA-4500-NO3-B 1.00 mg/lit 7 Fluoride as F- APHA-4500-F- - D 0.02 mg/lit 8 Phosphate APHA-4500-PC 1.00 mg/lit 9 Bicarbonate APHA 2340 - B 1.00 mg/lit

10 COD APHA-5220-B 4.00 mg/lit 11 BOD APHA-5210-B 3.00 mg/lit 12 DO APHA-4500-C 1.00 mg/lit 13 Arsenic as As APHA- 3114-B 0.01 mg/lit 14 Calcium as Ca APHA- 3500-B 1.00 mg/lit 15 Cadmium as Cd APHA- 3111-B 0.003 mg/lit 16 Chromium as Cr APHA- 3112-B 0.05 mg/lit 17 Iron as Fe APHA- 3111-B 0.3 mg/lit 18 Lead as Pb APHA- 3111-B 0.01 mg/lit 19 Magnesium as Mg APHA- 3111-B 1.00 mg/lit 20 Mercury as Hg APHA- 3112-B 0.001 mg/lit 21 Nickel as Ni APHA- 3111-B 0.02 mg/lit 22 Potassium as K APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 23 Sodium as Na APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 24 Zinc as Zn APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 25 Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. APHA-9221-B Absent 26 Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. APHA-9221-G Absent

The results for the samples are provided in Table 3.9.

Table No. 3.8 Details of Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations

Sr. Sampling Location AstecLifesciences ltd




No. Direction Dist.

(Km) Lat Long

1 SW1 Kal River Upstream of MIDC area

NE 5.6 18° 7'6.90"N 73°32'23.88"E

2 SW2 Kal River near Additional MIDC area

NE 3.48 18° 6'22.02"N 73°31'20.63"E

3 SW3 Kal River Downstream of Birwadi

SEE 0.9 18° 5'52.35"N 73°29'52.23"E

4 SW4 Savirti River tributary Downstream of Mahad CETP

West 1.46 18° 6'3.59"N 73°28'34.07"E

5 SW5 Savirti River Near Mahad City

SWW 4.71 18° 4'43.16"N 73°25'51.17"E

6 SW6 Stream at Bhorao Village

SW 2.35 18° 5'5.38"N 73°28'31.73"E

7 SW7 Stream at WalanBudruk

North 8.29 18°10'31.56"N 73°29'51.48"E

8 SW8 Waland Dam NE 9.96 18° 8'17.47"N 73°34'33.73"E

During the sampling it was observed that the water from the selectedwater bodies was used for

various purposes. Based on their usage& information provided by the locals these water

bodies.The categorization is confirmed based on the analysis performed on the sample to

conclude its fit for the said usage. The criteria for classification of the water bodies are provided

in Table 3.10.

Based on the results and observations during sampling, it can be stated that, the locations SW1 to

SW5 to can be classified into the “E” category whereas the water bodies SW6, SW7 &SW8 can

be categorized into category “B”.




Table No. 3.9 Surface Water Quality Results

Sr. No.

Parameters Locations

Unit SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8

1. pH 7 7.5 7.1 7.7 8.2 7.2 7.7 7.4 -

2. Total Dissolved Solids 281 243 319 218 260 180 245 154 mg/lit

3. Chlorides as Cl- 28 42 64 23 39 26 21 23 mg/lit

4. Sulphate as SO4- 9.9 5.3 6.8 15.8 20.8 10.7 2.7 9.1 mg/lit

5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 100 114 130 107 91 85 103 81.6 mg/lit

6. Nitrate as NO3 7 6.7 5.4 6.8 6 4.8 5.2 2.3 mg/lit

7. Fluoride as F- 0.254 0.416 0.454 0.41 0.276 0.274 0.274 0.227 mg/lit

8. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit

9. PO4-- 48 56 60 65 68 44 61 41 mg/lit

10. Bicarbonates 76 102 100 96 84 87 88.9 71 mg/lit

11. Calcium as Ca 27.67 16.5 24.06 20.3 23.66 17.5 30.18 22 mg/lit

12. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit

13. Iron as Fe <0.30 <0.3 <0.30 <0.30 <0.30 <0.30 <0.30 <0.30 mg/lit

14. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit

15. Magnesium as Mg 12.8 8.3 12.5 13.3 17 9.8 14.8 11 mg/lit

16. Chromium as Cr <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/lit

17. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/lit

18. K+ 0.33 1.7 0.6 0.74 1.7 1.5 1.35 1.1 mg/lit

19. Nickel as Ni <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit

20. Na+ 14.4 32.6 8.3 31.5 22.8 17.8 18.3 13.4 mg/lit

21. Zinc as Zn <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 mg/lit

22. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. 22 82 41 92 50 13 26 18 Org/100ml

23. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Present Present Present Present Absent Absent Absent Org/100ml

24. COD 10 42 26 90 16 <4 8.6 <4 mg/lit

25. BOD 3.6 14.7 9.7 32.1 4.4 <3 3.7 <3 mg/lit

26. DO 6.2 6.5 6.2 6.1 6.7 6.4 6.2 6.6 mg/lit

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Laboratory




Table No. 3.10 IS: 2296–1982_Inland_Surface_Water_Stds

Parameter A B C D E Unit

pH 6.5-8.5

EC - - 1000 2250 mS/c

Color 10 300 300 - - Hazen

Odor Agreeable - - - - -

TSS - - - - - mg/l

TDS 500 - 1500 - 2100 mg/l

Turbidity - - - - - mg/l

AlkalinityasCaCO3 - - - - - mg/l

Chloride as Cl 250 - 600 - 600 mg/l

SulphateasSO4 400 - 400 - 1000 mg/l

NitratesasNO3 20 - 50 - - mg/l

HardnessasCaCO3 300 - - - - mg/l

CalciumasCaCO3 200 - - - - mg/l

MagnesiumasCaCO3 100 - - - - mg/l

Sodium as Na - - - - - mg/l

Potassium as K - - - - - mg/l

Fluoride as F 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - mg/l

Iron as Fe 0.3 - 50 - - mg/l

DO 6 5 4 - - mg/l

COD - - - - - mg/l

BODat27oC 2 3 3 - - mg/l

A-Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection B-Outdoor bathing(organized) C-Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection D - Propagation of wild life, fisheries E -Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste disposal

3.3.6 Interpretation

The results presented in the earlier section are discussed and concluded in this section. The

values obtained are compared with the standards prescribed for the respective designated use of

the water body as categorized in the earlier part of the study.The analysis helps to concluded that

the pH of all the samples was found to vary between: 7–8.2. It should be noted that the values

obtained were within the desirable limit for pH as prescribed by CPCB. The total hardness was




observed to be ranging between 81 to 130 mg/l. The maximum value of hardness was recorded at

SW3 and the minimum value was recorded at SW8. The concentration of Total Dissolved Solids

was estimated in the range of 154 mg/l to 319 mg/l. The maximum concentration of Total

Dissolved Solids (TDS) was observed at SW3 whereas the minimum TDS concentration was

observed at SW8. It should be noted that the variation observed in the concentration of TDS can

be said to be marginal. The Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) & Biochemical Oxygen Demand

(BOD) values were calculated to be in the range of <4mg/l to 90 mg/l &<3mg/l to 32.1 mg/l

respectively.

The presence of heavy metals like Arsenic, Mercury, Lead, Chrominum, Zinc, Nickel &

Cadmium were found out be below the detection limit for all the water samples. It should be

noted that the iron content in all the samples of surface water bodies were below the detection

limit. Fluoride was detected in lower concentrations ranging from 0.227-0.454 mg/l. The nitrate

concentration was observed to be in the range of 2.3 – 7.5 mg/l. Surface runoff from agricultural

fields using the fertilizers can be the major source of nitrate. The microbiological samples for

total coliforms were in the range of 13-92 org/100 ml and E-coli was found to be present in SW-

2 to SW-5 in the rest of the samples it was absent.

It should be noted that in case of the selected water bodies (SW-1 to SW-5) classified under

category “E”, the parameters were found to be within the prescribed limits. The results for

location SW-6 , SW-7 & SW8 categorized in category “B” indicated that all the parameters were

found to be within the prescribed limits except for SW-7 the BOD value was above the

prescribed limit. Hence for SW-7 the water can be continued for its designed use as per Inland

Surface Water Standards after disinfection and necessary treatment.

3.3.7 Whether the site falls near to the polluted stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/MoEF& CC

The proposed project of M/s Asteclifesciences Ltd. falls at a distance of 2.70km from the stretch

of Savitri River which is identified as polluted by the CPCB. The identified polluted stretch of




Savitri River is around 2 km, from Dandi to Muthavali. (DADLI, MUTHAVALI, RAJEWADI,

KEMBURLI). It has been classified under priority class III having the BOD values in the range

of 4.4 to 15 mg/l. Another river in the study area i.e. Kal River is not identified as polluted river

by CPCB. The distance of the Kal River from the project site is around 870 m.

(Reference: Series: MINARS/37 /2014-15 RIVER STRETCHES FOR RESTORATION OF WATER QUALITY by CPCB, dated Feb 2015.)

3.5 Ground Water Quality

3.5.1 Ground water sources in the study area

Although, fresh water is supplied by the pipeline in the Mahad city, ground water is used as an

alternate source in surrounding villages for domestic purposes. Therefore it is important to assess

the existing baseline status of the ground water quality.

3.5.2 Probable sources of ground water pollution in the study area

Ground water can be said to be affected by activities such as uncontrolled discharge of treated

and/or untreated industrial effluent, open discharge of treated and/or untreated sewerage in the

surrounding area. Apart from the above ground water can be polluted by other activities such as

excessive use of chemical fertilizers in farming, leaching from landfills having toxic or

municipal solid waste, etc.


The section discusses regarding the sampling related procedures, methodologies and parameters

selected for analysis. The section also highlights the criteria adopted for selection of ground

water sampling locations. The selected sampling locations and their coordinates are presented in

Table 3.11.

Table No. 3.11 Details of Sampling Locations for Ground Water samples

Sr. No. Sampling Location

M/s AstecLifesciences Ltd

Direction Dist. (Km) Lat Long Source of

Sampling 1 GW1 Mahad SW 6.61 18° 4'58.97"N 73°25'48.85"E Borewell

2 GW2 KambetarfBirw NW 2.54 18° 6'45.08"N 73°28'8.96"E Open Well




As per the Standard ToR sampling was decided to be carried out at 8 locations. The sampling

locations were selected on random basis subject to the availability and feasibility. The water

quality monitoring network was designed with the intention to evaluate the prevailing ground

water quality in the study area. The sampling frequency was once in a season (study period –

Dec 17 to Feb, 2017). The details of the methodology for ground water sampling is provided in

Table No. 3.12

3.5.4 Selection criteria for water quality sampling locations

The sampling sites were selected considering the following criteria -

1. Topography of the study area Pattern.

2. Areas which may be affected due to the activity.

3. Any probable locations with open discharge of sewage or waste water.

4. Location of any solid waste dumping facility in the vicinity of the project site.

In cases where the sampling locations are situated close to MIDC areas, ground water pollution

can be said to be affected by underground (illegal) discharging of waste water by the industrial

units. If any such cases are reported then sampling is conducted in the surrounding area.

Based on the above criteria eight sampling locations were selected for the present study.

These locations are marked on SOI map in 3.11.

The results for analysis conducted are presented in Table 3.13. These results are compared

with the drinking water standards provided by IS (Table 3.14).

The aspects related to Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation are described in

detail in the above section 3.4.5.

adi

3 GW3 Dhamane-gaon North 2.96 18° 7'39.79"N 73°29'28.39"E Open Well

4 GW4 Warandh NE 9.5 18° 8'4.54"N 73°34'21.48"E Open Well

5 GW5 Padavi NE 9.27 18° 8'57.66"N 73°33'41.21"E Open Well

6 GW6 Kiye SE 9.89 18° 5'8.87"N 73°34'55.82"E Borewell

7 GW7 Wadghar SE 5.05 18° 4'7.61"N 73°31'25.71"E Open Well

8 GW8 Birwadi E 2.15 18° 6'2.11"N 73°30'36.59"E Borewell




Table.3.12 Parameters and Methodologies for Analysis of Ground Water Samples

Sr. No. Parameter Method Detection Limit/Unit 1. pH APHA 4500 H+ - B 0.01-14 2. Total Dissolved Solids APHA 2540 - C 5.00 mg/lit 3. Chlorides as Cl- APHA 4500 Cl- - B 10.00 mg/lit 4. Sulphate as SO4

- APHA 4500 SO42 - E 1.00 mg/lit

5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 2340 - C 2.00 mg/lit 6. Nitrate as NO3 APHA-4500-NO3-B 1.00 mg/lit 7. Fluoride as F- APHA-4500-F- - D 0.02 mg/lit 8. Phosphate APHA-4500-PC 1.00 mg/lit 9. Bicarbonate APHA 2340 - B 1.00 mg/lit 10. COD APHA-5220-B 4.00 mg/lit 11. BOD APHA-5210-B 3.00 mg/lit 12. Arsenic as As APHA- 3114-B 0.01 mg/lit 13. Calcium as Ca APHA- 3500-B 1.00 mg/lit 14. Cadmium as Cd APHA- 3111-B 0.003 mg/lit 15. Chromium as Cr APHA- 3112-B 0.05 mg/lit 16. Iron as Fe APHA- 3111-B 0.3 mg/lit 17. Lead as Pb APHA- 3111-B 0.01 mg/lit 18. Magnesium as Mg APHA- 3111-B 1.00 mg/lit 19. Mercury as Hg APHA- 3112-B 0.001 mg/lit 20. Nickel as Ni APHA- 3111-B 0.02 mg/lit 21. Potassium as K APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 22. Sodium as Na APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 23. Zinc as Zn APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 24. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. APHA-9221-B Absent 25. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. APHA-9221-G Absent




Fig No. 3.8 Ground Water Monitoring Locations




Table No. 3.13 Ground Water Quality Results

Sr. No. Parameter Results

Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8

1. pH 8.5 8.2 8.3 8.1 8 8.4 7.8 8.2 -

2. Total Dissolved Solids 353 267 390 258 268 387 277 322 mg/lit

3. Chlorides as Cl- 33.2 25 23 42 36 31 19.7 17 mg/lit

4. Sulphate as SO4- 5.4 5.1 1.6 12.4 50.2 56.2 12.2 2.7 mg/lit

5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 106 104 177 122 111 151 127 128 mg/lit

6. Nitrate as NO3 8.4 9.3 7.4 6.4 2 2.8 4.1 4.6 mg/lit

7. Fluoride as F- 0.434 0.378 0.334 0.214 0.36 0.28 0.24 0.20 mg/lit

8. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 9. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit

10. Calcium as Ca 26.8 20.3 13.1 30.3 44.2 52.2 36.7 45 mg/lit 11. Iron as Fe <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 mg/lit 12. Nickel as Ni <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit 13. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 14. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/lit

15. Magnesium as Mg 17.8 12.3 10.6 8.4 12.4 10 11.3 17.1 mg/lit

16. Zinc as Zn <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 mg/lit 17. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. Absent 26 20 16 15 Absent 19 Absent Org/100ml

18. E.-coli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Org/100ml

19. COD <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 mg/lit 20. BOD <3.00 <3.00 <3.00 <3.00 <3.00 <3.00 <3.00 <3.00 mg/lit

21. Sodium 25.4 14 14.3 30.2 20.2 20.2 15.2 12.2 mg/lit

22. Potassium 1.7 0.5 0.3 0.4 1.8 5.4 1.5 2 mg/lit 23. Phosphate 21.5 11.1 13 27.6 17.1 17.7 8.6 10.5 mg/lit 24. Bicarbonate 148 140 177 92 84 190 78 128 mg/lit 25. Chromium <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/lit

Note: *Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Laboratory




Table 3.14 IS: 10500:2012 Standards for Drinking Water

Sr. No. Parameter Acceptable Permissible in the

Absence of Alternate source

Unit

1 pH 6.5-8.5 No relaxation 2 Total Dissolved Solids 500 2000 mg/l 3 Chlorides as Cl- 250 1000 mg/l 4 Sulphate as SO4

- 200 400 mg/l 5 Phosphate NS NS mg/l 6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 200 600 mg/l 7 Nitrate as NO3 45 No relaxation mg/l 8 Bicarbonate NS NS mg/l 9 Arsenic as As 0.01 0.05 mg/l

10 Calcium as Ca 75 200 mg/l 11 Sodium NS NS mg/l 12 Potassium NS NS mg/l 13 Cadmium as Cd 0.003 No relaxation mg/l 14 Iron as Fe 0.3 No relaxation mg/l 15 Lead as Pb 0.01 No relaxation mg/l 16 Chromium 0.05 No relaxation mg/l 17 Mercury as Hg 0.001 No relaxation mg/l 18 Nickel as Ni 0.02 No relaxation mg/l 19 Zinc as Zn 5 15 mg/l

20 Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs.

Absent Absent Org/100ml

21 Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Org/100ml 22 COD NS NS mg/l 23 BOD NS NS mg/l 24 Fluoride F- 1.0 1.5 mg/l 25 Magnesium Mg++ 30 100 mg/l

* NS: Not Specified

3.5.5 Interpretation:

The above results indicate that the pH of all the ground water samples was within the

prescribed standards.

The concentration of heavy metals like arsenic, zinc, chromium, lead, mercury, nickel &

cadmium were below detection limit. Iron was not detected in any of the ground water

samples. The hardness of all the ground water samples was found to be ranging between

104-177 mg/lit. The value of hardness was within the acceptable limit at all the locations.

It can be observed that the values for total dissolved solids in all the sampling locations

were estimated to be under the acceptable standards for drinking water. The concentration

of total dissolved solids ranged between 258-390 mg/lit. The maximum concentration was

observed at location GW 3 whereas the minimum concentration was observed at GW4.




It should be noted that the microbiological analysis of allthe samples indicate that e-coli

was absent in all the ground water samples. The presence of total coliforms except for

GW1 ,GW6& GW8 were in the range from 15-26 Org/100 ml indicate that the

anthropogenic activity in the surrounding area can be a possible source of contamination.

It should be noted that the concentration of the coliforms were higher in the dugwell

compared to the concentrations observed in the borewell samples.

The fluoride concentrations are ranging between 0.20 - 0.434 mg/l. The presence of the

fluoride in all the water samples is mostly due to geogenic in nature. The nitrates

concentrations were ranging between 2.0 -9.3 mg/l well below the acceptable limits of

drinking water. The probable sources of nitrates in the ground water could be the use of

fertilizers in the nearby agricultural activity.

The COD and BOD values of all the ground water samples were found to be below the

detection limit.

Thus based on the above results it can be stated that the water from the said samples can

be considered fit for consumption and potable purpose with basic primary treatment. The

water can be used for domestic utilization and gardening without any treatment.

3.6 Noise Level Monitoring

Noise can be defined as a sound, especially one that is loud or unpleasant or that causes

disturbance. High and prolonged or continuous exposure to noise levels is known to cause

deleterious effects on the humans, plants and animals. In some cases short term exposure to

high noise levels has been considered equally dangerous for humans and animals. In future

Noise level pollution in the rural or urban areas can be of great concern. Monitoring of Noise

level provides an insight pertaining to the prevailing conditions of noise in the surrounding

areas. This data when available is considered as a baseline data for a given area and based on

the data predictions in increase in noise levels are carried out.

3.6.1 Noise generation sources in the study area

As the project site is located in the notified industrial area, various sources of noise

generation can be said to be arising from the various industrial activities carried out in the

surroundings. Other sources contributing to high noise levels can be attributed to movement




of heavy vehicles in the nearby areas. Apart from the heavy vehicles, the number of public

and private vehicles plying in the region can be said to contributing towards noise pollution.

The stone mining activities were identified in the study area which can be potential source of

noise pollution. Noise can be said to generate through various industrial processes and

machineries operating in the industries.

3.6.2 Monitoring Details

For the present study Noise monitoring was carried out as per the Central Pollution Control

Board guidelines on 24-hourly basis at 8 locations in 10 km radius of the study area.

Monitoring was carried out on weekly basis (once in a week). The locations were decided as

per the guidance of the Functional Area Experts and are presented in Fig 3.9 on Google Earth

Img. The noise levels monitored were grouped into day and night time noise levels. The day

time is considered to be during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise time is considered between 10

pm to 6 am at all the locations in the study area. The noise monitoring was carried out by a

precision integrated noise meter of baseline technology Model No. 2511. It should be noted

that location N1 is situated in the industrial area while rest of the locations are categorized

into rural and residential areas. The standards used for comparison of the noise levels are

therefore used as per the standards prescribed regulations of CPCB.

3.6.3 Criteria for selection of noise level monitoring locations

The locations for representative noise monitoring were selected considering the following

criteria:-

1. Identification of probable sources.

2. Identification of Sensitive Receptors around the project area.

3. Individuals/Areas likely to be affected due to the expansion activity.

4. Topography of the study area.

5. Site feasibility related to accessibility, etc.

The details of the monitoring locations are provided in Table 3.15.




Fig. 3.9: Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring




Table No. 3.15 Details of Noise Quality Monitoring Stations

The ambient noise quality monitoring results for all the monitoring locations is presented in Table 3.15.

Table No. 3.16 Result of Ambient Noise Monitoring

Code Monitoring Location Noise in dB(A) Leq Daytime

Noise in dB(A) Leq Night Time

N1 Project Site 72 61

N2 Near Dhamane Village 52.6 43

N3 Dahivad Village 51.4 42.6

N4 Bhavepathar 50.2 40.3

N5 Birwadi 55 44.7

N6 Near Warandh Village 50.8 42

N7 Near Bhogaon Village 52.8 43.2

N8 Near Dharwali Village 50.6 41.7 NAAQ Noise Limit (Industrial Area) 75 70 NAAQ Noise Limit (Residential Area) 55 45 Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.

Sr. No. Sampling Location

M/s AstecLifesciences Ltd

Direction Dist. (Km) Lat Long Type of Area

1 N1 Project Site -- -- 18° 6'3.56"N 73°29'23.84"E MIDC

2 N2 Near Dhamane

Village N 2.66 18° 7'30.25"N 73°29'19.93"E Agricultural

3 N3 Dahivad Village NNE 6.25 18° 8'36.04"N 73°31'44.40"E Residential

4 N4 Bhavepathar E 6 18° 6'15.12"N 73°32'47.58"E Residential

5 N5 Birwadi E 2.10 18° 6'3.11"N 73°30'35.26"E Residential

6 N6 Near Warandh

Village NEE 9.56 18° 7'38.71"N 73°34'33.48"E Agricultural

7 N7 Near Bhogaon

Village NW 2.65 18° 6'42.82"N 73°28'3.62"E Residential

8 N8 Near Dharwali

Village S 4.97 18° 3'21.93"N 73°29'18.09"E Residential





Industrial Zone

The day time noise level at the project premises was observed to be 72.0 dB (A) while

during night time the noise level was recorded to be 61.0 dB (A). It should be noted that

the noise levels during the day time as well as night time were estimated to be under the

prescribed standards by Central Pollution Control Board.

Residential Zone


hourly readings were recorded. The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime

was observed at location N4, where as the maximum noise levels can be observed at

location N5. The location N5 is densely populated and hence can give rise to high noise

level in the surroundings. It should be noted that the permissible limits for noise did not

exceed at any of the locations selected for sampling.

3.7 Soil Quality

3.7.1 Probable sources of soil pollution/contamination in the study area

Soil can be said to be polluted due to the discharge of treated or un-treated effluent,

hazardous waste generated, solid waste by various industries located in the industrial cluster.

If the industrial wastes are not disposed off scientifically they may leach into soil and affect

the soil quality adversely. This problem can also arise by uncontrolled disposal of municipal

solid waste or sewage inhabited or vacated land.

3.7.2 Sampling Techniques:

The soil samples were collected from 1.5 m depth

The samples were stored in 1Kg. HDPE zip-lock bags and transported to laboratory

in cool and dry containers.

The samples were analyzed for physical & chemical characteristics. The samples

have been analyzed as per the established methods for physico-chemical parameters & heavy

metals.





The sampling frequency was once a season (study period Dec.2017 to Feb.2018) from

eight locations.

3.7.4 Criteria for soil sampling location

The locations for collection of representative sample were selected considering -

1. From different types of land uses in the study area.

2. From possible polluted & comparatively controlled locations in the study area.

3. From the leeward and downward of the prominent wind direction

Based on the above understanding the eight sampling locations were identified for the

purpose of sampling is presented in Fig. 3.14 and Fig. 3.15 on Google Earth Image and SOI

maps. The coordinates of the sampling locations are provided in Table 3.16.




Fig. No. 3.10 Soil Quality Sampling Locations

Table No.3.17 Details of Soil Quality Sampling Stations

Sr. No.

Sampling Code & Location

Direction Dist. (Km)

Coordinates Area/Land use type North East

1. S1 Project Site - - 18° 6'44.79"N 73°31'4.19"E Industrial 2. S2 Near CETP W 4.1 18° 6'10.91"N 73°28'50.43"E Industrial

3. S3 Dhamane-gaon

NW 3.4 18° 7'41.79"N 73°29'27.00"E Agricultural

4. S4 Warandh NE 6.4 18° 8'4.63"N 73°34'26.16"E Agricultural 5. S5 Taliye E 6.8 18° 6'38.32"N 73°34'55.67"E Agricultural 6. S6 Kive SE 6.8 18° 5'14.52"N 73°34'40.90"E Agricultural

7. S7 VadgharKhurd

S 5.9 18° 3'40.35"N 73°31'59.31"E Agricultural

8. S8 Birwadi SW 1.64 18° 6'2.68"N 73°30'29.65"E Agricultural




The parameters for the analysis and the corresponding methodologies are presented in Table

3.18. The results are provided in Table 3.19

Table No. 3.18 Methodology of soil quality analysis

Sr. No.

Parameters Units Method

1. pH - IS:2720 (PART 26)-1987

2. Moisture Content % Procedure for Soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization of United nations /International soil reference & information center compiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002

3. Organic matter %

4. Exchangeable Calcium as Ca

mg/kg

5. Color - SW 846

6. Soil texture mg/kg Trivedi&Goel

7. Electrical Conductivity mS/cm IS :14767 : 2000

8. Water holding Capacity % Hand book of methods in envt studies vol-II by S K Maiti

9. Phosphorus as P mg/kg

Lab SOP no. SEE/LD/SOP-SA/28 issue dt 29/03/2014 based on procedure of soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization of United nations /International soil reference & information center compiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002

10. Total Nitrogen mg/kg

Lab SOP No. SEE/LD/SP-SA/04 (Based on procedure for Soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization of United nations /International soil reference & information center compiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002)

11. Nitrite as NO2- mg/kg

Leachate Preparation - Soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization and rest as per APHA 4500- NO2-B 22 nd Edition

12. Arsenic as As mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

13. Cadmium as Cd mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

14. Chromium as Cr mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

15. Lead as Pb mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

16. Magnesium as Mg mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

17. Iron as Fe mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

18. Potassium as K mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

19. Sodium as Na mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B


The findings of the study reveal that pH of the soil in the study area ranged between 7.4 – 8 which is an indicative of the neutral to moderately alkaline nature of soil. The values for Nitrogen at all locations varied between 179 to 272 kg/ha. Maximum concentration of nitrogen was observed at location S3.




The concentration of phosphate was estimated to be between 2.1 to 4.1Kg/ha.The highest

concentration can be observed at location S7, while the lowest concentration can be observed

at location S1.

It is important to note that the concentration of potassium was found to be high at all

locations ranging between 63 to 81 Kg/ha.

Based on the above findings it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per

soil classification given by Tondon H.L.S. (2005). The samples fall under very low to

medium low fertile soils (Table 3.20 and table 3.21). The presence of heavy metals like

arsenic, cadmium, lead & chromium in all the soil samples were below the detection limit.




Table 3.19 Analysis of Soil Samples

Sr. No. Parameters Location

Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH 7.5 7.7 8.0 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.9 - 2 Moisture Content 3.8 4 4.4 4.1 4.6 5 5.3 4.8 % 3 Organic matter 1.6 1.6 41.8 2 1.5 3 2.4 2.9 % 4 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca 35.3 43.3 41 45.6 43.8 43 40.7 47 mg/kg

5 Color Reddish brown

Reddish brown

Reddish brown

Reddish brown

Reddish brown

Reddish brown

Reddish brown

Reddish brown -

6 Soil texture Sandy Laom

Sandy Laom

Sandy Laom

Sandy Laom

Loam Sandy Laom

Loam Loam -

7 Electrical Conductivity 0.61 0.50 0.54 0.58 0.57 0.51 0.55 0.60 mS/cm 8 Water holding Capacity 50 55 54 51 56 58 60 63 % 9 Arsenic as As ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg

10 Cadmium as Cd ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg 11 Chromium as Cr ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg 12 Lead as Pb ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg 13 Magnesium as Mg 73 79.1 68.8 65.4 70.8 74.4 77.8 79.6 mg/kg 14 Iron as Fe 1.19 1.90 2.86 2.66 2.35 2.92 1.70 1.72 mg/kg

15 Potassium as K 63 80 81 81 76 75 71 77 Kg/ha.

16 Total Nitrogen 179 200 272 248 240 228 232 250 Kg/ha.

17 Phosphate as PO4- 2.1 2.8 3.0 3.8 3.5 3.4 4.1

2.9 Kg/ha

18 Cation exchange capacity 20.3 25.4 30.6 27.6 30.0 31.7 33.3 26.6 me/100g 19 SAR 13.3 14.8 17.8 15.4 19.1 20.8 19.6 21.4 -





Table 3.20 Chemical Classification of Soil Quality

Sr. No. Soil Test Classification

1 pH

4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.01 very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity (mmhos/cm) (1ppm = 640 mmho/cm)

Upto 1.00 Average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%)

Upto 0.2: very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium, 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha)

Upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha)

Upto 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

6 Potash (Kg/ha)

0 -120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi




Table 3.21 Levels of Soil Fertility

Soil Fertility Level

Organic Carbon (%)

Available N kg/ha

Available P2O5 kg/ha

Available K2O kg/ha

Very high > 1.00 > 700 > 80.0 > 360 High 0.81- 1.00 561 – 700 64 – 80 301 – 360 Medium 0.61-0.80 421 – 560 48 – 64 241 – 300 Medium Low 0.41-0.60 281 – 420 32 – 48 181 – 240 Low 0.21-0.40 141 – 280 16 – 32 121 – 180 Very Low 0.20 140 16.0 120 Source : Tondon H.L.S.( 2005 )

3.8 Environmental Conditions at Industry

3.8.1 Workplace Air Quality

For the purpose of estimating levels of pollutants at the workplace, monitoring was conducted inside

the factory premises. The work place monitoring for VOC was carried out in the month of Feb 2018.

The parameters selected for the said monitoring were decided by consultation of Functional Area

Expert. The details of the parameters monitored and the results are presented in Table 3.21. The

monitoring of the parameters was conducted as per the standard guidelines for eight hours using

Envirotech make portable sampler with model no.: APM 802.

Table 3.21 Monitoring at Workplace of Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

Sr. No. Parameters Avg.

Conc. *Limit Unit Method

1. Sulphuric acid <0.01 1.0 mg/m3 NIOSH 7903

2. Methyl

Chloride <0.01 207

mg/m3 NIOSH 7903

3. Toluene 3 754 mg/m3 NIOSH 7903

4. Ammonia 7 35 mg/m3 NIOSH 7903

5. Chloroform 2 240 mg/m3 NIOSH 7903




6. Xylene 2 435 mg/m3 NIOSH 7903


The results reveal that all the parameters considered for the study are under the minimum detection

limit as well as under permissible limits for the workplace. Therefore, the operations and methodology

currently used by the company is efficient. The environmental damage from handling of the solvents

and other raw materials are insignificant.

3.8.2 Stack Air Monitoring

For the purpose of environmental pollution testing, Stack air monitoring was conducted for the stacks present in the factory premises during Feb. 2018. The results of the monitoring are presented in Table 3.22.

Table 3.22 Results of Stack Monitoring of Boiler for Astec Life Sciences Ltd.

Stack Details Unit

Stack No. 1- Boiler

(6TPH)

Stack No. 2- Boiler (850

kg/hr)

Stack No. S-3: D. G Set (250 KVA)

MPCB Limit Method

Flue Gas Temperature C 158

143 134 -- --

Stack Diameter

M 1.160 0.4

0.15 -- --

Flue Gas Velocity

m/s 7.32 5.16

7.66 -- --

Total Gas Quantity

Nm3/hr 19245.8

9 1683.48

356.61 -- --

Particulate Matter (PM)

mg/Nm3

108.6 75.2

71.2 150 IS – 11255 (Part 1)


Kg/d 42.3 5.46 4.98

Boiler stack 1 - NS

Boiler stack 2 – 9.8 kg/day

IS – 5182 (Part 2) 1969

12.25- D.G Set




Stack Details Unit

Stack No. 1- Boiler

(6TPH)

Stack No. 2- Boiler (850

kg/hr)

Stack No. S-3: D. G Set (250 KVA)

MPCB Limit Method

NOx mg/Nm

3 33.8

-- -- NS

IS – 5182 (Part 6) 2975


Table 3.23 Results of Stack Monitoring of Scrubber for Delta Astec Life Sciences Ltd.

Stack Details Unit Results MPCB Limit Method

Flue Gas Temperature C 34 -- --

Stack Diameter

m 0.25 -- --

Flue Gas Velocity

m/s 8.25 -- --

Total Gas Quantity

Nm3/hr

1455 -- --

Ammonia (N H3)

mg/Nm3

<0.8 N.S IS – 11255 (Part 6)

1999

Acid Mist mg/N

m3 19.7 35 IS – 3025 (Part 32)

It can be observed from the table no. 3.22 &3.23, that all the values monitored for the parameters

provided are within the limits prescribed by the MPCB. Thus, it can be stated that, the present practices

of air pollution control technology are sufficient for the current stacks.

Apart from the above Noise monitoring was also carried out at workplace in the month Feb. 2018. The

results for the same are presented in the Table 3.24.

Table 3.24 Results of Noise Monitoring at Various locations at M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd

Sr. No. Monitoring Location Noise in dB(A) Leq




1 Near Main Gate 70.0

2 ETP Area 64.0

3 Manufacturing Area 68

4. Boiler Area 71 (Source: Noise monitoring carried out by SEEPL Laboratory)

The above results reveal that the noise level at all the locations was under the permissible limits

provided by the CPCB for the Industrial premises. Thus, the workplace conditions can be said to be

safe in terms of noise levels.

3.8.3Industrial Effluent Analysis

The sample of waste water was collected and analyzed in order to understand the efficiency of the

present effluent treatment system as well as to understand the characteristics of the waste water. The

results for waste water from the factory premises are provided in this section from Table 3.25.

Table 3.25 Characteristics of Waste Water from Effluent Treatment Plant

Parameter Results MPCB standards unit Method

pH 7.35 6.5 to 8.5 -- APHA(22ndEdition ) 4500 H+-B : 2012

Total Dissolved Solids

774 2100 mg/L APHA(22ndEdition )

2540 C : 2012 Total Suspended

Solids 58 100 mg/L

APHA(22ndEdition ) 2540-D : 2012

BOD(3 day @ 27 0C)

65 100 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 44) : 1993

COD 152 250 mg/L APHA(22ndEdition )

5220-B : 2012

Oil and Grease 1.3 10 mg/L APHA(22ndEdition ) 5520-O &G : 2012

Cyanide Nil 0.2 mg/L --

Phenolics Nil 1.0 mg/L --




Parameter Results MPCB standards unit Method

Benzene Hexachloride

Nil 10.0

mg/L --

DDT Nil 10.0 mg/L --

Dimethoate Nil 450 mg/L --

Copper Oxychloride

Nil 9600

mg/L --

Ziram Nil 1000 mg/L --

Paraquat Nil 2300 mg/L --

Proponil Nil 7300 mg/L --

Nitrofen Nil 780 mg/L --

N.S: Not Specified.

The above results reveal that the parameters from the Treated Effluent are within the permissible limit

as provided by MPCB.

3.9.Geology & Hydrogeology of the study area

The geological & hydrogeology aspects are often associated with the comparatively larger expanse of

land areas & since the expansion project in consideration is a brown field project; hence the

geomorphologic aspects of entire Raigad District are considered as described below as per the

secondary sources.

3.9.1Geology of Raigad District

The steep scarps facing the coast and some-what gentle slopes towards the east believed to be due to

extensive faulting of the Ghat-region. The geology of entire study area is consisting of dark basalt and

laterite. These are spread out in the form of horizontal sheets and beds and have innumerable spurs,

hills, ridges, peaks and plateau.




Geologically Konkan lowland is a platform of marine denuation raised to form a narrow plain. The

steep scarps facing the coast and some-what gentle slopes towards the east believed to be due to

extensive faulting of the ghat region. The geology of the entire district consists of dark colored

volcanic lava and laterites which date back to Mesozoic period. These are spread out in the form of

horizontal sheets and beds and have innumerable spurs, hills, ridges, peaks and plateaus. In the plains

and valleys, the lava flows occurred below a thin blanket of soil which varies in thickness from place

to place. Petro logically the lava flows in the district are in horizontal way with incredible uniformity

in their composition, appearance and texture corresponding to basalt with an average specific gravity

of 2.9. The basalt is a predominant rock formation of the district. The basalts are usually dark grey to

grey in color and are hard compact and tough and fine to medium grained structure. Deccan Trap

rock which is completely impervious to percolation, these causing an accuse shortage of water in

summer. Beds of laterite can be said to be, usually formed by mechanical and chemical disintegration

brought by atmospheric agencies on the underlying trap, cap of several picks and lofty ridges in the

district.

The types of rocks present in the Raigad region can be highlighted as under:

Deccan Trap Basalt

Ground water in Deccan Trap Basalt occurs mostly in the upper weathered and fractured parts down

to 10 – 15 m bgl under unconfined condition. The water bearing strata at deeper depth exists under

semi confined to confined conditions. The dugwells in these areas show rapid decline in water level

during post-monsoon period and practically go dry in peak summer. In foot hill zones the water table

is relatively shallower near water course. The yield of dugwells tapping upper phreatic aquifer ranges

between 45 to 60 m3/day, whereas that of borewells varies from 0.50 to > 20 m3/hr. depending upon

the location.

Beach Sand/Alluvium




The Alluvial deposits are found along the coastal areas in few isolated patches having limited areal

extent as Beach Sand and along the course of major rivers. In the alluvial deposits, primary porosity

is due to the inter-granular pore spaces making sands and gravels good water bearing formations. The

ground water occurs under phreatic/unconfined aquifer at relatively shallow depths of 3-5 m and their

yield ranges from about 18 to 43 m3/hr.

Fig 3.11 Geological Map of Raigad District, Maharashtra State Source: Ground Water Information Raigarh District Maharashtra, Central Ground Water Board, 2013




3.9.2 Hydrogeology of Raigad District

The district is drained by short westwards flowing parallel streams, which originate in the Sahyadri

Mountains in the east and flow into the Arabian Sea. Ulhas, Patalganga, Amba, Kundlika, Savitri,

Kal, Gandhari and Ghod are the major rivers in the district. The district has experienced hot and

humid climate.

Central Ground Water Board periodically monitors 28 National Hydrograph Network Stations

(NHNS) in Raigarh district, four times a year i.e. January, May, August and November

Depth to Water Level (May – 2011)

The depth to water levels in major parts of the district during May 2011 ranges between 0.95 m bgl

(Jite) and 7.70 m bgl (Chinchwad). Depth to water levels during pre-monsoon (May 2007) has been

depicted in. The water level in major part of the district ranges from 2-5 mbgl. The water level

ranging from 5 to 10 mbgl are observed in northern and in southern part of the district i.e around

Poladpur, Chandore and Temple also as scattered patches across the district. Shallow water levels of

less than 2 mbgl are also found across the district as isolated patches.

Source: Ground Water Information Raigarh District Maharashtra, Central Ground

Water Board, 2013




Figure 3.12 Depth of Ground Water Level

Source: Groundwater Survey & Development Agency

3.10 Traffic Study

The purpose of this study is to assess the local transportation connectivity to the project site and to

estimate the current traffic scenario for assessing whether the existing infrastructure viz. local road

network & access ways in the project affected corridors are sufficient or not to bear with the additional

vehicular mobility due to the expansion project & is also able to have access to infrastructures needed

for the future developments & its functionality.

3.10.1. Objective

The objective of the study is to assess & study the present traffic pattern on the main access roads to the

project site in order to estimate the traffic flow pattern during the operational phase of the proposed

expansion project.

3.10.2. Methodology

Generally traffic surveillance study involves one or other survey technique either by manual

observation or automatic method by using instruments. The traffic survey methodology adopted for




current study is Classified Traffic Volume Count Survey. The sampling locations for the study are

depicted in Fig. 3.13 and provided in Table 3.24.

3.10.3. Method of Counting

The counting of vehicles was achieved by following one method:

1) Manual Method

The survey by this method mainly involves visual counts by the survey team.

a. Equipments used

i.) Garmin GPS

Garmin e-trex 10 GPS was used to locate the pre decided observation points.

ii.) Measuring Tape A measuring tape was used to measure the road breadth.

Figure 3.13: Traffic Observation Locations 3.10.4. Data Collection




The transport roads for the proposed project have been identified; transportation of material carrying

vehicles will mainly take place through National Highway No. 66 (Mumbai – Chennai road). Further

access up to project site is achieved by internal road connecting MIDC and Main Road. The important

traffic junctions identified on the above road are:

i) Junction joining the National Highway No.66 and MIDC

ii) Junction joining the MIDC main road and feeder road to internal road of

MIDC.




Table 3.26 Traffic study observation locations

Sr. No. Observation Point Code Observation Point Details Aerial Distance from Project site (Km)

1 TS1 Junction joining the National Highway No.66 and MIDC

3.09 KM

2 TS2 Junction joining the MIDC main road and feeder road to internal road ofMIDC.

4.64 KM

3.10.5. Categorization of Traffic

To establish effective vehicle count during the survey the traffic was categorized into Heavy Vehicles

(Multi Axle Vehicles), Truck, Tempo, Bus, Car, Auto (Three Wheelers), Motorcycle (Bike) & Cycle.

The results of vehicle count are converted into Passenger Car Units (PCU’s) as per the equivalent PCUs

prescribed by Indian Road Congress (IRC) guidelines (Table 3.25). The equivalency factor for various

types of vehicles is as given in the below table.

Table 3.27 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on urban roads

Type of Vehicle Equivalent PCU’s

5% 10% & above Two Wheelers, Motor Cycle or Scooter etc. 0.5 0.75 Passenger Car, Pick-up Van 1.0 1.0 Auto-Rickshaw 1.2 2.0 Light Commercial Vehicle 1.4 2.0 Truck or Bus 2.2 3.7 Agricultural Tractor Trailer 4.0 5.0 Cycle 0.4 0.5 Cycle Rickshaw 1.5 2.0 Tonga (Horse drawn vehicle) 1.5 2.0 Hand Cart 2.0 3.0

Source IRC: 106-1990




3.10.6. Observation & Assessment

The traffic flow pattern observed at traffic observation point - TS1 during morning & evening peak

hours is as shown in the following figures Fig. (3.14 to 3.19). The results obtained thereby are

summarized in Table 3.28

3.10.7 Observation at (TS1):Junction joining the National Highway No.66 and MIDC

during morning peak hours.

Figure 3.14: Percentage of vehicle count - (TS1) Junction joining the National Highway No.66 and MIDC (8 AM to 9 AM) and (9 AM to 10 AM)




Table 3.28 Summary of traffic in terms of PCUs observed at observation point (TS1) - during (08: 00 to 10: 00 AM) & (04: 00 to 06:00 PM)

Observation Time No. of PCUs

Morning hours 08: 00 Am to 09: 00 AM 442 09: 00 AM to 10: 00 AM 486

Average 464

Evening hours 04: 00 PM to 05.00 PM 392 05: 00 PM to 06.00 PM 477

Average 435 Average PCUs during peak hours 450

3.10.8 Observation at (TS2):Junction joining the MIDC main road and feeder road to internal road ofMIDC.

Figure 3.15: Percentage of vehicle count - (TS1Junction joining the National Highway No.66 and MIDC(4 PM to 5 PM) and (5 PM to 6 PM)




Figure 3.16: Percentage of vehicle count - (TS2) Junction joining the MIDC main road and feeder road to internal road ofMIDC.

(8 AM to 9 AM) and (9 AM to 10 AM)

Figure 3.17: Percentage of vehicle count - (TS2) Junction joining the MIDC main road and feeder road to internal road ofMIDC.(4 PM to 5 PM) and (5 PM to 6 PM)




Table 3.29 Summary of traffic in terms of PCUs observed at observation point (TS2) - during (08: 00 to 10: 00 AM) & (04: 00 to 06:00 PM)

Observation Time No. of PCUs Morning hours 08: 00 Am to 09: 00 AM 99

09: 00 AM to 10: 00 AM 104 Average 102 Evening hours 04: 00 PM to 05.00 PM 120

05: 00 PM to 06.00 PM 113 Average 117 Average PCUs during peak hours 120

Interpretation

The analysis reveals that TS 1 is subjected to heavy and continuous traffic which is acceptable as it is a

junction which is connected to the National Highway. While the location TS2 being located at junction

of feeder road and MIDC road is estimated to receive low traffic as compared to TS1.

3.10.10 Increased traffic scenario due to the expansion project

The transportation of raw materials & finished goods for the existing unit in operation and the

production enhancement activity will be mainly done by tankers/trucks.It is estimated that 30 trucks per

day will make to and fro trip from the project site.

As described in the above section the transportation activity will mainly take place by National

Highway 66. As an initiative for efficient traffic management the project proponent will ensure that

transportation activity will be done mainly during non peak hours to avoid the peak hour traffic,

however to assess the increased traffic scenario due to the project the increased fleet of 30

trucks/tankers per day has been considered during the peak hours at all the two junctions.It is estimated

that due to the proposed activity increased PCUs will be as given in Tables 3.31 and Table 3.32.




A) Increased traffic scenario at (TS1)

The increased Traffic scenario is explained by segregating the peak hours temporally and is presented

in Table 3.31 and 3.32.

Table 3.31 Summary of increased traffic in terms of PCUs at TS1 due to the expansion project

Location Time Present Proposed Estimated Increase

TS 1 Morning 464 465 1

Evening 435 438 3

Table 3.32 Summary of increased traffic in terms of PCUs at TS2 due to the expansion project

Location Time Present Proposed Estimated Increase

TS 2 Morning 102 112 10

Evening 117 126 9

3.11 Land use Pattern

The Land Use & Land Cover (LULC) pattern in the 10 km radial study area were assessed based on

remote sensing technique using satellite imagery & by conducting ground verification surveys.

3.11.1 Details of Satellite & Imagery Data Used

For assessing the land use land cover aspects of the study area satellite imagery was procured from

National Remote Sensing Center (NRSC), ISRO Hyderabad. The technical details of the satellite are as

under.

Table 3.35 Technical specifications/details of the satellite

Name of Satellite IRS - Resourcesat-2 No. of sensors 3 (AWIFS, LISS - III & LISS - IV)

Specifications of sensors AWIFS LISS - III LISS - IV




No. of bands 4 4 1(Mono), 3 (MX)

Spectral bands (µ)

B2 0.52 - 0.59 B3 0.62 - 0.68 B4 0.77 - 0.86 B5 1.55 - 1.70

B2 0.52 - 0.59 B3 0.62 - 0.68 B4 0.77 - 0.86 B5 1.55 - 1.70

B2 0.52 - 0.59 B3 0.62 - 0.68 B4 0.77 - 0.86

Resolution (m) 56 23.5 5.8

Swath (km) 740 140 70/23 Revisit (days) 5 24 5

Of the above mentioned details, data of LSS - IV sensor dated was used. The processing &

interpretation of satellite image was done in succession stages as described below.

Satellite data processing

The multispectral data was processed using ERDAS image processing software to classify various land

use land cover classes by running supervised classification & thematic LULC map

was developed on ARC GIS software, the thematic LULC map thus developed was used for ground

verification for doubtful features.

Ground verification

Ground verification surveys to confirm some the doubtful elements/features following which the earlier

developed LULC map was corrected. Thus the generated LULC map of the study area is given below.




3.11.1 Prevailing LULC in the study area

Fig No 3.20: Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area




3.11.2 Observation & Assessment of LULC

To assess the land use classification of the study area two level approach viz. Level - I & Level - II

classification was used based on the classification scheme developed by National Remote Sensing

Center as under (Parthasarathy et al., 2012).

Based on the image analysis land use/ land cover classes in the study area can be categorized as

presented in Table 3.34. The area is distributed in as per Land use classification and is provided in Fig.

3.20 whereas the Land cover classification is depicted in Fig. 3.29.

Table 3.34 Categorization of land use & land cover pattern of the study area

Sr. No.

Land Use Classes Area in Sq.km.

Level - I

Classification

Level - II Classification

1 Built up Other than industrial area: Habitation/Settlement, Developmental Setups

(Roads, Commercial setups, Educational Institutes, Offices etc.)

10.65

Industrial Area 4.58

2 Agricultural Land Crop land 79.20 Fallow land 4.87

Orchard/Plantation 2.18 3 Mining Stone quarries 0.24

4 Artificial Water Reservoir

Surface Water Tank Reservoir/Dam 0.13

Land Cover Classes

1 Barren land Barren rocky surface areas & land without scrub 24.1

2 Scrub land Open areas with scrub vegetation 3.02

3 Vegetation Reserve Forest 11.93

Naturally growing vegetation in the study area in the form of thickets, dense vegetation strands

163.91

4 River Kharak Nadi, BhaoVira Nadi, Kal Nadi, Savitri River & respective tributaries

9.34

Total 314.15




3.11.3 Percentage wise LULC assessment of the study area

The percentage wise land use & land cover pattern of the study areas is represented in the figures

3.27 & 3.28 respectively.

Fig No 3.21: Percentage wise Land Use classification of the study area

Fig No 3.22: Percentage wise Land Cover classification of the study area





3.11.4.1 Land Use

The study area encompassing radial area of 314.15 sq. km. from the project site as center,

broadly had 4 types of land use classes such as Built up (other than industrial & industrial area),

Agriculture, Mining and Artificial Water Reservoir of these various land use classes Agriculture

was the dominant land use class with 86. 25 sq. km. which accounted for 85% of the total land

use pattern, followed by Built up (Other than industrial) with 10.65 sq. km. which accounted for

10% of the total land use pattern followed by industrial area with 4.58 sq. km. which accounted

for 5% of the total land use pattern whereas Mining & Artificial Water Reservoir had a meager

presence with 0.24 sq.km and 0.13 sq.km. respectively in the study area.

3.11.4.2 Land Cover

The study area prevailed 4 types of land cover classes such as Barren land, Scrub land,

Vegetation & River of which Vegetation covering 175.84 sq.km of the study area was the

dominant land cover class which accounted for 83% of the total land cover of the study area

followed by Barren land with 24.1 sq.km, River with 9.34 sq.km and Scrub land with 3.02 sq.km

which accounted for 11%, 4% and 2% of the total land cover classes of the study area

respectively.

3.11.5 Drainage Pattern of the Study Area

The drainage pattern of the study area has been determined by using remote sensing technique. Satellite

imagery has been processed by using ERDAS software to obtain drainage pattern map of the study

area.




3.11.5.1 Observation & assessment of drainage pattern in study area

The study area is largely an undulating terrain characterized by hills & hillocks of the Sahyadri ranges

on the western edge. The surface drainage in the study area is largely represented by the westerly

meandering KharakNadi, BhaoViraNadi, KalNadi, Savitri River & respective tributaries except for

the presence of small artificial surface water body in foot hills of Pathar Village. The prevailing

drainage pattern in the study area is of dendritic type as depicted in the following drainage pattern

map:

Fig No 3.23: Map depicting Drainage Pattern of the study area




3.12. Biotic environment

The biotic studies were conducted to assess the prevailing baseline ecological data in terms of terrestrial

biodiversity status within the project plot & study area with a view to identify, quantify the impacts

associated with the proposed project activity & to advocate suitable mitigation measures for the such

anticipated impacts.

3.12.1 Study Area

The study area was 10 km radial distance from the project site considering inner 5 km radial distance as

core area & outer 10 km radial distance as the buffer study area as depicted in the following figure:




Figure 3.25: 10 km radial study area (Google Earth Imagery)




Scope of the study To assess the implications of the proposed project on the surrounding ecology within study area

following attributes were considered & executed:

To identify & assess habitat loss if any due to the proposed project.

Negative impacts if any on the existing ecologically sensitive areas/potential habitats in the

study area due to the proposed project.

3.12.2 Primary Baseline Data

General features of the prevailing terrestrial ecosystem in study area

The 10 km radial study area viz. Mahad MIDC & surrounding area comes under the jurisdiction of

Mahad Municipal Council. The study area visited was a region characterized by the hills & hillocks of

the Sahyadri ranges along the western edge. As observed during the reconnaissance survey major part

the of the inner 5 km study area was an highly undulating terrain wherein the industrial area in the Kalij

Village is situated on a strip of flat land along the eastern bank of Kal River, along with hosting the

industrial cluster the inner 5 km study area was subjected to other developmental activities (settlements,

commercial establishments etc.) by virtue of Birwadi & other villages. Also major part of inner & outer

5 km radial study area was subjected to agricultural activities. Now since the proposed project activity

being located in notified industrial area & does not involve any sort of clearing/felling activities

however so as to comply to Standard TOR, for delineation of prevailing flora & fauna, conservation

related status has been done in the prevailing potential habitats around the industrial area in the core

study area & buffer study area thus the prevailing potential habitats in the study area as detailed

herewith.

Prevailing potential habitats in the study area

Core study area




Prominent vegetation existed all along the Solamkond to Kijaloli Mohalla hill running north of the

project site. Also vegetation clad hills existed in the along the Bhave, Kharvali and Borgaon villages

towards East, SSE & South directions from the project site in the inner 5 km radial study area which are

mainly Reserve Forest patches.

Buffer study area

The major part of the outer 5 km radial study area was also a hilly tract with moreover uniform cover of

vegetation spread along the entire outer 5 km radial study area.

The observed vegetation along these hills & hillocks was of Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous forest

type as found across the entire range in the Raigad District.

General features of the prevailing aquatic ecosystem in study area

The aquatic system in the study area is largely represented by westerly meandering Kal River which is

joined by several other rivers during its course in the study area such as right tributary also known as

Kal River joining at Amshet, left tributary viz. Bhaovira River joining at Birwadi, further right tributary

viz. Savitri River joining at Bhorao thus the Kal River while escaping the study area is known as Savtri

River which continues it further meander and drains into Arabian Sea at Harihareshwar approximately

at an aerial distance of 43.0 km from the study area. Apart from the above mentioned rivers one

artificial surface water reservoir is present near Warandh Village.

Note: Since any of the project related activities during commissioning & operation phase will not be

associated with the prevailing surface water bodies in the study area in terms of withdrawal or

disposal/discharge hence no impact is envisaged on the water bodies so the studies pertaining to aquatic

ecology such as Plankton, Chlorophyll, Benthos, Fisheries etc. have been kept out the purview of this

study.

3.12.3 Project site specific floral assessment




The project site admeasuring 13,950.00 sq. m. was currently in use by virtue of existing manufacturing

& formulations within an existing unit hence project site was deprived of any natural vegetation

however the vegetation existed on project plot was by virtue of green belt developmental activity done

in 679 sq. m. The list of plants present on project plot is given in Annexure 3.1.

3.12.4 Floral diversity & status in the study area

As discussed earlier, the study area had vast presence of vegetation clad hills & hillocks accordingly

surveys were mainly conducted in & around such features in the core & buffer study area.

Floral diversity in the core study area

The field studies conducted in and around the prominent habitats within the core & buffer study area

viz. vegetation clad hills & hillocks resulted in recording 90 plant species which comprised of various

habit forms viz. 18 herbs, 11 climbers, 9 shrubs & 52 trees. The floral species recorded during the study

are commonest for the region in consideration & have wide range of presence & abundance in the

entire Raigad District.

3.12.5 Status evaluation

The project plot had presence of uneven presence of ground dwelling herbaceous & shrub scrub flora

accounting to 10 no. of species of which 2 species were assessed as Least Concern ver 3.1 whereas

remaining 8 species were yet to be assessed as per the International Union for Conservation of Nature

and Natural Resources (IUCN).

To identify whether any plant species of conservation importance exists in the study area the status

evaluation of the floral species has been established as per the IUCN assessment as a compliance to

Standard TOR. Of the observed 90 plant species in the core & buffer study area 76 species are yet to be

assessed, 9 species are assessed as Least Concern ver 3.1, 2 species as Lower Risk/least concern ver2.3,

1 species as Data Deficient ver 2.3 as per the IUCN assessment. However status of two remaining 2

plant species could not be assessed since both these species not being in IUCN database.




3.12.6 Faunal diversity & status in the study area

a. Avifauna:

The field visits in and round the prominent habitats within the core and buffer study area resulted in

recording 29 bird species comprising of aquatic & terrestrial habitat dwelling belonging to 26 genera &

22 families. The recorded bird species are resident & commonest for the study region in consideration

and have a wide range of presence & abundance across the Raigad District.

b. Reptiles: Solitary individuals of Brahminy skink, Forest calotes and Oriental garden lizard were

observed amongst the bushes during the study.

c. Mammals:

Apart from the Indian Palm Squirrel some stray & domesticated animals such Dog, Pig, Buffalo none

other animals were observed during the study.

However interactions with the locals also revealed presence of other wild fauna comprising of reptiles

such as Rat snake, Indian spectacled cobra, Russels viper & Vine snake and mammals viz. Black naped

hare, Indian boar & spotted deer along the vegetated hills in the outer buffer study area.

3.12.7 Secondary Data

There was tremendous paucity of published literature for the study area & surrounding region. The only

source of secondary data was the information gathered from the interactions held with the locals. On

the basis of description & information of provided by locals presence of wild fauna such as Wild boar,

Indian Crested Porcupine, Spotted deer, Barking deer, Black Naped Hare, Indian Cobra, Russell’s

viper, Saw-scaled viper & Indian rat snake could be concluded from the study area.

3.12.8 Status Evaluation




Of the recorded 29 bird species the IUCN assessment of 28 species is as Least Concern ver 3.1, 2 and 1

species as Not Assessed whereas as per the WPA 17 species are listed as Schedule-IV & 1 species as

Schedule - V and remaining 11 bird species are not listed in any Schedule.

Of the other observed fauna only Indian Palm Squirrel, Brahminy Skink and Forest Calotes are assessed as Least Concern ver 3.1 and none of the faunal species is listed as Schedule - I as per WPA & also does not belongs to any categories of concern as per IUCN.

Interpretation of primary and secondary data

The proposed project activity being a brown field activity any sort of habitat loss is involved also of the

record 90 floral species, 36 faunal species from primary data and 9 faunal species from secondary data

none belongs to the categories of concern as per IUCN assessment and nor is listed as Schedule -I

(fauna) as per the WPA.

3.12.9 Applicability of forest & wild life related clearances

The proposed project is located in notified Additional Mahad MIDC industrial area and does not

involve use of any forest land in whatsoever manner also none of the Protected Area exists within 5 km

radial distance of the project site hence forestry & wild life related clearances are not applicable.

3.13 Socio economic status of the study area

3.13.1 Part A- Introduction

Social Impact Assessment (SIA) is an integral part of project planning and policy evaluation and part of

environmental impact assessment (EIA) due the importance that social considerations must be included

in the decision process.

3.13.2 Purpose of the present study

To carry out Social Impact Assessment (SIA) Study of proposed activity by M/s. Astec LifeSciences

Ltd. located at Plot No. B-16, 17, 18, 21, MIDC Mahad ,Mahad, Dist. - Raigad, Maharashtra.

3.13.3 Aim of the study




This study aims to assess the scenario of socio-economic aspects near to the project area due to

proposed activity of project of Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

3.13.4 Objectives of the study

1. To determine the socio-economic and demographic profile of the study area.

2. To determine the people’s satisfaction towards accessibility of public resources within the study

area.

3. To study the impact of activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. within the study area.

4. To investigate the people’s attitude towards project of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. within the study

area.

5. To prepare the suggestions and positive plan for mitigation

3.13.5 Part B- Method

The study will focus on how the socio-economic aspects will be changed due to activities of Astec

LifeSciences Ltd representative sample constituted of 50 participants those working as (proponent’s

managers, supervisors, technicians, drivers, labors, official from the local Panchayat Office) and people

in the vicinity.

A cross-sectional survey research design was adopted for the socio-economic impact assessment study.

By assuring confidentiality a verbal consent with the respondents were sorted for general interaction.

During general interaction the main focus was to collect information based on the assessment tool

developed for data collection.




3.13.6 Part 3 Results and Discussion

The objective was achieved analyzing the data collected through the assessment tool mentioned in

method section above. To avoid repetition and to maintain simplicity the findings of the actual survey

are presented in tabular form.

Table No. 3.35: Descriptive Statistics indicating mean and standard deviation (N=50)

Variables Minimum Maximum Mean Std. Deviation

Age 21 65 37 12

Accessibility &

satisfaction 13 25 14 9

Impact 19 36 23 6

Attitude towards M/s. Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

17 33 25 3

Correlation analysis & interpretation:

The data collected by the assessment tool had three variables namely; accessibility of public resources

and its satisfaction, impact of expansion activity and attitude towards expansion project of Astec

LifeSciences Ltd. The data of 50 participants was put for correlation analysis. The data was found to be

normally distributed hence; the data fulfils the assumptions of parametric statistics. Based on this

information Pearson product-moment correlation was conducted.

It is found that accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is significantly correlated in positive

direction with impact of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. activity (r = 67; p = .02). This indicates that

accessibility of public resources will lead to low impact of industry activities and vice versa.

Accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is also found to be significantly correlated with

attitude towards Astec LifeSciences Ltd. activity (r = -.46; p = .04) but in negative direction. This

indicates that accessibility to public resources there is positive inclination for Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

activity in the study area. Further, it is also found that impact of expansion project activity is




significantly correlated with attitude towards industrial activity (r = -.45; p = .01). This indicates that

due to low impact there is positive attitude towards among the participants in the study area (Table

3.36).

Table No. 3.36: Indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1

Accessibility & satisfaction Impact

Attitude towards proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

Accessibility & Satisfaction 1.2 - - Impact 0.69** 1 - Attitude towards proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

-.45* -.46 1.3

* Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level. ** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level. Conclusion:

The findings of the study indicate that the sample population which was surveyed is satisfied in terms

of accessibility to the public resources and is of view that that the activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

will not hamper or impact in any way to them. Hence it can be summarized that the attitude of people

towards expansion project of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. is found to be favorable.

3.13.7 Part 4 Mitigations and Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The third and the last objective are driven by the findings of the first and second objective. The

objective is to prepare the suggestions and positive plan for mitigation measures for Astec LifeSciences

Ltd. based on the findings it is indicated that there is no major considerable impact on the socio-

economic aspects. The individual profiles of the participants in the study do indicate some variations.

However, the overall impression is indicative of positive picture as far as socio economic impact is

considered. Still it is expected that the industry owner/s should engage in social welfare, appropriate

industrial activities and precautionary measures to avoid any kind of impact on the socio-cultural and

economic milieu.

Suggestions and positive plan for Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

1 Please refer the scoring system and interpretation section given in appendix.




It is suggested that the industry should meticulously follow all the statutory guidelines as applicable.

The industry should work to minimize its impact on Air, Water, Noise and Soil environment as much

as possible by implementing suitable pollution prevention technologies and other methods.

Over and above, any issues generated in the community due to any of the activities of the industry

needs to be actively attended and intervened by the proponents. It is also expected that the regulatory

agencies in these regards should keep vigilance and monitoring to keep a check on the industrial

activity.

References:

1. Economic Survey of Maharashtra 2014-15, Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Planning

Department 54th Issue, Government of Maharashtra

2. District Census Handbook Thane, 2011

3. District wise skill gap study for the State of Maharashtra, 2013 by National Skill Development

Corporation.

Appendix- A

Tool for assessment of socio-economic impact of project by Astec Lifesciences Ltd.

Method for conducting the administration of the interview schedule:

The following tool can be administered in group or individual setting. If the informant is literate he can self-administer the tool. However, it is advisable that the items should be read and explained with all possible clarifications to the informant so that the response can be beyond the given scale (key). Hence, the information generated can also be treated as an interview.

Instructions to be followed or explained during conduction: You may be associated with the project as an owner, employee, worker or a person in close proximity of the project. Below are some statements and questions which intend to explore your opinion about theproject in your locality. A key is provided to you have to writing a number for your opinion according to the key below.




Key 5= strongly satisfied 4= satisfied 3= moderately satisfied 2= dissatisfied 1= strongly dissatisfied Section I. Accessibility of public resources & its satisfaction

Section II. Impact of project of Astec Lifesciences Ltd.

Key 5= strongly agree 4= agree 3= moderately agree 2= disagree 1= strongly disagree

Sr. No. Items Response

1 Are you satisfied with the educational facilities in your locality?

2 Are you satisfied with the health facilities in your locality?

3 Are you satisfied with the water facilities in your locality?

4 Are you satisfied with the transport facilities in your locality?

5 Are you satisfied with the local government functioning & support in your locality?

Sr. No. Items Response

1 Do you think dust generated due to the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will affect your locality?

2 Do you think noise due to the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will impact in any manner you could make out?

3 Do you think due to the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. transport/traffic scenario will be impacted in any way?

4 Do you think due to the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. physical health will be impacted?

5 Do you think due to proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. mental




Section III. Attitude towards the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

Instructions: You may be associated with the project as an owner, employee, worker or a person in close proximity of the project. Below are some statements and questions which intend to explore your opinion about the project in your locality. A key is provided to you from strongly agree to strongly disagree with the statements and questions; you have to writing a number for your opinion according to the key below.

Key 1= strongly agree 2= agree 3= moderately agree 4= disagree 5= strongly disagree

Sr. No. Statements and questions (items) Response

1 Are you aware of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. in your locality?

2 The proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. is a necessary activity for development?

3 Do you believe that in general the proposed project activity of Astec

health will be impacted?

6 Do you think community environment due to the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will be negatively impacted?

7 Do you think sources of livelihood due to the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will be impacted?

8 Do you think the proposed activities of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will negatively impact development of your locality?

9 Do you think the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciencesLtd. will impact farming/agriculture of your locality?

10 Do you think the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will impact trees/plants/forest of your locality?

11 Do you think the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will impact air quality of your locality?

12 Do you think the proposed activity of AstecLifeSciences Ltd. will impact water consumption of your locality?

13 Do you think due to the proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. the industrial operations like boiler, etc. will impact the locality?




LifeSciences Ltd. will always have a negative impact on the environment?

4* The proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will have a negative impact on children?

5* The proposed activity of AstecLifeSciences Ltd. will have a negative impact on women?

6* The proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will have a negative impact on elderly population?

7 Utilization of the natural resources should be balanced according to development requirements or vice-versa?

8 The operations of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. must be restricted to certain period in the year?

9 The operations of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. must be restricted to certain time in the day?

10 The proposed activity of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. will generate employment to the local population?

11* The owners are coercive and problematic?

12 Do you think that the Astec LifeSciences Ltd. owners must be following rules and regulations?

13* Migrated laborers are a problem to the locality?

14 Do you believe that in general there will be some socio-economic benefits due to the proposed activity of Astec Lifesciences Ltd.

Scoring system and interpretation:

Sum all the responses given by the informant to obtain a single raw score for each section i.e. one and

two independently. For third section first reverse score the seven items indicated by an asterisk (*) then

sum all scores. Higher the score on satisfaction for public resources indicate satisfaction, high score on

impact of Astec LifeSciences Ltd. indicate low impact and high score on attitude towards Astec

LifeSciences Ltd. indicate negative attitude respectively. Compute mean and standard deviation, if

required compute other statistical procedures. Further, individual cases and group data may be

interpreted on the basis of these computations.

Table for calculation:

Section Area Score of item Total Mean SD




I Accessibility of public resources & its satisfaction

1+2+3+4+5

II Impact due to the activities of Astec Lifesciences Ltd.

1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10+11+12+13

III

Attitude towards the activities of Astec LifeSciences Ltd.

1+2+3+4*+5*+6*+7+8+9+10+11*+12+13*+14

(*) = reverse score these items

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Expansion of Pesticide Manufacturing and Formulation unit of M/s AstecLifesciences Ltd., Plot no. B-16, 17, 18, & 21, MIDC, Mahad, Raigad, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/D/IND/ALL/001/2017-18/00

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.Chapter 4- 1

4.0 CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

Classifying the sources, estimating the quantity of pollutant, impact of pollution & mitigating them is

the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment process. This chapter

quantifies the environmental impacts of various project related activities on various receptors of

environment.

The predictions estimated are superimposed on the baseline value for achieving the resultant value

which signifies the overall impact. It also suggests the various mitigation measures which can be

advocated to minimize the adverse impacts of the project activity.

4.1 Air Environment

4.1.1 Construction phase

4.1.1.1. Identification of Source

The proposed production capacity enhancement project is a brown field project activity to be

executed within the premises of existing manufacturing unit located at Plot No B-16, 17, 18 and

B-21, MIDC Mahad, District Raigad, Maharashtra, India.

Astec Life Sciences Ltd. has envisaged Pesticides and Chemical Intermediates production

capacity enhancement from existing 219 MT/M to a of 781 MT/M along with formulation

products to the tune of 700.0 MT/M and bi-products to the tune of 1773 MT/M within the

existing manufacturing plant located at Plot No. -16, 17, 18 and B-21, MIDC Mahad, District

Raigad, Maharashtra, with an estimated budgetary project cost of Rs. 10.17Crore. The proposed

activity is a production capacity expansion of the existing unit located at Plot No. B-16, 17, 18

and 21, which will be achieved by installing reactors/machineries of high volume capacity there

by increasing the batch size.




4.1.2 Operation phase

4.1.2.1. Identification of Sources

Emissions from fuel burning

For operational phase of the project stack attached to 6 TPH steam boiler (Stack No.1), stack attached

to 850 kg/hr. steam boiler (Stack No.2), stack proposed to 15 TPH steam boiler (Stack No.3) &

common stack proposed to 6 & 2 lack kilo. cal./hr. themic fluid heaters (Stack No. 4) are considered

as point sources of emission. The primary fuel that would be used for boilers & thermic fluid heaters

operations will be Indonesian Coal & Furnace Oil, the Sulphur content of Indonesian Coal & F.O is

0.56% & 4% respectively.

Gases and vapors from manufacturing process are identified as a second source of emission, which

will be passed through process scrubbers to mitigate the process emissions. Scrubbed gases from

scrubber will be released through a stack of 5.0m above roof level.

One of the major sources of fugitive emission generation can be due to handling, storage and

transportation activity of raw materials. All raw materials & fuel will be stored in tanks, drums

&bags. Sources of VOC emissions from the project would be from storage area due to handling &

operating the solvent drums, loading unloading of solvents etc. Vehicle used for transporting raw

materials & finished products also contributes to dust generation & emissions of gases like NOx due

to fossil fuel burning.

4.1.2.2. Prediction of Impacts

For quantitative impact analysis on air quality due to expansion activity, air dispersion modeling is

performed. Criteria pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & CO generated from operation of steam

boiler & TFH were considered for air modeling.

AERMOD 8.2 developed by USEPA and authorized by CPCB is used for air modeling simulation

which is based on steady state Gaussian plume equation.




I. Model Options Used for Computation

Plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but final rise is always limited to that of mixing

layer;

Stack tip down-wash is not considered;

Point Source Modeling is considered;

Calms processing routine is used by default;

Wind profile exponents is used by default;

Flat terrain is used for computations;

It is assumed that pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical transformation and that

there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;

Washout by rain is not considered; and

Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations.

Uniform polar receptor grid is used. Grid consists of 180 receptors each assumed to be at

ground level.

II. Modeling Procedure

Ground Level Concentrations (GLC’s) predictions due to proposed activity have been computed by

AERMOD version 8.2 as per CPCB guidelines. While performing model, rural dispersion and

regulatory defaults options were selected as per guidelines on air quality models (PROBES/70/1997-

1998).

III. Meteorological Data Processing

Surface synoptic meteorological data of Raigad District for year 2012 - 2016 were obtained from

Indian Meteorological Department, Mumbai. Meteorological observation station of IMD for Raigad

District is located at Alibaug. Quality assurance process was undertaken as required by EPA (EPA-




454/R-99-005) to identify and fill missing data for preparation of hourly surface meteorological data.

Surface and profile met data were prepared for use in AERMOD using AERMET meteorological data

preprocessor of Lakes Environmental. Processing the surface file indicated more than 90% data

availability. Onsite meteorological data collected for three months were used to process AERMET

file and not upper air meteorological data. Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and

direction, ambient temperature, pressure, precipitation, cloud cover, stability class and mixing height.

The atmospheric inversion level at Raigad during pre monsoon period for 12 hours from 6:00 hour to

20:00 hour is represented in the below table No4.1. The data has been compiled from IMD manual.

Table No. 4.1: Atmospheric inversion level at Mahad, Raigad, Maharashtra. Sr. No Time Mixing Height, Meter

1 6.00 90-110 2 7.00 100-110 3 8.00 275-350 4 9.00 815-770 5 10.00 935-1220 6 11.00 1100-1300 7 12.00 1375-1500 8 13.00 1550-1880 9 14.00 1750-2050 10 15.00 1550-1850 11 16.00 1360-1700 12 17.00 1250-1500 13 18.00 1200-1475 14 19.00 1120-1350 15 20.00 975-1525

Source: (Hourly Mixing Height &Assimilative capacity of Atmosphere in India) by IMD




IV. Model Input Data

Emission factor used in air dispersion modeling for estimating pollutants from boilers is calculated

using the document (EPA) AP-42 chapter no. 1 External Combustion Sources, Section 1.1 for

Bituminous and Sub bituminous Coal combustion & Section 1.3 fuel oil combustion. Table 4.2

represents input data required for describing sources in model.

Table 4-1: Stack details for modeling

Sr. No. Parameters Values for Boiler- Stack 1 Values for Boiler-Stack2 1. Source 6 TPH Steam Boiler 850 kg/hr Boiler 2. Fuel Used Indonesian Coal FO 3. Base Elevation (m) 19 19 4. Stack Height (m) 30 m 24 m 5. Exist velocity of gas (m/s) 7.32 5.16 6. Exit Temp OC 158 143 7. Stack inside diameter (m) 1.16 0.4 8. Gas quantity m3/s 5.34 4.67 9. Emission Factors g/s PM10 - 0.53 g/s PM10 - 0.0103 g/s

SO2 - 0.4 g/s PM2.5 – 0.00755 g/s NOx - 0.4 g/s SO2 - 0.2 g/s CO - 5.2 g/s NOx - 0.0967 g/s

Sr. No.

Parameters Values for TFH- Stack 3 Values for TFH-Stack 4

1. Source 15 TPH Steam Boiler 6 & 2 lakh kilocal/hr thermic fluid heater

2. Fuel Used Indonesian Coal FO 3. Base Elevation (m) 19 19 4. Stack Height (m) 39 m 27 m 5. Exist velocity of gas

(m/s) 7 5.43

6. Exit Temp OC 190 135 7. Stack inside diameter

(m) 1.485 0.4

8. Gas quantity m3/s 12.1239 4.98




The total workers in the factory premises will be around 160 Nos. who may be affected due to the

unscientific operation of boiler. Mostly the health effects associated with particulate matter are

respiratory, pulmonary injury, lung cancer etc. Exposure to SO2 and NOx also lead to respiratory

problems. Carbon monoxide decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of blood by reducing the

hemoglobin. Since the company is handling some highly volatile solvents the VOC emission can

have an adverse affect’s on worker’s health if present in higher concentration. The health effects

related to VOC’s emission are eye, nose and throat irritation headaches, loss of coordination and

nausea, damage to liver, kidney and central nervous system etc.

The incremental values at all monitoring stations are predicted and integrated with the baseline value

for PM10, SO2, NOx & CO is tabulated in the below Table 4.3. The output image of the dispersion

modeling describing the incremental predictive values for the selected pollutants is attached as

Annexure 4.1.

9. Emission Factors g/s PM10 – 1.331 g/s PM10 - 0.0191 g/s SO2 - 0.5 g/s PM2.5 – 0.0139 g/s NOx - 0.8 g/s SO2 - 0.5 g/s CO - 6.1 g/s NOx - 0.09 g/s

15 TPH Steam Boiler CO - 0.016 g/s




Table 4-2: Interpretation of the Incremental Values

BV: Baseline Value IV: Incremental Value RV: Resultant Value

Sr.

No.

Sampling Location

Code & Name

PM10 (ug/m3) PM2.5 (ug/m3) SO2 (ug/m3) NOx (ug/m3) CO (ug/m3)

BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV

1 *A1 Project Site 96.0 1.0 97.0 51.3 0.03 51.33 36.1 2.00 38.1 50.5 0.5 51 2.1 10.00 12.1

2 A2 Near Dhamane

Village 87.2 0.00 87.2 30.6 0.00 30.6 29.6 0.00 29.6 34.6 0.00 34.6 1.2 0.00 1.2

3 A3 Dahivad Village 84.6 0.00 84.6 29.0 0.00 29.0 27.4 0.00 27.4 34.0 0.00 34.0 1.2 0.00 1.2

4 A4 Bhavepathar 84.6 0.00 84.6 28.0 0.00 28.0 26.7 0.00 26.7 29.0 0.00 29.0 1.5 0.00 1.5

5 A5 Birwadi 86.9 0.06 86.96 39.9 0.001 39.901 30.9 0.06 30.96 49.1 0.05 49.15 1.9 1.00 1.9

6 A6 Near Warandh

Village 76.1 0.00 76.1 29.0 0.00 29.0 26.6 0.00 26.6 29.5 0.00 29.5 1.6 0.00 1.6

7 A7 Near Bhogaon

Village 84.2 0.2 84.4 30.1 0.005 30.105 29.8 0.2 30.0 34.3 0.08 34.38 1.2 3.00 4.2

8 A8 Near Dharwali

Village 78.9 0.02 78.92 27.4 0.00 27.4 25.2 0.00 25.2 29.1 0.02 29.12 1.4 1.00 2.4

NAAQS Standards 100 (24hrouly) 60 (24hrouly) 80 (24hrouly) 80 (24hrouly) 4000 (1 hourly)



SadekarEnviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd Chapter 4- 8

4.1.2.3. Interpretation of incremental values

The incremental value of the specific pollutant at the particular monitoring station is added to the

baseline value of that specific pollutant measured during the monitoring period of the project. The

resultant value thus calculated used for predicting the impacts of the expansion project on the air

environment in the study area.

Emissions from manufacturing process

The nature of the proposed project for manufacturing pesticides is of Synthetic Organic

Chemicals. The manufacturing process involves chemical reactions like Bromination, Hydrolysis

and Physical process like Quenching, Distillation, Crystallization, Solvent Recovery Washing,

Separation and Drying. The manufacturing process related emissions will be routed to scrubber

following which clean gas will be released though scrubber stack of 5 m above roof.




Impact of raw materials transport on surrounding environment:

In most cases, transport of raw materials, general supplies and final products causes an increase in

traffic around the facility. It is anticipated that 10 trucks per day would be used for transportation of

raw materials and final product. Transportation and environment are paradoxical in nature. The

transportation activities convey substantial socio-economic benefits, but at the same time

transportation is impacting environmental systems.

The impacts of the transportation can be minimized by following aspcets.

Planning Transport development:

The transportation of the raw materials and final product will be done mostly by road. Road

transportation would be the most feasible option available for the project proponent as it will be the

least expensive in terms of investment, maintenance and security.

Construction of transport infrastructures:

The project is located in notified MIDC Mahad industrial area hence the existing transport

infrastructures such as MIDC roads & city roads around the project will be utilized.

Maintenance and operation of transport infrastructures:

Maintenance & operation of the transport infrastructure would be carried out by the MIDC/ Local

Administration. Facilities like street lighting, traffic management in the peak hours and maintenance

of the road will be taken care by the MIDC/Local Administration.

Use of transport infrastructures and vehicle maintenance:

The transportation of raw hazardous, flammable and toxic materials (Raw materials & Products)

would be done according to the rule of Central Motor Vehicle Rule, (CMVR) 1989. Transportation of

material carrying vehicles will mainly take place through National Highway 66.




4.1.2.4. Mitigation Measures

The prominent pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx& CO will be generated due to the fuel

combustion from operation of units like Boiler, Thermic fluid heater. The mitigation measure that

will be adopted is providing an appropriate stack height for dispersion of pollutants. The stack height

calculation is shown below,

Stack Height Calculation for Boiler

H=14(Q) 0.3 Where, H= Stack height Q= Emission rate for SO2 (Kg/hr) Stack Height Calculation – 6 TPHSteam boiler (Existing)

H=14(Q) 0.3 Where, H= Stack height Q= Emission rate for SO2 (Kg/hr) Now, Coal (Indonesian Coal) consumption is 16.37 T/day for 6 TPH Boiler, now since the Boiler will be operated for 24 hours a day, fuel consumption per hour will be = 682.1 kg/hr. The Sulphur content of Coal is 0.56% Hence 682.1 kg of Coal will contain 3.82kg of Sulphur Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2= 3.82 * 2 = 7.64 H = 14*(7.64)0.3 = 14 x 1.84

= 25.76 m




Required stack height as per CPCB guideline is 25.76 m however stack of 30 m height is

provided hence stack height is justified.

Stack Height Calculation -850 kg/hr. Steam boiler (Existing)

FO consumption is 1229.46 kg/day for 850kg/hr Boiler, now since the Boiler will be operated for 21 hours a day, fuel consumption per hour will be = 58.5 kg/hr. The Sulphur content of FO is 4% Hence 58.5 kg of FO will contain 2.34 kg of Sulphur Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2= 2.34 * 2 = 4.68 H = 14*(4.68)0.3 = 14 x 1.59

= 22.26 m

Required stack height as per CPCB guideline is 22.26 m however stack of 24 m height is provided hence stack height is justified.

Stack Height Calculation – 15 TPH Steam boiler (Proposed)

Coal (Indonesian Coal) consumption is 40.9 T/day for 15 TPH Boiler, now since the Boiler will be operated for 24 hours a day, fuel consumption per hour will be = 1705.26 kg/hr. The Sulphur content of Coal is 0.56% Hence 1705.26 kg of Coal will contain 9.54 kg of Sulphur Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2= 9.54 * 2 = 19.08 H = 14*(19.08)0.3 = 14 x 2.42

= 33.88 m

Required stack height as per CPCB guideline is 33.88m however stack of 39 m height will be provided hence stack height is justified.




Stack Height Calculation – 2 lakh kilo cal./hr. & 6 lakh kilo cal./hr.Thermic fluid heaters

(Proposed)

FO consumption is 2339 kg/day for 6 lakh kilo cal./hr.& 2lakh kilo cal./hr. thermic fluid heaters, now since the TFHs will be operated for 22 hrs& 23 hrs respectively a day, fuel consumption per hour will be = 76.5 kg/hr& 25.5 kg/hr. The Sulphur content of FO is 4%

Hence 102 kg of FO will contain 4.08kg of Sulphur Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2= 4.08 * 2 = 8.16 H = 14*(8.16)0.3 = 14 x 1.87

=26.18 m

Required stack height as per CPCB guideline is 26.18m however stack of 27m height will be provided hence stack height is justified.

Air Pollution Control Devices (APCD’s)

Bag filter is provided existing boiler of 6 TPH & Cyclone dust collector & Bag filter will be provided to proposed boiler of 15 TPH.

The manufacturing process related emissions will be routed to scrubber following which clean

gas will be released though scrubber stack of 5 m above roof. Certain measures such as carbon

adsorption systems, design changes, operation and maintenance controls as leak prevention etc.

can be adopted to reduce the VOC emission in the plant premises and control measures for dust

emission control. The following measures should be adopted for controlling the dust generation

and emission,

The roads within the premises should be sprinkled with water at a regular interval to

avoid the dust generation.




It should be ensured that for transportation activity only vehicles having with valid PUC

certificate are used.

Timely proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles is being carried out.

Adequate green belt viz. 33% of the total project plot area should be developed. Green

belt may act as surface for settling of dust particles and thus will help to reduce the

concentration of particulate matter in the ambient air.

Regular ambient air quality monitoring should be carried out to check the efficiency of

installed pollution control devices and adopted pollution control measures.

From the above, it can be concluded during the operational phase of the project and

implementation of mitigation measures in an appropriate manner, the Ambient Air Quality will

not exceed NAAQ Standards.




4.1.3 Impact Matrix

Environmental components

Aspects Receptors Anticipated Impacts

Mitigation measures Scoring the anticipated impact

No Yes 1 2 3 4 Insignifi

cant Significant

Severely Significa

nt Ambient Air1,2 1.

Emissions

such as

(PM10,

PM2.5,

SO2, NOx

& CO)

from

boiler and

thermic

fluid

heater

1. Soils in

the study

area

If at all these

gaseous emissions in

any form gets

deposited on the

prevailing soils in

prominent wind

direction within the

study area, then such

soils may get

contaminated

thereby affecting the

soil quality & may

1. Appropriate stack height

will be provided as per CPCB

guidelines which will help in

dispersion of pollutants at

proper height which will

hence the impact will be

substantially reduced.

2. One process scrubber

having stack of 5 m height

(above roof level for

--

--

--




operations

2. Process

emissions

3. Fugitive

emissions

(VOCs)

also have adverse

effect on the biotic

environment such

subject areas.

processemissions is installed

to effectively scrub the

emissions from the

manufacturing process.

3. It will be ensured that

transportation activity takes

place only by vehicles having

valid PUC certification and

internal roads within the

project plot will be paved to

avoid dust generation.

2. Water

bodies in

the study

area

The prevailing

surface water bodies

in the study area if

comes in contact

with such air

emissions , the

water bodies may

get polluted & may

have adverse effect

on the biotic

environment

associated with such

water bodies.

--

-- --




3.

Agricultural

fields in the

study area

If gaseous emissions

get deposited on the

prevailing

agricultural fields in

prominent wind

direction within the

study area, then

productivity of such

soils may be

adversely affected.

--

-- --

4. Biotic

environmen

t

In any case if the

identified prevailing

potential habitats

within the study area

get exposed to such

air emissions then

the prevailing

potential habitats

--

-- --




may be adversely

affected thereby

affecting the overall

ecology of the study

area in

consideration.

5. Human

habitation

within the

study area

Minor impact on

human health like

short term headache,

dizziness, breathing

issues etc.

--

-- --

6.

Monuments

and

archeologic

al sites

Deposition of

Particulate matter on

the surface, acid

leaching of rocks &

structure due to

SO2, NOx& acid

--

-- --




mist and minor

impact on people

visiting the site.

1. Ambient air quality monitoring carried by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. at Project Site and in Dhamane, Dahivad, Bhavepathar, Birwadi, Bhogaon, &Dharwali villages & Work place monitoring at project site carried by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.




Probability of impact occurrence

Scenarios Chance of Occurrence Scoring

1. Air emissions coming in contact with the soils in the study area

2. Air emissions coming in contact with the prevailing surface water

bodies in the study area

3. Air emissions coming in contact with the agricultural fields in the

study area

4. Prevailing habitats within the study area coming in contact with air

emissions

5. Human habitations within the study area coming in contact with

the air emissions

6. Air emissions coming in contact with the monuments &

archeological sites within the study area

>90 % Chance of Occurrence

50-90 % chance of Occurrence

20 - 50 % chance of Occurrence

<10 % chance of Occurrence

4

3

2

1




Impact severity score

Scenario Scoring for chance of occurrence

Scoring for impact

Overall score for severity of impact

Air emissions coming in contact with soils 2 2 4 Air emissions coming in contact with prevailing surface water bodies

3 2 6

Air emissions coming in contact with agricultural fields 2 2 4 Prevailing habitats within study area coming in contact with air emissions

3 2 6

Human habitations within the study area coming in contact with the air emissions

2 2 4

Air emissions coming in contact with the monuments & archeological sites

1 2 2

Note: The scoring for chance of occurrence & the scoring for impact has been given taking into the terrain conditions of the study area, project activities specific mitigation measures & subject understanding by the functional area expert.

Score Type of Risk

1-4 Negligible

5-8 Less Severe

9-12 Highly Severe

13-16 Extremely Severe




Interpretation:

Taking into consideration the terrain conditions of the study area, prominent wind direction and

the project activities specific mitigation measures, the maximum score for overall severity of the

anticipated impacts is 6 and the risk type assessed is as less severe.

4.2 Water Environment

4.2.1 Anticipated impacts (Construction phase)

No construction activity is required as the production enhancement will be carried out using high

volume capacity reactors replacing existing reactors of less capacity.

4.2.2 Anticipated impacts (Operational phase)

4.2.2.1 Probable Source

The proposed expansion activity for manufacturing of Pesticides and Chemical Intermediates

involves generation of effluent from manufacturing process. The other sources of effluent

generation are domestic activities and utilities effluent. The water requirement of the project will

be fulfilled from Mahad MIDC itself.

Total effluent generation after expansion activity will be 455 CMD of which 51.0 CMD low

TDS effluent comprising of domestic sewage & process effluent will be treated in existing ETP

55 CMD capacity comprising of primary, secondary & tertiary treatment scheme from which

4.57 CMD will be recycled back to plant & 46.43 treated effluent will be sent to CETP for

further treatment & disposal as per valid C.T.O. 241 CMD HCOD-HTDS effluent will be

subjected to in plant stripper evaporator from which 184 CMD condensate will be recycled back

to plant & 54 T/D salts will be sold as bi-product. 120.73 cooling tower & boiler blow down will

be recycled back to cooling tower. The CETP membership is attached as Annexure 4.2.

Water balance after expansion activity is given in Table 4-4.




Table 4-4: Total Water Budget (After expansion)

Components Consumption Losses Effluent Remark Treatment Recycle Domestic 20 5 15 Nil Explained below Process 216 (Process +

Formulation) -- 241

Aqueous + 36 (Access

Water )

61 CMD generated in

Process

A. 241 CMD from process will be subjected to in plant stripper evaporator of 250 CMD capacity from which 3 CMD will be recovered solvents for reuse in plant, 184 CMD condensate will be recycled for process & 54 T/D salts will be sold as Bi-product.

B. 15 CMD (Domestic) + 36 CMD(From Process) = 51 CMD treated in ETP of 55 CMD capacity, 46.43 CMD treated effluent will be sent to CETP as per valid CTO & remaining 4.57 CMD will be recycled to Cooling Tower

184 CMD condensate

from evaporator

4.57 CMD from ETP

Cooling Tower

261 207 (Evaporation)

54 Nil A. Cooling Tower blow down of 54 CMD + 12 CMD Boiler blow down + 97 CMD = 163

68.73




Boiler 255 24 (Flash Steam

Losses)

12 Blow down + 97

122 CMD Condensate

recovery

CMD of which 68.73 will be recycled to Cooling Tower

B. Further Cooling Tower blow down of 54 CMD will be subjected to in plant evaporator from which 52 CMD condensate will be recycled to Cooling Tower & 2 T/day salt will be disposed to CHWTSDF

52 CMD Evaporator Condensate

Garden 4.3 4.3 Nil Nil -- -- Total 756.3 240.3 455 183 309.3

Water requirement for initial cycle = 756.3 CMD

Total recycled water = 309.3 CMD

Fresh water requirement = 756.3 – 309.3 = 447 CMD




4.2.2.2 Effluent streams and treatment

The total effluent generation during the operational phase after expansion activity will be 455

CMD.

4.2.2.3 Treatment scheme

5.0 1. Total effluent generation after expansion activity will be 455 CMD.

6.0

7.0 2. LCOD-LTDS effluent from process (36 CMD) & Domestic sewage (15) a total of 51

CMD effluent will be treated in ETP of 55 CMD capacity from which 46.43 CMD will

be sent to CETP for further treatment & 4.57 CMD treated effluent will be recycled.

8.0

3. HCOD-HTDS effluent form manufacturing process (241 CMD) will be subjected to in plant stripper evaporator of 250 CMD capacity from which 184 CMD condensate will be recycled & 54 T/D salts generated will be sold as bi-products.

4. 120.73 CMD cooling tower & boiler blow down will be recycled to plant.




4.2.2.2 Impact predicted

The wastewater generated from the project activity if discharged to the Common Effluent

Treatment Plant (CETP) without prior in-situ treatment, it can cause the breakdown of the

common effluent treatment plant as it will contain high TDS concentrations. Also if the untreated

waste water is by passed to the MIDC drains it will results in the contamination or polluting the

water body at final discharge point. The prolonged unscientific discharge of the untreated waste

water may lead to the contamination of the nearby surface water bodies, soils in the near vicinity

and ultimately resulting in polluting the underground water reserves through percolation from

soil. The release of untreated effluent will ultimately affect the overall ecology & agricultural

productivity in the surrounding area.

Table 4-3: Treated effluent characteristics

4.2.2.3 Proposed Mitigation

The effluent loads generated are segregated into two broad streams,

1.0 1. Total effluent generation after expansion activity will be 455 CMD.

2.0

3.0 2. LCOD-LTDS effluent from process (36 CMD) & Domestic sewage (15) a total of 51

CMD effluent will be treated in ETP of 55 CMD capacity from which 46.43 CMD will

be sent to CETP for further treatment & 4.57 CMD treated effluent will be recycled.

Sr. No. Details Units Result MPCB

Standard 1. pH -- 7.35 6.5 to 8.5 2. Total Dissolved solids mg/lit. 774.0 2100.0 3. Total Suspended Solids mg/lit 58.0 100.0 4. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/lit. 152.0 250.0 5. Biochemical Oxygen Demand, 3 day, 27

°C mg/lit. 65.0 100.0




4.0

3. HCOD-HTDS effluent form manufacturing process (241 CMD) will be subjected to in plant stripper evaporator of 250 CMD capacity from which 184 CMD condensate will be recycled & 54 T/D salts generated will be sold as bi-products.

4. 120.73 CMD cooling tower & boiler blow down will be recycled to plant.




4.2.2.3.1 Flow Chart Effluent treatment plant for LCOD-LTDS & HCOD-HTDS streams of effluent.

Figure No. 4.2: Flow chart of the effluent treatment plant

Effluent

Evaporator

Condensate Recycled back for

Cooling Tower Operations

Effluent from manufacturing process

Oil Trap

Collection cum neutralization

Flash Mixer

Primary Clarifier

Bio reactor 1

Secondary Clarifier

Bio reactor 2

Tertiary Clarifier

Sand filter & Carbon filter

Sludge drying bed

Filter press

To CHWTSDF

Disposal to CETP

Cooling tower & Boiler blow

downs In plant

Evaporator

Condensate for reuse

Salts will be sold as bi-products




4.2.3 Water quality modeling

Astec Life Sciences Ltd. as per the valid Consent to Operate have permission to discharge the

treated effluent to Mahad Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) from existing activities.

The effluent which will be generated from the proposed expansion activity will be treated within

in situ full-fledged effluent treatment plant comprising of primary, secondary and tertiary

treatment and the treated effluent will be completely reused thereby making the proposed project

as a ZLD project. As it is evident that the wastewater generated from the proposed expansion

activity will not be discharged into any river/water channel/surface water body, the water quality

modeling is not mandatory for this project as per the Standard TOR prescribed by MoEF&CC.




4.2.4 Impact Matrix


Aspects Receptors Anticipated

Impacts Mitigation measures Scoring the anticipated impact

No Yes 1 2 3 4 Insignifi

cant Significant

Severely Significant

# Surface & * Ground water and soils in the study area

Unforeseen/deliberate release of treated effluent from industrial operations such as: 1. Process effluent 2. Boiler & cooling

1. Soils in the study area

If at all theses treated effluents in whatsoever manner comes in contact with the prevailing soils in the study area, then such soils may get polluted which may further lead to contamination

The effluents to be generated from

the overall project related

activities for efficient treatment

will be categorized into following

streams:

1. LCOD-LTDS effluent

comprising of domestic sewage &

process effluent to the tune of 51.3

CMD will be treated in existing

ETP 55 CMD capacity comprising

of primary, secondary & tertiary

--

--

--




tower blow down 3. Scrubber blow down 4. Domestic effluent

of ground water through percolation thereby having potentiality to indirectly affect the agricultural activity & biotic environment

treatment scheme, permitted

quantity of treated effluent will be

sent to CETP for further treatment

& disposal and remaining effluent

will be recycled.

5.0

2. HCOD-HTDS effluent from

manufacturing process will be

subjected in plant stripper

evaporator & condensate will be

reused.

3. Cooling tower & boiler blow

down will be reused for cooling

tower operations.

4. Thus except for the consented

2. Water bodies in the study area

If the treated effluent in whatsoever manner comes in contact with the prevailing surface & ground water bodies in the study area then such water bodies may get

--

-- --




contaminated & thereby may affect the biotic environment.

treated effluent discharge quantity

the additional treated effluent

generated from the project activity

will be reused.

- Astec Life Sciences Ltd. during its existing operations does not discharge any kind of treated or untreated effluent in whatsoever manner in the surrounding area and same practice will be followed even after achieving the proposed expansion activity hence contamination of soils & agricultural fields & humans coming in contact with the same area not envisaged.

3. Agricultural fields in the study area

If these treated effluents in any way come in contact with the agricultural fields in the study area, then productivity of such agricultural fields may be adversely affected.

--

-- --

4. Biotic environment

In any case if the identified prevailing potential

--

-- --




habitats within the study area get exposed to such effluent releases then such habitats may be adversely affected thereby resulting in adversely affecting overall ecology of the study area in consideration.

5. Human habitation within the study area

Adverse health impacts due to contact with polluted water bodies.

--

-- --

# Surface water monitoring at Kal River Uptstream ,Kal River At Additional MIDC, Kal River Downstream of Birwadi, Savirti River tributary Downstream of Mahad CETP, Savirti River Near Mahad City, Stream at Bhorao Village, Stream at WalanBudruk, Waland Dam & Ground water




monitoring at Mahad ,KambetarfBirwadi , Dhamane-gaon ,Warandh , Padavi , Kiye , Wadghar , Birwadi carried out by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. Probability of impact occurrence

Scenarios Chance of Occurrence Scoring Treated effluents comes in contact with the soils

in the study area Treated effluents comes in contact with the

water prevailing surface water bodies & ground water in the study area

Treated effluents comes in contact with the agricultural fields in the study area

Prevailing habitats within the study area coming in contact with treated effluents

Human habitations within the study area coming in contact treated effluent





4 3 2 1





Scenario Scoring for chance of occurrence

Scoring for impact

Overall score for severity of

impact Treated effluents comes in contact with the soils in the study area 2 2 4 Treated effluents comes in contact with the water prevailing surface water bodies & ground water in the study area

3 2 6

Treated effluents comes in contact with the agricultural fields in the study area

2 2 4

Prevailing habitats within the study area coming in contact with treated effluents

3 2 6

Human habitations within the study area coming in contact treated effluent

2 2 4


Score Type of Risk

1-4 Negligible

5-8 Less Severe

9-12 Highly Severe





Assessment of probable impacts of waste water generated due to project specific activities:

Taking into consideration the terrain conditions of the study area and the project activities

specific mitigation measures, the maximum score for overall severity of the anticipated impacts

is 6 and the risk type assessed is as less severe.

5.1 Noise Environment


1.3.1.1 Probable Sources




1.3.2.1 Model options used/assumed for computation

Flat terrain is assumed

Point Source emission is computed

Atmospheric sound attenuation is considered

Barrier are not used for computation for worst case scenario

Solid angle of the propagation is contemplated as 2 pi

Temporal average is not considered

Simulation calculation is done at surface height

The isolines are used as output inter phase

Classic custic model (Linear sound propagation equation) is used for simulation




1.3.2.2 Modeling Procedure

The propagation of the noise generated due to proposed expansion has been made by CUSTIC

version 3.2. The step wise method subjected in the user manual is followed for performing the

model.

1.3.2.3 Probable Sources

Any industrial plant in general consists of various sources of noise in clusters or single. These

clusters/single sources may be housed in buildings of different dimensions made of different

materials or installed in open or under sheds. Generally the plant noise sources include Air

Compressors, Feed Pumps, Condensate Pumps, Recycle Pumps, Boiler ID Fans, air blowers,

cooling towers etc.

Table 4-4: Noise level generated during Operational Phase

Sr. No. Monitoring Location Noise in dB(A) Leq

1 Near Main Gate 70.0

2 ETP Area 64.0

3 Manufacturing Area 68

4. Boiler Area 71 (Source: Noise monitoring carried out by SEEPL Laboratory)

1.3.2.4 Impact Prediction

In order to predict noise levels due to the plant operations, which will be contributing to the

ambient noise levels, a sound propagative modeling has been carried out. For predicting the

noise levels at various distances with respect to the plant site, noise levels are predicted using a

user friendly model CUSTIC 3.2 the details of which are elaborated above.

The noise modeling is performed considering the values obtained from the sound level meter

during the monitoring phase of the project. The modeling parameters & procedure are explained




in the above section. Same methodology is adopted for simulating the model considering 4 nos.

of point source.

Effects/Impacts of High Noise Level on Workers during the operational phase

Temporary/Permanent hearing loss

Mental disturbance

Increase in heart rate

Decreasing in workers performance due to psychiatric disorder

Workers developing Tinnitus due to high level of noise exposure on regular basis.

1.3.2.5 Interpretation

The distance wise drop down in anticipated noise level during operational phase are computed in below table.

Sr. No. Distance (m) from project plot

dB(A)

1 573.975 22.75 2 601.59 18.96 3 637.09 15.17 4 739.655 11.38 5 842.225 7.58 6 940.845 3.79

The noise contour plotted by the CUSTIC 3.2 is graphically represented in Annexure: 4.4.

Vibration:

Since the proposed project is an expansion project to be executed within the premises of existing

manufacturing plant no major construction activity is envisaged hence the only source of

vibrations will be due to machinery operations (new reactors, condensers, fans, blowers,

compressors etc.) during the operational phase.




The vibrations are envisaged due to the above mentioned activities, in long course of time may

result in damage to infrastructure & also affect the health of the workers. To overcome such

impacts, the grouting of these instruments/machineries shall be made free from vibration by

providing shock absorbing pads and firmly mounted on the surface. Routine maintenance should

be practiced.

1.3.2.6 Proposed Mitigation

To reduce the Noise level in the company premises following mitigation is/will be provided.

Thick green belt developed along the factory boundary will help to minimize the noise

intensity propagating out of the factory premises. To curb the noise levels the company is

recommended to develop the green belt area around the boundary of the company.

Isolation of the high noise generating equipments.

Workers should work in shifts to avoid the long durations of exposure to high noise level.

Implementation of noise absorbing sheets on the walls of building/facilities hosting high

noise generating equipments/machinery.

Acoustic enclosures to be provided Compressors & high noise generating equipments.

Anti vibration pads to be installed for high vibration generating machines. Enclosure

wherever necessary.

Regular/routine maintenance of various equipments should be carried out.

Regular Oiling and greasing for equipments should be done.

The proposed equipments would be provided with proper enclosure, anti vibration pads,

acoustic enclosure wherever required.




1.3.3 Impact Matrix:

Environmental

components Aspects Receptors

Anticipated Impacts

Mitigation measures Scoring the anticipated impact

No Yes 1 2 3 4

Insignifi

cant Significant


Noise and vibrations

Noise and vibrations form the industrial operations such as: 1. Manufacturing process 2. Operation of utilities such as boiler/thermic fluid heater,

1. Human habitations @

Minor impact on human health like temporary hearing loss, temporary headache, temporary psychological disturbance etc. Minor impact on quality of life e.g. disturbance issues in the immediate surroundings of the travelling route.

1. It will be ensured that noise generating machines/equipments will be placed within enclosed area & even noise generating operations area will also be carried out in enclosed areas only. 2. Noise damping pads, shock absorbing pads will be provided to all noise & vibrations generating equipments/machineries. 3. Adequate PPE’s will be

--

--

--


As per the model computations it is anticipated that noise

-- -- --




effluent treatment plant 3. Transportation activity

during the operational phase of the project will not propagate up to important/potential habitats within the study area hence no impact is envisaged on the surrounding biotic environment due to noise and vibrations

provided to workers working within the factory premises.

Noise levels monitored by SEEPL at different locations such as Project Site and in villages Near Dhamane Village, Dahivad, Bhavepathar, Birwadi, Warandh,

Bhogaon, Dharwali.


Scenarios Chance of Occurrence Scoring Human habitations coming in contact with the noise and vibrations generated from the project activities The noise & vibrations generated from the project activities reaching up to prevailing important/potential habitats within the study area

>90 % Chance of Occurrence 50-90 % chance of Occurrence 20 - 50 % chance of Occurrence <10 % chance of Occurrence

4 3 2 1





Scenario Scoring for chance

of occurrence Scoring for

impact Overall score for severity of impact

Human habitations coming in contact with noise and vibrations generated from project activities 4 2 8

Noise & vibrations generated from project activities reaching up to prevailing important/potential habitats within study area

1 1 1


Score Type of Risk Score Type of Risk

1-4 Negligible 9-12 Highly Severe

5-8 Less Severe 13-16 Extremely Severe




Assessment of probable impacts of noise & vibrations generated due to project specific activities:

Taking into consideration the terrain conditions of the study area such as location of human

habitations & prevailing important/potential habitats and the project activities specific mitigation

measures, the maximum score for overall severity of the anticipated impact is 8 and the risk type

assessed is as less severe.

4.4 Details of hazardous and non-hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management





Any industry during operational phase will have multiple sources of waste generation such as:

Offices & Canteens

Unpacking of raw materials

Manufacturing processes

From operation of utilities

Treatment process

Packaging of finished products

Maintenance activities

The wastes generated from the above mentioned sources on the basis of nature & chemical

properties can be broadly categorized as Solid non hazardous waste & Solid hazardous waste.




Scenario of waste generation during operational phase due to project specific activities

The non hazardous & hazardous wastes which will be generated due the project specific

activities/operations will be as described here under:

Non hazardous waste:

Non hazardous waste such as Paper waste (paper boxes and bags), Plastic waste, Metal

scrap, Wooden pellets & Coal ash will be generated.

Hazardous waste:

The manufacturing process involves chemical reactions like Bromination, Hydrolysis and

Physical process like Quenching, Distillation, Crystallization, Solvent Recovery, washing,

separation and drying.

During manufacturing & allied activities hazardous waste such as Used/ spent oil, Residues

& Waste, Chemical sludge residue from herbicides, Chemical sludge from ETP, Discarded

containers, Filter & filter material having organic liquid, Spent carbon, Asbestos gaskets &

Spent Solvents.

Precautionary management/mitigation measures to be employed for handling of hazardous

& non hazardous wastes during operational phase

Industry will provide/adopt following precautionary measures for handling of hazardous & non

hazardous wastes during operational phase:

The inert recyclable wastes such as Paper waste (paper boxes and bags), Plastic waste,

Metal scrap, Wooden pellets will be sold to recyclers & Coal ash will be sold to registered

brick manufacturer.

The hazardous wastes such as Residues & Waste, Chemical sludge residue from herbicides,

Chemical sludge from ETP, Filter & filter material having organic liquid, Spent carbon &

Asbestos gaskets will be sent to Mumbai Waste Management Ltd. – CHWTSDF, Taloja




whereas hazardous wastes such as Used/ spent oil, Discarded containers & Spent Solvents

will be collected & stored in dedicated hazardous waste storage area and either will be sold

to sold to MPCB authorized recyclers or will be sent to Mumbai Waste Management -

CHWTSDF at Taloja for further processing.

Project proponent has been made aware with the Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management,

Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and has been advised to abide by

the same.

Project proponent will scrupulously ensure that the waste hazardous waste transported from

the industry is reaching only at the designated place viz. Mumbai Waste Management -

CHWTSDF at Taloja.

The membership of Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja is attached as Annexure - 4.5.

Assessment of probable impacts due to waste generation during operational phase

Taking into consideration the above mentioned precautionary management/mitigation measures

to be provided/adopted by the project proponent it can be asserted that non hazardous &

hazardous wastes generated during the operational phase in whatsoever manner will not be

directly subjected to soils & water bodies in the study area hence no impact is envisaged on

environment due to operational phase related wastes generation and management activities.

The list of hazardous waste along with name, quantities, category of waste as per Hazardous &

Other Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 &

respective mode of management is given in the following table.

The manufacturing of Pesticides andChemical Intermediateswill generate various hazardous

wastes, the manufacturing process consists of various unit operations as listed under.




Table 4-5: Waste generation and disposal method

Hazardous Waste

*Category of waste

UOM Existing Proposed Total Management

Used/ spent oil

5.1

l/Month 50.0 950.0 1000.00


Disposal to CHWTSDF

Residues & Waste

29.1 MT/Month 204.0 207.0 411.0

Disposal to CHWTSDF

Chemical sludge residue

from herbicides

29.2 MT/D 2.7 -- 2.7 Disposal to CHWTSDF


33.1 Nos./Month

78.0 1172.00 1250.0


Disposal To CHWTSDF

Chemical sludge from

ETP

35.3 MT/Month 1.12 67.88 69.0

Disposal To CHWTSDF

Filter & filter material having

organic liquid

36.2

kg/Month

32.0 468.0 500.0

Disposal To CHWTSDF

Spent carbon 36.2 kg/Month 10.0 190.0 200

Disposal To CHWTSDF

Asbestos gaskets

15.2 kg/Month -- 100.0 100.0

Disposal To CHWTSDF

Spent Solvents

29.4 MT/Month

28.0 112.0 140.0


Disposal To CHWTSDF

Non-hazardous

waste UOM Existing Proposed Total Disposal

Paper waste (paper boxes

kg/Month 150.00 5450.00 5600.00 Sale to recycler




and bags)

Plastic waste kg/Month 50.00 5450.00 5600.00 Metal scrap kg/Month 100.00 4900.00 5000.00

Wooden pellets

Nos./Month 25.00 975.00 1000.00

Coal ash kg/Day 2700.00 5850.00 8550

Sale to registered brick

manufacturer *Schedule I of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rule, 2016.




5.2 Soil environment

The soils in the study area can be adversely affected during the activities associated with

construction and/or operational phase of the project as detailed here under:

Anticipated impacts during Construction phase



Anticipated impacts during Operation phase

The possible adverse impacts on soil within and beyond the project plot area during the

operational phase can be as under.

1) Pollution/Contamination of soils if the treated/untreated effluent in any way finds its way to

ground through unforeseen disposal/spillage/leakage within the project plot & study area.

2) Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw material/product) & hazardous waste during storage,

handling, gland leakage of pumps and flange leakage in pipelines within the project plot.

3) Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous waste during

transportation to & form the project site.

4) Deposition of particulate matter from stack/chimney on the soils located in the windward

direction from the project site.




Precautionary management/mitigation measures to be adopted for prevention of soil

contamination

In order to avoid risk of soil contamination within the project plot & study area due to

unforeseen leakage the project proponent is robustly advised to concrete pave the entire ETP

area. Also project proponent to ensure safe working & periodic maintenance of ETP by

establishing written SOPs (Standard Operating Procedures) & training the ETP operating

staff with the same.

All raw materials & products should be stored in dedicated closed warehouses/storage areas

with leak proof flooring & walls. Production area should be covered with “Acid/Alkali”

proof bricks with adequate drainage system connected to ETP.

Transportationof chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous waste will be mainly done

by trucks/tempos however the unforeseen events of accidental spillage are not predictable

which makes it difficult to install pre event control measures. However for such instances

project proponent is robustly advised to develop & deploy Offsite Emergency Contingency

Plan & develop related Standard Operating Procedures & provide training about the same

concerned personnel to tackle any unforeseen event.

Hazardous waste will be stored in dedicated hazardous waste storage area made of thick

concrete paved flooring with HDPE lining & in any case hazardous waste should not be

stored more than 90 days & to be disposed off to CHWTSDF. Other industrial waste such as

plastic waste, packing material, cleaned empty drums/carboys/containers will be stored in a

dedicated waste storage area & such waste will be returned to supplier/sold to authorized

recycler.

For proper dispersion of pollutants in atmosphere, stack with appropriate height will be

provided as per the CPCB guidelines.




4.4.3 Impact matrix


Aspects Receptors Anticipated

Impacts Mitigation measures Scoring the anticipated impact

No Yes 1 2 3 4

Insignifi

cant Significant


Soil$ 1. Deposition of air emissions on the prevailing soils in the study area. 2. Unforeseen or deliberate release of effluent. 3.

1. Soils in the study area

If at all air emissions in any form get deposited on the prevailing soils in prominent wind direction within the study area, then such soils may get contaminated there by affecting the soil fertility & may also have indirect adverse effect on the biotic environment.

1. Appropriate stack height will be provided as per CPCB guidelines so that the pollutants will disperse effectively in the atmosphere at proper height which will reduce the impact substantially. 2. The effluent will be treated within in house ETP, Hazardous wastes will be stored in dedicated & demarcated impermeable waste storage area.

--

--

--

2. Water bodies in the study

The prevailing surface water bodies in the study area may get

--

-- --




Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous wastes.

area

polluted due to surface runoff from the contaminated soils and percolation activity may result in polluting the ground water.

3. Standard Operating Procedures (SOP’s) will

be developed & deployed as a part of Onsite & Offsite Emergency Contingency Plan to tackle unforeseen events of accidental spillage of hazardous chemicals & wastes. 4. AstecLifesciences Ltd. during its existing operations does not discharge any kind of treated or untreated effluent in whatsoever manner

3. Agricultural fields in the study area

If deposition of air emissions/unforeseen or deliberate release of treated effluents/accidental spillage of hazardous wastes, chemicals on the agricultural fields occurs then productivity of such agricultural fields may be adversely affected.

--

-- --


The areas with contaminated soils in the study area may render them as unfit for growth of natural vegetation and may also be un favored by

--

-- --




faunal species which may result in affecting the overall biotic environment near such contaminated areas.

5. Human habitation within the study area

Adverse health impacts due to contact with contaminated soils, loss of property, loss of source of income

--

-- --

$ Soil monitoring done by SEEPL within study area at Project site,Near CETP , Dhamane-gaon ,Warandh , Padavi , Kiye , Wadghar , Birwadi , Tahiye





Scenarios Chance of Occurrence Scoring Deposition of air emissions on the prevailing soils in the study area.The noise & vibrations generated from the project activities reaching up to prevailing important/potential habitats within the study area

Unforeseen or deliberate release of effluent.

Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous wastes.





4

3

2

1


Scenario Scoring for chance of

occurrence

Scoring for impact

Overall score for severity of

impact Deposition of air emissions on the prevailing soils in the study area. The noise & vibrations generated from the project activities reaching up to prevailing important/potential habitats within the study area

2 2 4

Unforeseen or deliberate release of effluent 1 2 2 Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous wastes 2 2 4 Note: The scoring for chance of occurrence & the scoring for impact has been given taking into the terrain conditions of the study area, project activities specific mitigation measures & subject understanding by the functional area expert.

Score Type of Risk




1-4 Negligible

5-8 Less Severe

9-12 Highly Severe


Assessment of probable impacts on soil quality within study area due to waste generations (solid & liquid) & its management during the operational phase

Taking into consideration management/mitigation measures to be provided/to be adopted by the project proponent during operational

phase for management of solid & liquid wastes the maximum score for overall severity of the anticipated impacts is 4 & the risk type

assessed is as negligible.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Expansion of Pesticide Manufacturing and Formulation unit of M/s AstecLifesciences Ltd., Plot no. B-16, 17, 18, & 21, MIDC, Mahad, Raigad, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/D/IND/ASL/001/2017-18/00



5.3 Biotic environment

Nevertheless the impacts associated with any kind of proposed activity on the environment

cannot be completely nullified however the severity of such impacts can be minimized to a great

extent by advocating suitable mitigation measures.

4.4.4 Anticipated impacts (Construction phase)

Impacts during construction phase



Evaluation of vegetation felling/clearing activity

The project in consideration is a brown field activity which will be executed within the premises

of an existing manufacturing plant by replacing existing reactors with high volume capacity

reactors. Hence any sort of vegetation felling/clearing activity is not involved.

Evaluation of habitat loss

The project plot in consideration was already subjected to industrial type of use and was not

inhabited by any faunal species hence habitat loss is anticipated.

4.4.5 Anticipated impacts (Operational phase)

Generally the activities which may have adverse impact on the biotic environment during the

project operational phase may be due to unforeseen / deliberate release of treated/untreated

effluent, disposal of hazardous waste on the ground or in the water bodies in the study area.

However the proposed project has made following provisions for the effluent & hazardous waste

management.




The hazardous wastes generated during project operational will be either sold to authorized

recyclers or will be sent to Mumbai Waste Management Ltd. - CHWTSDF at Taloja for further

processing & disposal.

The only direct possible impacts from the proposed project activities may be due to following

activities:

1) Air emissions from burning of fuel for operation of utilities like Boiler, D.G set &

manufacturing process related emissions if at all escapes the industrial area.

2) Accidental/Unforeseen disposal of hazardous chemicals (raw materials & finished products)

& hazardous wastes within the study area.

Precautionary measures to be adopted during the operational phase

1) AstecLifesciences Ltd. will ensure that the during the operational phase at no point of time in

whatsoever manner untreated/treated effluent will be subjected to disposal on land or in water

bodies within the study area.

2) ALSL will ensure that permitted quantum of treated effluent is sent to CETP & additional

effluent is recycled and also it will be ensured that the hazardous waste is not disposed of at any

other place except the designated CHWTSDF.

2) In order to minimize the air emissions at the source itself provision of APCD’s (Air Pollution

Control Devices) such as Process scrubbers (proposed) is made for manufacturing process

related emissions & adequate stack height for existing & proposed boiler stacks will be provided

as per CPCB guidelines.

3) As a precautionary measure industry should ensure that at no point of time during the

operational phase of the project the concentrations of air emissions should not exceed the

prescribed levels.




4) The transportation of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous waste will be mainly

done by trucks/tempos however the unforeseen events of accidental spillage are not predictable

which makes is difficult to install pre event control measures. However for such instances the

project proponent is robustly advised to develop & deploy Offsite Emergency Contingency Plan

& related Standard Operating Procedures to tackle any such unforeseen event.

Assessment of presence of any endemic, conservation importance species in the study area

The recorded 85 plant species, 29 bird species, 1 mammal and 6 reptiles are fairly common and

have a wide range of presence and abundance across the entire Raigad District, moreover any of

the floral & faunal species in the study area does not belong to any categories of conservation

concern as per the IUCN & WPA 1972.

Impact assessment

Proposedproject activity does not pose any threat to any species of conservation importance also

does not involve any sort of liquid or solid discharge/disposal on the ground or in the water

bodies within the study area & project plot being located well within the precincts of an area

which already prevails industrial type of use no adverse impacts are anticipated on the

surrounding biotic environment.

5.4 Land environment

5.4.1 Impact identification

Generally the developmental activities such as construction & development of

Building/Township/Industrial Estate/Special Economic Zones which involve comparatively

larger areas tend to change the prevailing land use & land cover aspects directly.

Also the influx of people associated with such project activities has the potentiality of changing

surrounding land use & land cover aspects by way of new settlements/setups & thus promoting

various other infrastructural activities there by inducing land use/land cover changes indirectly.




The proposed activity is a production capacity expansion of the existing unit located at Plot No.

-16, 17, 18 and B-21 and will be carried out by replacing existing equipment by new higher

capacity equipment.

Since there is no requirement of any new/ additional land hence none alternative sites were

considered for the proposed expansion project.

This is industrial type of land use hence no changes in the existing land use - land cover aspects

of the study area are anticipated.

5.5 Socio economic environment

It is envisaged that the existing project & the proposed expansion activity will help to some

improvements in the locale specific socio-economic aspects in the nearby human habitations to

the MIDC area. Since the proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing plant

areaand hence no impact on external human settlements is envisaged also project will not have

any major impact on the local level population growth, since existing 160 no. man power is

sufficient for the expansion activity. Hence increase in the population and related strain on

infrastructure of the study area is not envisaged. Better literacy rates are possible due to assumed

better economic conditions of the people in the project concerned area. Better literacy means

better social status and thereby improved lifestyle. This will be a positive impact due to the

existing and proposed capacity expansion.

5.6 Odour

5.6.1 Identification of source

Odour sources can be continuous or intermittent, point sources (for example chimneys, stacks or

building vent/exhaust pipes), area sources (for example stockpiles, ponds or open-topped tanks)

or volume sources (for example, a building with many openings from which odour escapes). The




sources within the site boundary and any nearby sources beyond the boundary they could

contribute to cumulative odour impacts. It is important to include fugitive sources as these often

make an important contribution to the odour impacts. In the operational phase the component

which will contribute to the odour generations are working of waste water treatment plant, raw

materials and chemicals handling in the industry, working emission of the solvents storage tanks

etc. Sources which will lead to the generation of odour are leakage of solvent/chemical from the

storage drums/pipeline/reactors, evaporation of acid as acid fumes, domestic waste, handling of

raw materials, also handling of sludge and reaction waste etc.

5.6.2 Impact prediction

Exposure to odors could result in health effects ranging from none, to mild discomfort, to more

serious symptoms. Some chemicals with strong odors may cause eye, nose, throat or lung

irritation. Strong odors may cause some people to feel a burning sensation that leads to

coughing,wheezing or other breathing problems. Workers/People coming in contact who smell

strong odors may get headaches or feel dizzy or nauseous. If an odor lasts a long time or keeps

occurring, it also could affect mood, anxiety and stress level.

5.6.3 Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures that can be implemented for controlling the odour are given below,

Provision of Ventilation and Exhaust: The flow of air and exchange in plant area where

chemicals are handled will largely impact odour. Storage conditions of volatile organic

compounds with odour will also significantly contribute to odour. In normal circumstances it

is best to keep the odour emanating materials under closed conditions. Also providing

adequate exhaust in the area can control odour. Well documented SOPs on chemicals

handling and trained operators can hugely control the release of odour in plant

Supervision and maintenance: Equipments are very well maintained and the company has

strong Asset Integrity plan philosophy and plan. A well documented Preventive, and

predictive maintenance plan is prepared for all equipment, machines, and assets. Good




Housekeeping: Decay Evaporation of odorants from stored decaying material may often lead

to odour emission. Good housekeeping may eliminate the problems.

Provision of Containment: The preventive measures or changed process parameters are not

enough to avoid annoying emissions of odorous compounds from a plant, it must be placed in

a building equipped with ventilation and, where required, air cleaning equipment. It may be

necessary to have non-opening windows and automatic gate and door closing devices, and to

provide a negative pressure in the building. Odour nuisances can be prevented either by

cleaning of exhaust air or by dilution in outlets.

Increasing Air Exchange: The exchange of air surrounding an odorous process is large the

emitted odorants will be diluted. But if the odour comes from evaporated material, the

emission may increase. In normal circumstances it is best to reduce the amount of air which

gets in contact with odorous materials. In this way odour control equipment will be required.

Good Housekeeping: Decay Evaporation of odorants from stored decaying material may

often lead to odour emission. Good housekeeping may eliminate the problems.


Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternative


5.0 CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE

5.1 Introduction

Astec LifeSciences Ltd. proposes expansion of existing manufacturing unit located at Plot No

B-16, 17, 18 & 21, MIDC Mahad, District Raigad, Maharashtra. The project site is well

connected by Mumbai- Goa highway (NH 66). The national highway is approximately 9 km

away and can be reached by state road network. The nearest railway station is Veer which is

approximately 18 km away from site. The MIDC Mahad have excellent internal and connecting

road network therefore no additional connectivity infrastructure will be constructed.

The industrial area hosts small, medium & large scale industrial units of various categories such

as chemical, polymer, pharmaceutical, organic, pigments, fertilizers manufacturing industries.

Mahad is part of proposed Panvel-Mahad-Chiplun-Panjim Economic corridor under Bharatmala

Project. The major physical infrastructure like road, water supply is provided by additional

MIDC Mahad. The electricity will be supplied by MSEDCL by means of continuous feeder

substation. MIDC has developed a separate supply water scheme by construction a Dam having a

capacity of 29 million cubic meters on Savitri River. A 24 MLD water treatment plant has been

constructed to meet the requirement of industrial Area. This water Treatment plant has an excess

capacity of 8 MLD. Apart of from MIDC's water supply scheme there are two more water supply

scheme developed by irrigation department.

Considering above mentioned points and availability of land required for proposed activity with

lower price, no any alternative site was considered.


Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternative


5.2 Analysis of Alternative Site

This is an expansion project for existing products and new products along with byproducts will

be manufactured on existing plot. The expansion will be done by replacing equipment by new

higher capacity equipment, also current site is in approved chemical zone of MIDC and is well

connected to get raw material by road / railway and carry on the manufacturing activities. The

MIDC have all adequate facilities viz. good road and rail network, 24 hour electricity, water

supply, MIDC roads, CETP etc. and therefore no alternate site has been considered for the

expansion. Since there is no requirement of any new/ additional land hence none alternative

sites were considered for the proposed expansion project.

5.3 Analysis of Alternative Technology

Company’s Research and Development department has been a foremost pillar of success. It is

equipped with various requisite testing equipments and tools for proper testing and analysis.

R&D experts have continuously adopted modern techniques and regularly improvise company’s

product range as per the market demands.

Company will replace existing equipments with equipments of high volume capacity wherein

the reaction chemistry & physical processes used for manufacture of pesticides is the advanced

technology & no other alternative reaction chemistry is available.


Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd Chapter 6- 1

CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 Introduction

Environmental Monitoring Program is an essential tool for sustainable development. An

Environmental Monitoring Program provides a delivery mechanism to address the adverse

environmental impacts of a project during its execution, to enhance project benefits, and to

introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. An environmental

monitoring program is important as it provides useful information and helps to:

• Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,

provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures.

• Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan &

implementation of mitigation measures planned.

• Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental

monitors and provides means of effectively communicating environmental issues among

them.

• Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters.

• Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the

Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan, if

required.

• Identify training requirement at various levels.

• Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to

Plan additional mitigation measures

6.2 Monitoring points /locations and components

Environmental monitoring plan is decided considering the environmental impacts likely to

occur due to operation of the project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track

timely and regularly change in the environmental condition and to take timely action to

protect the environment.




6.3 Post project monitoring parameters &frequency

Table No. 6.1 Post Project Monitoring Parameters & Frequency


Number of

Samples Frequency

1 Ambient Air Air Emission

CO, SO2, NOX, PM,CO, Benzene, Ammonia,

Benzopyrene, Lead, Nickel, Arsenic, Ozonein Ambient Air

3 Quarterly

2 Stack

Monitoring

DG Set, Boilers &TFHs

Air emissions

SO2, NOX, SPM 2

Quarterly Scrubber Acid Mist 1

3 Work place Volatile Organic Compounds

Methanol, Ammonia, Sulphuric acid, Methyl

Chloride, Toluene, Chloroform & Xylene

1

3 Boiler/TFH area, D.G Set, ETP, Work Place Area

Sound Noise Level dB (A) 4 Quarterly

4 Effluent Treatment Plant All parameters pH, O & G, TDS, TSS, COD, BOD & Bioassay specific to

1 Weekly





Number of

Samples Frequency

project

5 Hazardous Wastes

Used/ spent oil, Residues & Waste, Chemical sludge residue from Pesticides, Chemical sludge from ETP, Filter & filter material

having organic liquid, Spent carbon, Asbestos gaskets&Spent Solvents

H.W. characteristics 5 Once in a

Year




6.4 Monitoring methodologies:

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provide by

MoEF/CPCB/SPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF/CPCB.

6.5 Documentation and reporting

The records of the monitoring program shall be kept on regular basis for all aspects of the

monitoring. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid wastes (Slag & Collected Dust,

Recycled Dust-Scales etc.), air, emission, soil & manure/compost shall be prepared and

preserved regularly. Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the planned

schedule, report shall be done & necessary documents shall be forwarded to the concern person.

Methodology of monitoring (sampling & analysis) shall be prepared as separate documents as

SOP (standard Operating Procedure) wherever required. The records showing results/outcome of

the monitoring programs shall be prepared as per the requirement of the schedule mentioned

above. Regularly these documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of the

monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for necessaryactions

of environmental management cell.

6.6 Budget &procurement schedule

On regular basis, Environment Management Cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of the

materials, technologies, services & maintenance works. The Cell shall made appropriate budget

for the purpose. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of environment

management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made. Along with other

budgets, Budget for environmental management shall be prepared and revised regularly up on

requirement. The budget shall include provisions for:




Environmental Monitoring Program

Operation & Maintenance of environmental Technologies/Equipments

Laboratory works for Environmental management activities

Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipments, tools, services, protective

equipment.

Greenbelt development

Social & Environmental Welfare & Awareness programs/training & Health related

issues.

Annual Environmental Audit


Chapter 7: Additional Studies


CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Hearing

“Public Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of locals likely to be

affected/all the stakeholders who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts due to the

project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns

in the project or activity design as appropriate. M/s.AstecLifeSciencesLtd.willexecute the

proposed capacity enhancement activity within the existing manufacturing facility located at

Plot No. B-16, 17, 18& 21, MIDC Mahad, Mahad, Dist. -Raigad, Maharashtra, India.

Now since project site being located within Mahad MIDC which was notified before EIA

Notification 2006 being coming into force hence the proposed activity is exempted from

public hearing the relevant documents justifying the same are attached as Annexure 1.2.

7.2 Risk Assessment

7.2.1 Introduction

As indicated in the earlier chapter the expansion project facilitates to manufacture pesticide

products and pesticide formulation chemicals poses various types of hazards due to storage,

handling & transportation of various chemicals, which are indicated in Chapter no. 2.

In order to study the risks envisaged by the activities, the following methodology was

adopted.

7.2.1.1 The factory would be manufacturing different products under the category of pesticide

products, pesticide formulation and its byproducts accounting to a total production of

3254MT/M. However HAZOP studies have been carried out for some hazardous operations

and process.

7.2.1.2 A detailed scrutiny of rawmaterials was done which would be stored in Tanks on the

site. The detailed list of raw materials is tabulated below in Table no. 7.1.

7.2.1.3 M.S.D.S’s:




Brief M.S.D.S.s of all the above chemicals and other raw materials which would be used in

the manufacturing processes of products are used as reference for preparation of Quantitative

Risk Assessment &HAZOP study.

7.2.1.4 A Quantitative Risk Assessment based on the software ALOHA (Arial Locations of

Hazardous Atmospheres) for chemicals storages in tanks was carried out. The criteria failure

scenarios considered for ALOHA depend on the type of storage whether above ground/

underground, physical state of the chemical stored, chemical properties of the chemical. Also

for raw materials other than storage in tanks Dow‟s Fire & Explosive &Mond‟s Toxicity

Index was evaluated.

Note: ALOHA assessment was carried out for all the raw materials stored in tank except

2,4Dichloroacetophenone& Caustic lye since they are not listed in ALOHA database.The

summary of the ALOHA footprints are attached as Annexure 7.1




Table 7.1: Details of Raw Materials Stored in Above Ground Tank

Sr. No. RM Name

Storage Type UG/AG

Tank Capacity

Capacity of transfer pump

from main tank to day

tank

Maximum quantity of

storage at any point of time

(MT)

Dimensions

in meters (Tank)

Dyke (Yes/No)

Dyke (Single/

common)

Dyke (Area)

Dimensions

1. Dimethyl Sulphate

Tank AG 25 KL 10 M3/hr 30.00 2.4x5.5 (D x H)

Yes Common 8.3x4.4x0.74 M

(L x W x H)

2.

2,4 Dichloroacetophe

none

Tank AG 15 KL 10 M3/hr 20.0 2.0x5.0 (D x H)

Yes Common 8.3x4.4x0.74 M (L x W x H)

3. Bromine Tank AG 8 KL 3 M3/hr 24 2.0x3.2

(D x H) Yes Single 9.6x8.0x0.6 M

(L x W x H)

4. Caustic lye Tank AG

Vertical 15 KL 10 M3/hr 22.0 2.0x4.5

(D x H) Yes Common 6.3x3.9x1.14 M

(L x W x H)

5.

Caustic lye Tank AG Horizont

al

15 KL 10 M3/hr 22.0 2.5x3.5 (D x L)





Details of Raw Materials Stored in Under Ground Tank

Sr. No RM Name

Storage Type UG/AG

Tank Capacity

Capacity of transfer pump

from main tank to day

tank

Maximum quantity of

storage at any point of time

(MT)

Dimensions

in meters (Tank)

Dyke (Yes/No)

Dyke (Single/

common)

Dyke (Area)

Dimensions

6. Methanol Tank UG 15 KL 10 M3/hr 12.0 2.0x4.8 (D x H)

Yes Common 9.0x6.3x3 M (L x W x H)

7. Cyclohexane Tank UG 10 KL 10 M3/hr 8.0 2.0x3.2 (D x L)


8. Methyl Cyclohexane

Tank UG 15 KL 10 M3/hr 15.0 2.0x4.8 (D x L)


9. C9 Tank UG 20 KL 10 M3/hr 20.0 2.25x5.0 (D x L)


10. Methyl

Cyclohexane Tank UG 20 KL 10 M3/hr 20.0 2.25x5.0

(D x L) Yes Common 9.0x6.3x3 M

(L x W x H)

11. Toluene Tank UG 10 KL 10 M3/hr 8.0 2.0x3.2 (D x H)





Table 7.2: ALOHA Summary Sheet

Substance

Failure

Scenario No.

Effects considered LOC Distance

DIMETHYL SULFATE

Evaporating Puddle

DS/ 01

Toxic area of vapor cloud

AEGL-1 0.024 ppm 330 yards

AEGL-2 0.12 ppm 147 yards AEGL-3 1.6 ppm 38 yards

Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud

10% LEL 3600 ppm Less than 10.9 yards

60% LEL 21600 ppm Less than 10.9 yards

Overpressure (blast force) from vapor cloud explosion

- - -

Direct DS/02


AEGL-1 0.024 ppm 1.5 miles AEGL-2 0.12 ppm 1529 yards AEGL-3 1.6 ppm 1.5 miles


10% LEL 3600 ppm 13 yards



shatters glass

1.0 psi 24 yards

serious injury likely

3.5 psi 11 yards

destruction of buildings

8.0 psi LOC was never exceeded

Evaporating Puddle

B/01


AEGL-1 0.033 ppm Greater than 6 miles

AEGL-2 0.24 ppm 3 miles AEGL-3 8.5 ppm 888 yards

AEGL-1 0.033 ppm greater than




BROMINE

Direct

B/02 Toxic area of vapor cloud

6miles

AEGL-2 0.24 ppm 3.2 miles

AEGL-3 8.5 ppm 904 yards

METHANOL

Direct

M/01

Toxic Area of vapor cloud

AEGL-1 530 ppm 164 yards AEGL-2 2100 ppm 79 yards AEGL-3 7200 ppm 39 yards


10% LEL 7180 ppm 39 yards 60% LEL 43080 ppm 12 yards


shatters glass

1.0 psi 15 yards





CYCLOHEXANE

Direct CH/01 Toxic Area

of vapor cloud

PAC-1 300 ppm 126 yards PAC-2 1700 ppm 47 yards PAC-3 10000 ppm 18 yards





shatters glass

1.0 psi 37 yards


3.5 psi 16 yards



METHYLCYCLOHEXANE

Direct MCH/01 Toxic Area of vapor Cloud

PAC-1 1200 ppm 51 yards

PAC-2 1700 ppm 43 yards PAC-3 10000 ppm 17 yards








shatters glass

1.0 psi 37 yards


3.5 psi 16 yards



TOLUENE Direct TOL/01 Toxic area of vapor cloud

AEGL-1 67 ppm 298 yards AEGL-2 560 ppm 87 yards AEGL-3 3700 ppm 31 yards





shatters glass

1.0 psi 38 yards


3.5 psi 17 yards



TRIMETHYLBENZENE

(C9)

Direct

TMB/01


AEGL-1 140 ppm 166 yards AEGL-2 360 ppm 96 yards AEGL-3 - No

recommended LOC value





shatters glass

1.0 psi 40 yards


3.5 psi 18 yards


8.0 psi

LOC was never exceeded




Interpretation

Based on the unsafe distances identified by the software output, the MCLS (maximum credible loss scenario) for the factory works out to about greater than 6 miles for Bromine.

The scenario considered for assessing the impact by quantitative risk assessment was taken from CPR18 E.

The probability of occurrence of the scenario is 5 × 10-6 y-1,which is very less. The Disaster management plan highlights the suggestive measures to be taken to avoid occurrence of such an accident.

Table No. 7.3: Interpretation Table

Threat zone

Toxic Level of Concern Receptors Effects

Red - 904 yards

AEGL-3 –8.5 ppm Susceptibleindividuals could experience life-threatening health effects or death.

Factory premises and other industries in immediate vicinity

Human Effects:- Eye Contact: Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Cold water may be used. WARM water MUST be used. Get medical attention

Orange- 3.2 miles

AEGL-2 –0.24 ppm susceptible individuals, could experience irreversible or other serious, long-lasting adverse health effects or an impaired ability to escape.

Limited to the MIDC boundary &Birwadi Village Other industries, vegetation.

Yellow - AEGL-1 –0.033 ppm Internal MIDC road,




greater than 6 miles

Susceptibleindividuals could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or certain asymptomatic nonsensory effects. However, the effects are not disabling and are transient and reversible upon cessation of exposure.

Industries in Mahad MIDC & Other industries, vegetation, Small agricultural fields near Boregaon Village.

immediately. Skin Contact: In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medical attention. Serious Skin Contact: Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medical attention. Inhalation: If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attentionimmediately. Serious Inhalation: Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a




However to prevent such worst case scenario following preventive/precautionary measures

will be ensured for bromine storage tank.

Storage MOC will be glass line horizontal cylindrical storage

Tank designed by standard manufacturer

Tested at manufacturer end as well as at site before taken in use

Containment of puddle with water to reduce evaporation

Storage in shelter

Same capacity dump tank fixed nearby in case of emergency transfer

Standard transfer pump (magnetic driven Richter pump) with standby pump

PVDF piping for transferring of bromine

collar, tie, belt or waistband. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It may be hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious or corrosive. Seek immediate medical attention.




Water curtain provided to storage to avoid dispersion of vapour cloud outside the

storage

Fixed detectors with local display and alarm

Once in 2 year thorough internal inspection practice in place

Competent supervisor in storage area

Continuous monitoring

Emergency PPE (suit, gloves kept nearby and training imparted to people)

SCBA provided near by the storage, and subsequent safe distances

Further the second unsafe distances identified by the software output, the second MCLS

(maximum credible loss scenario) for the factory works out to be about 1.5miles (Threat zone

–Yellow) for Dimethyl Sulfate for Direct leak scenario (Toxic area of vapor cloud).However

to prevent such scenario following preventive/precautionary measures will be ensured for

Dimethyl Sulfate storage tank.

Storage MOC is CS horizontal cylindrical storage

Containment puddle with impervious flooring

SS piping

Inspection practice in place

Continuous monitoring

Emergency PPE (suit, gloves kept nearby and training imparted to people)

SCBA provided near by the storage, and subsequent safe distances

For above ground Storage Tanks

The tanks will be fabricated taking into account the corrosion resistance properties of

the material of construction.




The tank will be provided with water sprinkler arrangement so as to cool the same in

summer season.

The tanks will be provided with breather valves and will have nitrogen blanketing

arrangement wherever required

Dyke wall of adequate volume (110%) capacity of the tank will be constructed around

the tanks.

The dyke enclosure will be lined with impervious coating

Regular inspection of the tank, transfer pipelines and dyke will be done visually and

records maintained.

It is recommended to establish foam monitor in the solvent tank yard farm.

For Underground Solvent Storage Tanks

The tank will be lined with impervious coating.

The tank will be provided with water sprinkler arrangement so as to cool the same in

summer season

The tanks are covered under a license under Petroleum Rules from PESO.

It is recommended to establish foam monitor in the solvent tank yard farm.

Flame Proof Pumps and Motor will be provided in the tank farm.

Underground tank will have natural earthing.

Non Sparking Tools will be used the tank farm area.

The gap between tank and RCC wall will be filled with sand.

Spark Arrestor/Muffler will be provided at the security gate to each vehicle which comes

in to the tank farm for unloading.

Methanol tanks would be covered under a license under Petroleum Rules from PESO.




7.2.2 DOW Index

The Dow index has been performed for the selective raw materials having Nf value of greater

than or equal to 3 however to assess the worst case scenario the total storage quantity of all

selected raw materials has been assumed as Dimethyl Sulphide since it is having highest Nf

value of 4 amongst the selected raw materials. The DOW summary sheet is displayed below

in Table no. 7.4 and Table no 7.5. The DOW index worksheet is attached as Annexure 7.2




Table No. 7.4: DOW Index Summary Sheet for Raw Materials

Chemical Acetonitrile Butanol Dimethyl sulphide

Diethyl Ketone

Dioxane Tetrahydrofuran Xylene

Storage Considered Drums Drums Drums Drums Drums Drums Drums

Maximum Quantity stored at any given point of time ( MT)

20 10 20 10 20 20 20

N h 2 1 2 2 2 2 2

N f 3 3 4 3 3 3 3

N r 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

Material Factor, MF 16 16 21 16 16 16 16

F1 (General Process Hazard)

2.55

F2 (Special Process Hazard)

2.20

F3 (Hazard Factor) 5.61

Fire & Explosion Index 117.81




Degree of Hazard Intermediate




Table No. 7.5: DOW Index Summary Sheet for Fuel Storages

Recommendation/Suggestions

1. The raw materials are stored according to their compatibility with other raw materials.

2. Company has adequate written operating instruction and fully documented operating

discipline for emergency shutdown, normal operating conditions, routine shutdown etc. which

are important for maintaining satisfactory control of a unit.

3. The raw materials are stored in a dedicated area with minimum interference.

Chemical Furnace Oil HSD

Storage Considered Tank Drums

Maximum Quantity stored at any given point of time

4 KL 400 Lit

N h 0 0

N f 2 2

N r 0 0

Material Factor, MF 10 10

F1 (General Process Hazard)

1.95 1.95

F2 (Special Process Hazard)

1.48 1.3

F3 (Hazard Factor) 2.886 2.535

Fire & Explosion Index 28.86 25.35

Degree of Hazard Light Light




4. Appropriate drainage with the slope of 2 % is provided to remove small and large spillage

of the chemicals.

5. The provision of fire water supply is provided through the hydrant line passing from the raw material storage area.

6. Provision of hand Extinguishers are provided and found to be adequate with reference to the storage quantity of raw materials.

7. Provision of spill kit is provided to deal with the minor spillage scenario.

The existing safety features provided are satisfactory to tackle the emergency situation raised in the site.

7.2.3 Mond's Index

The principle and general approach used in the DOW method of hazard evaluation have been

further developed by ICI Mond Division, Their revised Mond fire, explosive and toxicity

index is a series of papers by Lewis (1979). The main developments made to the DOW Index

in the Mond Index are:

1. It covers a wider range of process and storage installation

2. It covers the processing of chemicals with explosive properties

3. A calculation procedure is included to allow for the off-setting effects of good design

and control and safety instrumentation

4. The procedure has been extended to cover plant layout

5. Separate indices are calculated to access the hazards of fire, internal explosion and

aerial explosion.

Some of the raw materials stored in the site are toxic in nature. Hence appropriate standard

operating procedures are established by the company for ensuring the safety of the workers

handling the raw materials on daily basis. Some selected toxic raw materials are used for




calculating the toxicity index using Mond'sindex.TheMond's index worksheet is attached as

Annexure 7.3.

Table 7.6: Mond's Index Summary Sheet

Chemicals Storage Nh Th(Toxicity factor)

MAC Ts F1 GPH

F2 SPH

Toxicity Index

Degree of Hazard

Ethylene Oxide

Tonner 2 125 1 ppm 125 1.45 1.6 6.31 Moderate

Formaldehyde Drum 2 125 2ppm 125 1.45 1.6 6.31 Moderate

Formic Acid Carboy 3 250 5ppm 125 1.6 1.8 8 Moderate

phenol Drum 4 325 5 ppm 125 1.6 2 9 Moderate

Phosgene Cylinder 4 325 0.1 ppm 125 1.45 2 8.81 Moderate

Sodium Hydroxide

Bag 3 250 1.22pp

m 125

1.45 1.8 7.8 Moderate

Suphuric Acid Carboy 3 250 0.25 ppm

125 1.95 1.8 8.4 Moderate

Thionyl Chloride

Drum 4 325 1ppm 125

1.95 1.8 9.18 Moderate

Hydrobromic acid

Drum 3 250 -- 125

1.5 1.7 7.75 Moderate

Hydrochloric acid

Drum 3 250 5 ppm 125

1.5 1.7 7.75 Moderate

Interpretation

According to the Mond's Index the toxicity index is calculated for the raw materials. Table No

7.6is indicating moderate degree of hazard for all the raw materials. Material is irritating to

mucous membranes and upper respiratory tract. To reduce the intensity of the hazard

following recommendation and suggestion should be followed.




Toxicity (Mond) Index recommendations:

1. The raw materials are stored according to their compatibility.

2. Toxic materialsare stored in cool place and kept away from heat.

3. Toxic material can cause breathing difficulty therefore storage area is well ventilated.

4. Good housekeeping practice is implemented in storage area.

5. Appropriate drainage with the slope of 2 % is provided to remove small and large spillage

of the chemicals.

6. The provision of fire water supply is provided through the hydrant line passing from the

raw material storage area

7. PPE‟s are used wherever necessary.

8. MSDS recommendations are strictly followed while chemical storage and handling.

7.3 HAZOP Study

HAZOP study has been carried out for hazardous operations and process. For the preparation

of the HAZOP study P & IDs, Operating Procedures, Mass balances and MSDS were used.

The HAZOP study is attached as Annexure 7.4. The brief recommendations of the

HAZOPstudies are given below.

General recommendations

1. PPE shall be used for handling of chemicals.

2. Spill control equipment and procedure to be defined and shall be provided for all chemicals.

3. Working of the scrubber system to be ensured before starting of all batches.

4. Flange guards to be provided on all flange joints.

5. Design basis of all pressure relief valve to be established.




6. Indication of healthy running of ID fans attached to the scrubbers to be provided at working level.

7. Use of antistatic ball valves to be ensured in pipelines carrying flammable solvents.

8. All flexible earth connections to be checked for continuity every 6 months.

9. Integrity of flame proof equipment to be ensured with the help of check list.

10. SOP to be developed for periodic cleaning of flame arrestor and breather valves.

Specific recommendations

1. SOP to be prepared BMR to include stirring details.

2. Training shall be provided to workers

3. Update BMR accordingly for safe working procedure.

4. Check joints for leakages

5. Ensure that charging stops at desired mass transferred in the reactor.

6. Provide emergency stop button near to the charging vessel.

7. Provide earthing to reactor and check at least once in six months

8. High pressure alarm to be installed on the reactor.

9. Design basis of SRV / rupture discs to be determined and kept on record.

10. Earthing of reactors to be ensured.

7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in the




same order of priorities. For effective implementation of the DMP, it should be widely

circulated and personnel training through rehearsals/drills should be organized. Further, the

management should be able to demonstrate that its assessment of the consequences as good

supporting evidence. To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the factory or

immediate vicinity of the factory, a DMP has to be formulated and this planned emergency

document is called "Disaster Management Plan".

Objectives of Disaster Management Plan [DMP]

The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is to make use of the combined

resources of the plant and the outside services to achieve the following:

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of causalities

Safeguard other people

Minimize damage to property and the environment

Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control

Identify any dead

Provide for the needs of relatives

Provide authoritative information to the news media

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area

Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of the emergency. In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to

rescue rehabilitation and render medical help and to restore normalcy.

7.4.1 Onsite Emergency Plan

The Onsite emergency plan is prepared based on the guidelines mentioned under schedule 6

of the rule 12 (1) of the Maharashtra factories (Control of industrial Major Accidents Hazards)

Rules 2003. On-Site emergency preparedness plan has the following objectives:




1. Safeguard lives and property at site and in its vicinity area.

2. Contain the incident and bring it under control;

3. Minimize damage to lives, property and environment;

4. Rescue and treat casualties;

5. To train the people to act efficiently and with confidence in an emergency.

6. Evacuate people to safe areas;

7. To minimize its occurrence.

7.4.1.1 Name & Address of the person furnishing the Information.

Name:Mr. SubhashGunjal

Designation: EHS Manager

Address: Plot No. B-16, 17, 18 & 21, MIDC Mahad,Mahad, Dist. - Raigad, Maharashtra

7.4.1.2 Key personnel of the organization and responsibility assigned to them in case of an emergency.

Figure No. 7.1: Key personnel of the organization and responsibility assigned




1) Site Main Controller

During the onsite emergency situation the Site Main Controller shall,

Activate the Emergency Control Centre & personnel

Relieve the Site Incident Controller of overall responsibility during off shift hours

Take stock of situation with SIC & direct operations to control the emergency.

Ensure that all the key persons are called on site. Delegate any extra duty to any

person depending upon the situation and his judgment.

Verify the head count & arrange for search / rescue

Instruct for shutting & evacuation if required.

Seek assistance from external agencies & Mutual aid

Withdraw the staff in case of the human life is in peril.

Liaison with statutory authorities

Arrange to call the experts/ the supplier.

Give All Clear siren when everything becomes normal.

Works as liaison officer between outside fire brigade & police advice on specialized

technical aspects of the materials involved and internal details of the factory.

Report the event to the nearest district police station, fire brigade, civil defense force,

district emergency officer, factory Inspectorate and other voluntary body to assist to

the task.

M/s AstecLifeSciencesLtd.has established an Emergency Control Centre at the cabin of the

Site Main Controller (Factory Manager). It has external telephone, telefax and telex facility &

contact number of the Incident Controller Officer, Senior Personnel etc.

2) Site Incident Controller

Assume the responsibility of the Site Main Controller till the arrival of the site main

controller.

Brief the Site Main Controller on arrival - during off shift hours.




Be over all in charge of the emergency situation and head of fire fighting team.

Arrive immediately to the site of emergency and issue instructions for speedy combat.

On arrival immediately assess the scale of emergency and decide if a major emergency

exists or is likely.

Report head count to Site Main Controller.

Activate the security head to report the emergency to Site Main Controller.

Activate the Onsite action plan depending on the type of emergency.

Direct all operations and call the external help from emergency control center.

Search for the injured and / or casualties.

Direct the shutdown and evacuation of the plant. Identify the areas likely to be affected

by the emergency.

Provide information to emergency services about the chemicals / incident.

3) EHS Team.

In addition to his general duties of maintaining order of administration he shall discharge

following duties:

Execute all directions and instruction of site main controller regarding.

Calling mutual aid members.

Specialist from the supplying company.

Lead the fire fighting & rescue operations

For efficient and successful operation of the plan statutory agencies listed below should be

actively involved for guidance and help: -

Fire Brigade

Police Authorities




Collectorate / revenue officials

Directorate of Industrial Safety and Health

Maharashtra Pollution Control Board.

District Health Authorities

Non Government organization

Local News Media.

Local Leaders

Supervise the duties of Security Personnel.

Supervise rescue & medical operations

If injuries and casualties does occur then he shall obtain names and addresses of the

injured and dead.

Arrange for the medical aid. Talk to the hospital and doctors. Report about the type of

injury / burn injuries and or toxic effects.

Report to the hospital and make arrangement for likely more cases of injuries.

In consultation with the site main controller he shall identify the antidote or any

special medical procedure and report the same to hospitals.

4) Production Manager & Team

(In affected Plant Area)

Inform EHS Manager / Factory Manager / Plant / Dept Manager or his nominee / Site

Main Controller on the telephone immediately.

Assume the role of Site Incident Controller till his arrival.

Direct employees / contractor's workers / visitors at the assembly point.

Take head count of employees.

Deploy trained Emergency Response Team & direct.




Hold personnel at the Assembly point till „All Clear‟ signal is obtained.

Act as per instructions from Site Incident Controller / Site Main Controller.

Open plant drain valves to FWRB

Provide information to external agency about the chemical involved to control

emergency/ treating injured employees.

(Non –affected Plant Area)

Ensure that all employees including contractor‟s workers / visitors assemble at the

Assembly Point and take roll call of employees.

Take Head Count & report to SMC at ECC

Switch off all critical operations.

Be Alert for evacuation & evacuate on instructions from SMC

Keep ready - Emergency Response Team members

Provide necessary information and support to affected dept/plant to control

emergency.

Hold personnel at Assembly Point till „All Clear” siren is raised

5) Security Personnel

In addition to the normal duties of maintaining security at the place of work they shall

discharge following duties:

On hearing the fire alarm, proceed to the incident immediately.

Be in charge of Fire Fighting and rescue operations with the assistance of essential

workers and key personnel till the arrival of Fire Brigade and Police. (These

operations shall be under the direct supervision of Site Incident Controller)

Ask the ambulance to proceed to the scene of the incident in case of serious injury.




Remove obstruction from the road to help Fire brigade to proceed to the scene of fire.

Restrict entry of unauthorized and untrained persons from the scene of incident. Also

don't allow unauthorized persons / vehicles to enter the premises. Control traffic

movement for smooth & normal flow.

Initiate rescue operation if required.

Call for fire brigade & ambulance during off hours

Depending on seriousness arrange to inform police personnel if instructed by Factory

Manager.

7.4.2 General Instructions and Response during the Onsite Emergency Situation

1. Major Fire/ Explosion

Operate the nearest fire alarm or alert the personnel by raising an audible alarm or by

shouting Fire! Fire!!”

Inform the Manager Production / Shift Supervisor available who is in charge of the

factory at that time about the

Place of Fire / Explosion

Extent of Fire fighting Action taken by him

The material involved

No. of persons affected.

Try to extinguish the fire with the help of fire extinguishers, if without risk. If he is

unable to extinguish the fire, he should see that the fire does not spread to nearby area.

2. Collapse of structure/ Serious Injury

Inform the Manager Production / Supervisor etc. Remove the injured person to a safe place. Take help of trained first-aiders.

3. Release of toxic and hazardous material




Inform the Manager Production / Supervisor or person available who is in-charge of the

factory at that time about the

Place of Gas leak

Extent of leakage

Action taken by him

The material involved

No. of persons affected.

Table No 7.7: Emergency Do’s & Don’ts EMERGENCY DO ‘S DON 'TS ANY ONE NOTICING AN EMERGENCY : Actuate nearest fire alarm button and /or inform the supervisor. Get back to your normal workstation (if safe) or else report to the assembly point.

DO NOT panic and avoid running all over the place prevent others from doing so. DO NOT enter the site unless instructed if you are outside and emergency alarm is heard.

CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL : Stop work on hearing alarm and assemble at the ASSEMBLY POINT and be ready to evacuate.

DO NOT enter the site until it is cleared for the normal work by Incident Controller.

SECURITY : Keep the gate manned. Keep the road clear for movement of fire tenders. Control traffic at gates.

DO NOT allow unauthorized visitors to enter.

VISITORS : Leave the place and assemble at assembly point.

DO NOT enter the site if emergency alarm is heard.

ALL OTHER EMPLOYEES ON SITE : On hearing Emergency alarm Get back to work place (if safe) for head count and get instructions from supervisor. Be alert.

DO NOT panic/run DO NOT go to the scene of emergency unless specifically instructed by Incident Controller.

7.4.2.1 Establishment of the Safety Committee

M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd. would be having around 160 Nos. of employees after the

expansion activity. Since the company deals with the dangerous operations as mentioned in




the section 87 of the Factories Act 1948, it is mandatory for the company to establish a safety

committee. The safety committee shall include a senior official, safety officer and

representatives of workers & each department. The tenure of the safety committee would be

for 2 years. The Roles and responsibility of the safety committee is listed below,

(a) Assisting and co-operating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives

outlined in the 'Health and Safety Policy' of the occupier;

(b) Dealing with all matters concerning health, safety and environment and to arrive at

practicable solutions to problems encountered;

(c) Creating safety awareness amongst all workers;

(d) Undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;

(e) Deliberating on reports of safety, environmental and occupational health surveys,

emergency plans safety audits, risk assessment and implementation of the recommendations

made in the reports;

(f) Carrying out health and safety surveys and identify causes of accidents;

(g) Looking into any complaint made on the likelihood of an imminent danger to the safety

and health of the workers and suggest corrective measures; and

(h) Reviewing the implementation of the recommendations made by it.

The safety committee established for M/s AstecLifeSciences Ltd is depicted in fig. no.7.2.

7.4.2.2 Establishment of Mutual Aid Response Group

M/s Astec Life Sciences Ltd. has entered into an agreement with the neighboring factoryfor

aid and assistance in the event of an emergency.




Table7.8. List of companies under mutual aid group

Sr. No. Name of Factory Contact Person Contact Number

1 Oddesy Organics Pvt. Ltd Mr.C D Deshmukh 9766614473

2 Sequent Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Rajesh Khandekar 9225445488 02145 232722/2024

3 Vinati Organics Ltd. Mr. S Kulkarni 8237335853

4 Akzonable Ltd. Mr. A Salagre 9049008519

5 Mahad Manufacture Association

Mr. Bhosle Nikhil Mr. Jaydeep Kale

7350004115

Figure No. 7.2 Establishment of Safety Committee




7.4.2.3 Outside Organization Involvement in assisting during the On-site emergency.

The Outside organization that would be involved during the On-site emergency would be fire,

hospital and Police authority. This authority would be contacted when the resources provided

within the factory will not fulfill the requirement.

7.4.2.4 Information on the preliminary hazard analysis.

A detailed HAZOP Study for process operations & Risk Assessment have been prepared

considering all possible and rare events for raw materials in the above section. Based on the

study the maximum credible scenario has been identified for the particular scenario and

recommendation to reduce the effect and its occurrence has been suggested/recommended.

7.4.2.5 Details about Safety related features in Plant

a) Location of the Dangerous Substances

The dangerous substances are stored in a demarcated area in the plant premises. The raw

materials are stored based on their compatibility with other raw materials. The raw materials

whose quantities are large are stored in tanks with appropriate safety measures. The plot

layout is marked with the locations of such raw materials.

b) Seat of Key Personal

Table No. 7.9 List of Important Personnel

Name Designation Seat Location Contact No.

Arijit Mukherjee Director Mumbai 9769937069 Arijit Mukherjee Director, Environment,

Health & Safety Corporate Mumbai 9769937069




KishorPawar Factory Manager Mahad 8425850027 ShaileshPadalkar Maintenance Manager Mahad 8425856115 VivekThorat Location Head Mahad 8425856107

c) Emergency Control Room

EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM as marked on site plan will be focal point in case of an

emergency, from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and co-ordinate

by Site Main Controller. The following information and equipment is provided at the

Emergency Control Centre (ECC):

Intercom, telephone

P and T telephone

Safe contained breathing apparatus

Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets

Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indicators

Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories

(Internal, P and T) factory layout, site plan

Emergency lamps/torch lights/batteries

Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, sources of safety

equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location, vulnerable zones, and

escape routes

Hazard chart

Emergency shut-down procedures

Nominal roll of employees

List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Co-ordinators

Duties of key personnel




Addresses with telephone numbers of key personnel, emergency coordinator, and

essential employees.

Important addresses and telephone numbers including Government agencies,

neighboring industries and sources of help, outside experts, chemical fact sheets,

population details around the factory.

Description of Hazardous chemicals stored at plant site is tabulated in the below table.




Table No: 7.10: Detailed list of Hazardous Chemicals

Sr. No

Common Name of Raw Material

Molecular Weight in g/mol

Physical State Odor

Flash Point (°C)

Boiling Point (°C)

Melting Point (°C) Stability

1 Bromine 159.808 Liquid. Pungent. Suffocating. (Strong.)

NA 58.78 -7.25 Stable

2 Dimethyl Formamide

73.09 Liquid. Amine like. (Slight.)

57.778

153 -61 Stable.

3 Hydrochloric acid

NA Liquid. Pungent. Suffocating. (Strong.)

NA 108.58 -62.25 Stable

4 Sodium Hydroxide

40 Solid. (Deliquescent solid.)

Odorless NA 1388 323 Stable

5 Sulphuric Acid 98.08 Liquid. (Thick oily liquid.)

Odorless, but has a choking odor when hot.

NA 270 -35 Stable

6 Thionyl Chloride

118.98 Liquid. Suffocating. NA 76 -104.5 Stable

7 Acetonitrile 41.05 Liquid. Aromatic; Ether-like (Strong.)

2 81.6 -46 Stable




8 Butanol 74.12 Liquid. (Z) Vinous. (Slight.) 28.9 117.7 -89.5 Stable

9 Chloroform 119.38 Liquid.

Pleasant. Sweetish. Etheric. Non-irritating

NA 61 -63.5 Stable.

10 Dichloromethane

84.93 Liquid. NA NA 39.75 -96.7 Stable

11 Dimethyl sulphide

-- Liquid. unpleasant odor -38 37 NA Stable

12 Ethylene oxide NA Liquid. (Oily liquid.)

Odorless. NA NA NA Stable

13 Formaldehyde NA Liquid. NA NA 64.5 97.8 Stable

14 Formic acid NA Liquid.

Pungent. Penetrating. Benzaldehyde-like

69 100 8.4 Stable

15 Hydrobromic acid

NA Liquid. (Fuming liquid.)

Pungent. (Strong.)

NA NA NA Stable




16 Phenol 94.11 Solid.

Distinct, aromatic, somewhat sickening sweet and acrid

79 182 42 Stable

17 Phosgene 98.91 Gas. Hay-like odor, pungent odor.

NA 8 -126 Stable

18 Diethyl Ketone 86.13 Liquid. Acetone like 13 102.7 -42 Stable

19 Dioxane 88.11 Liquid. Ethereal. Pleasant. (Slight.)

12 101.1 11.8 Stable

20 Tetrahydrofuran 72.11 Liquid. Ethereal. Fruity. -14.5 65 -108.3 Stable




Table No: 7.11 Threshold limits Hazardous Raw Material

Sr. No

Common Name of Raw Material

LEL UEL Exposure Limit (TLV)

Nh Nf Nr

1 Bromine NA NA 0.1 3 0 0

2 Dimethyl Formamide

2.20% 15.20% 10 (ppm) 1 2 0

3 Hydrochloric acid

NA NA NA 3 0 1

4 Sodium Hydroxide

NA NA 2 (mg/m3) 3 0 2

5 Sulphuric Acid NA NA 3 (mg/m3) 3 0 2 6 Thionyl Chloride NA NA 1 3 0 2

7 Acetonitrile 4.4% 16% TWA: 40 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV)

2 3 0

8 Butanol 1.4% 11.2% NA 1 3 0

9 Chloroform NA NA STEL: 2 (ppm) from NIOSH Inhalation

2 0 0

10 Dichloromethane 12% 19% TWA: 50 from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]

2 1 0

11 Dimethyl sulphide

2.2% 9.7% NA 2 4 0

12 Ethylene oxide NA NA NA 2 1 0

13 Formaldehyde NA NA

Formaldehyde gas STEL: 0.3 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] STEL: 0.37 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]

2 0 0

14 Formic acid 18% 57% TWA: 5 STEL: 10 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]

3 2 0

15 Hydrobromic acid

NA NA NA 3 0 0

16 Phenol 1.7% 8.6% TWA: 5 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]

3 2 0

17 Phosgene NA NA 0.1 ppm 4 0 2




18 Diethyl Ketone 1.6% NA TWA: 705 (mg/m3) from OSHA 2 3 0

19 Dioxane 2% 22%

TWA: 72 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] TWA: 20 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]

2 3 1

20 Tetrahydrofuran 2% 11.8% TWA: 590 STEL: 737 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]

2 3 0

Table No 7.12: Toxicological Data of the Raw Materials

Sr. No. Raw Material LD50 LC50 Chronic Effects on Humans

1 Bromine 2600 mg/kg 750 1 hours

CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 4 (No evidence.) by NTP, None. by OSHA, None. by NIOSH. Causes damage to the following organs: mucous membranes. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, cardiovascular system, central nervous system (CNS), thyroid.

2 Dimethyl Formamide 2800 mg/kg 9400 1 hours

CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified POSSIBLE for human. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Reproductive system/toxin/male [POSSIBLE]. Causes damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, central nervous system (CNS). May cause damage to the following organs:




blood, the nervous system.

3 Hydrochloric acid 900 mg/kg 1108 ppm,

CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC [Hydrochloric acid]. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, Circulatory System, teeth.

4 Sodium Hydroxide NA NA

MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. May cause damage to the following organs: mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes

5 Sulphuric Acid 2140 mg/kg 320 mg/m3

CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 1 (Proven for human.) by IARC, + (Proven.) by OSHA. Classified A2 (Suspected for human.) by ACGIH. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, lungs, heart, cardiovascular system, upper respiratory tract, eyes, teeth.

6 Thionyl Chloride NA 500 May cause damage to the following organs: upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes.

7 Acetonitrile 269 mg/kg 7551 8 hours

DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Reproductive system/toxin/male [SUSPECTED]. Causes damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, lungs, liver, mucous membranes, gastrointestinal tract, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, central nervous system (CNS). May cause damage to the following organs: the reproductive system.

8 Butanol 790 mg/kg 8000 Not available




4 hours

9 Chloroform 36 mg/kg [Mouse].

47702 mg/m

CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified + (Proven.) by NIOSH. Classified A3 (Proven for animal.) by ACGIH, 2B (Possible for human.) by IARC. Classified 2 (Some evidence.) by NTP. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, heart.

10 Dichloromethane 1600 mg/kg 52000 1 hours

CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified + (Proven.) by OSHA. Classified 2B (Possible for human.) by IARC. Causes damage to the following organs: lungs, the nervous system, liver, mucous membranes, central nervous system (CNS).

11 Dimethyl sulphide 3300 mg/kg

40250 ppm

NA

12 Ethylene oxide 1800 mg/kg NA NA

13 Formaldehyde 42 mg/kg

NA

Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, central nervous system (CNS).

14 Formic acid

Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 729 mg/kg (Mouse

NA

MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. [Formic acid]. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. [Formic acid]. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, central nervous system (CNS).

15 Hydrobromic acid NA NA The substance is toxic to lungs,




mucous membranes.

16 Phenol 270 mg/kg NA

CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, central nervous system (CNS).

17 Phosgene NA 0.084 mg/L

Repeated overexposure may cause irreversible pulmonary injury including bronchitis, emphysema and fibrosis.

18

Diethyl Ketone

2140 mg/kg [Rat NA

MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. The substance is toxic to the nervous system.

19

Dioxane

2000 mg/kg 37000 mg/m3 2 hours

Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. May cause damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, liver, skin, central nervous system (CNS).

20 Tetrahydrofuran 1650 mg/kg 24000 mg/m3

MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. May cause damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, lungs, liver, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, central nervous system (CNS).

Table No 7.13: Likely Dangers to the Plant

Sr. No.

Accident Scenario Causes Consequence Zone




1. Spill Hose failure during road tanker unloading to storage tank at tank farm. Spill of

-Acetonitrile, Butanol, Dimethyl sulphide, etc

Local

2. Large spill Failure of bottom valve Catastrophic failure of storage tank

Local

3. Pressure development Pressure development , Uncontrolled reaction exothermic

Local

4. Fire Any spill of flammable chemical, e.g. solvent spill finding source catching fire on finding of ignition source.

Local

5. Electric fire At transformer area Local 6. Release of

Toxic / flammable Vapors

failure of the Storage tank Lead to an off-site consequences

7. Fall of structure Earthquake , poor maintenance Local

7.4.3 Details of Safety Systems in the Plant Premises

The below section will explain about the safety features & measures adopted by M/s AstecLifeSciencesLtd.for dealing with the onsite emergency situation.

A) Alarm / Siren

There are totally 4 nos. of hooters located in the plant premises. Every Saturday at 1130 hours by giving an “All Clear” siren will be sounded for testing purpose. Emergency Alarm

annountiator panel is located at gate office building as marked on the site plan.

On hearing alarm the incident controller will activate the action on Disaster control plan by giving proper instructions or predetermined signals the alarm code used in the company is explained below,

Table No: 7.14 Alarm Code




Sr. No Situation Type of Siren/Alarm 1. Emergency at Site One Minute waxing and wailing siren 2. All Clear One Minute continuous siren 3. Evacuation Three minutes waxing and wailing siren

B) Assembly Points

Numbers of assemblies depending upon the plant location are identified wherein employees

who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety

and rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be

organized. In view of the size of plant, different locations are earmarked as assembly points.

Two assembly points are identified by the company i.e. one near the main gate of the

company and other one is located near the guest house of the company. Depending upon the

location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.

C) Mock Drills

The company organizes periodical mock drill / rehearsal every 6 months as per suggested

format by creating an emergency situation so as to verify preparedness and awareness as well

as shortcomings on the part of the person to overcome the same. Sufficient time is provided

prior to mock drill to the emergency services and public for proper response to exercise and

provide training also. Record the deficiencies of the system during the trial and take

appropriate actions to improve the efficiency of the plan in terms of preparedness and

response.

D) Training

By imparting an effective training from time to time, the awareness is being kept alive all the

time to ensure safety awareness, preparedness for emergency situations, good housekeeping,

discipline, etc. Display of safety slogans, operative instructions and motivation for safety




should is made the part of the company‟s normal activities. All the persons earmarked for the

emergency services are trained to respond to the emergency. The company conducts internal

& external training for Environment Health & safety. The training is conducted at a

documented frequency. The external training is conducted six monthly and internal training is

conducted every month.

Training is imparted to the employees by raising siren in specific pattern. Employees are

given training of escape routes, taking shelter, protecting from toxic effects. Employees are

provided with information related to fire hazards and first aid measures.

E) Emergency Power Supply

Plant facilities would be connected to Generator and is placed in an auto mode. Thus, water

pumps, plant‟s lighting and emergency control centre, administrative building and other

auxiliary services are connected to emergency power supply. In all the blocks, flameproof

type emergency lamps are provided.

F) Wind Sock

Wind sock is provided in the company. The workers are trained in the mock drill regarding the usage of the wind sock for identifying the directions for taking shelter or identifying the area of high toxicity in case of emergency.

G) Communication facilities available during Onsite emergency

Table No: 7.15 Communication facilities available during Onsite emergency

Name Designation Seat Location Contact No.

Arijit Mukherjee Director Mumbai 9769937069

Arijit Mukherjee Director, Environment, Health & Safety Corporate

Mumbai 9769937069




KishorPawar Factory Manager Mahad 8425850027 ShaileshPadalkar Maintenance Manager Mahad 8425856115 VivekThorat Location Head Mahad 8425856107

H) Fire Fighting Facilities

Firefighting equipment suitable for emergency are maintained well in each section in the

plant. This would be developed according to the statutory requirements. However, fire hydrant

line covering major areas has been laid. Fire alarms have been located in the bulk storage

areas. The below details highlights the fire fighting facilities at site.

Table No: 7.16 Fire Fighting Tank Details

7.4.4 List of Existing fire extinguishers & fire buckets provided

Table No: 7.17 List of Existing fire extinguishers & fire buckets provided Sr. No.

Extinguisher No. Location Type

Capacity

Existing /Proposed

Quantity (Numbers)

1 47 R & D DCP 5 Kg Existing 1

Fire Fighting Tank Details

Capacity of Fire Fighting tanks 300 m3

Type of tank Overhead/ Below head

Below Head

Material of Construction RCC Pump Capacity of fire fighting tank

Jockey : 10.8 m3/hr Electrical pump : 171 m3/hr Diesel operated pump : 171 m3/hr

No of assembly points 2 No of exit points for emergency evacuation

2

Fire Hydrant system Provided No of fire hydrant points in the premises

27




2 46 Near R & D Entrance

DCP 5 Kg Existing 1

3 35 B-17 Gr. Floor DCP 10 Kg Existing 1


5 48 B-17 Gr. Floor CO2 4.5 Kg Existing 1


7 58 B-17 Gr. Floor MF 50 Kg Existing 1

8 40 B-17 1st Floor DCP 5 Kg Existing 1

9 50 B-17 1st Floor MF 10 Kg Existing 1

10 59 B-17 1st Floor CO2 3.2 Kg Existing 1

11 57 B-17 1st Floor DCP 5 Kg Existing 1

12 41 B-17 2nd Floor DCP 10 Kg Existing 1



15 60 B-17 2nd Floor CO2 2 Kg Existing 1

16 43 B-17 3rd Floor DCP 5 Kg Existing 1



19 61 B-17 3rd Floor CO2 3.2 Kg Existing 1

20 23 B-17 Utility PCC room

CO2 4.5 Kg Existing 1




DCP 5 Kg Existing 1

23 28 B-17 Solvent storage DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

24 62 B-17 Solvent storage MF 50 Kg Existing 1

25 29 B-17 Solvent storage DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

26 54 B-17 Fab. Work ABC 6 Kg Existing 1




shop

27 11 B-17 Engg. Stores ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

28 27 Chlorine Storage shed

DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

29 31 BTD Storage shed DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

30 32 BTD Storage shed DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

31 33 B-17 RM Stores DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

32 34 B-17 RM Stores DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

33 24 B-17 RM Stores CO2 4.5 Kg Existing 1

34 25 B-17 RM Stores CO2 4.5 Kg Existing 1

35 2 SC Plant ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

36 22 SC Plant MF 6 Kg Existing 1

37 1 B-17 gate ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

38 16 Admin. Office ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

39 14 Admin. Office ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

40 7 B-16 gate ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

41 63 QC Lab CO2 4.5 Kg Existing 1

42 20 B-16 RM stores DCP 5 Kg Existing 1

43 37 B-16 RM stores MF 6 Kg Existing 1

44 53 B-16 Fab. Workshop ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

45 6 B-16 Fab. Workshop ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

46 64 B-16 MCC room CO2 4.5 Kg Existing 1

47 12 B-16 Utility room ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

48 13 B-16 Utility room ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

49 39 B-16 Plant Gr. Floor DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

50 65 B-16 Plant Gr. Floor MF 6 Kg Existing 1

51 15 B-16 Plant 1st Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1




52 17 B-16 Plant 1st Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

53 19 B-16 Plant 2nd Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

54 3 BRL Plant Gr. Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

55 18 BRL Plant Gr. Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

56 5 BRL Plant 1st Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

57 4 BRL Plant 1st Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

58 8 BRL Plant 2nd Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

59 9 BRL Plant 2nd Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

60 55 BRL Plant 3rd Floor ABC 6 Kg Existing 1

61 10 BRL Plant 3rd Floor DCP 5 Kg Existing 1

62 26 ETP MCC room CO2 2 Kg Existing 1

63 21 ETP Lab MF 6 Kg Existing 1

64 30 Bromine Plant Gr.Floor

DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

65 38 MEE Plant 1st Floor DCP 10 Kg Existing 1

66 66 Spare ETP Lab(SP-01)

MF 6 Ltr Existing 1


MF 6 Ltr Existing 1


MF 6 Ltr Existing 1


CO2 2 Kg Existing 1


CO2 2 Kg Existing 1

71 71 RM store Gr.Floor DCP 50 Kg Existing 1

72 72 RM store Gr.Floor DCP 50 Kg Existing 1

73 73 Walk way near RM store

DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

74 74 Walk way near RM store





75 75 Tank farm near SC plant

DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

76 76 North Side of RM Store

DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

77 77 New Utility – Front side

DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

78 78 New Utility – Front side


79 79 New Utility – In side DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

80 80 New Utility – In side CO2 4.5 Kg Existing 1

81 81 B-24 Fab. Workshop DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

82 82 B-24 Store Front side


83 83 B-24 Store In Side DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

84 84 B-24 Store In Side DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

85 85 B-24 Inside Ware house

DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

86 86 B-24 Security Cabin DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

87 87 Server Room CO2 4.5 Kg Existing 1

88 88 Spare DCP 9 Kg Existing 1

7.4.5 Location of Existing Fire Hydrants

Table No: 7.18 Locations of Existing Fire Hydrants

Sr. No.

Fire hydrant No. Location Existing / Proposed

1 SP-1 Service Point (4 Nos.) Existing 2 DH-1 Front of U/G Solvent yard Existing 3 SH-1 West side of Engg. Stores Existing 4 SH-2 North side of FG warehouse Existing 5 SH-3 N/W entrance of FG Existing




warehouse

6 SH-4 S/W entrance of FG warehouse

Existing

7 SH-5 East side of B-17 Utility Existing 8 SH-6 North side of SC Plant Existing 9 DH-2 South side of FG warehouse Existing 10 SH-7 West side of B-17 Utility Existing 11 SH-8 West entrance of B-17 Plant Existing 12 SH-9 South side of B-17 Plant Existing 13 SH-10 S/E side of Q.C. (B-16) Existing 14 SH-11 S/E side of BRL Plant Existing

15 FEH-1 1st Floor - B-17 Plant (West)

Existing

16 FEH-2 1st Floor - B-17 Plant (East) Existing

17 FEH-3 2nd Floor - B-17 Plant (West)

Existing

18 FEH-4 2nd Floor - B-17 Plant (East)

Existing

19 FEH-5 3rd Floor - B-17 Plant (West)

Existing

20 FEH-6 3rd Floor - B-17 Plant (East) Existing

21 FEH-7 1st Floor - B-16 Plant (West)

Existing

22 FEH-8 2nd Floor - B-16 Plant (East)

Existing

23 FEH-9 1st Floor - BRL Plant (East) Existing 24 FEH-10 2nd Floor - BRL Plant (East) Existing 25 FEH-11 3rd Floor - BRL Plant (East) Existing 26 SH -12 RM Store inside Existing

7.4.6Type and no. of protective and rescue equipment on site

Table No.7.19 Type of protective & rescue equipment

Sr. No. Type No Location




1 Self Contained Breathing

Apparatus Set

01 Security Cabin

7.4.7 Fire Water Tank Justification

A) The amount of water required for firefighting purpose can be estimated by the below formula:

Water required in liters per minutes = (A + B +C + D)/20

A) The total area in sq.mtr of all Floors including galleries in all building of the Factory

B) The total area in sq.mtr of all Floors and galleries including open spaces in which combustible materials

C) The total area in sq.mtr of all Floors over 15 m above ground level

D) The total area in sq.mtr of all floors of buildings other than those of fire resisting construction of various floors is so certified by any fire association or fire insurance company

Water required in liters per minutes = (2272 +505 + 1097+ 61.15)/20

= 196.73 lit/min

= 0.197 m3/min

The quantity of firefighting tank is 300 m3. Therefore the capacity is justified. As the back-up water supply will last for 25 hours.

Time (min) = [Total water in firefighting tank (m3)]/water required m3/min

= 300/0.197

= 25.42Hrs.

The pump capacity in the plant is 171m3/hr, therefore according to the discharge capacity of the pump installed. The back-up time by which the tank will be empty is calculated below,




Time (min) = [Total water in firefighting tank (m3)]/discharge capacity (m3/hr)

= 300/171

= 1.75hours

7.4.8 Medical Facilities

The total number of employees in M/s AstecLifeSciences Ltd. after expansion would be around

160 Nos. According to the Factories Act 1948 & Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 an

Occupational Health Center of 15 sq. m. should be provided in which a part time factory

medical officer shall visit the factory at least twice in a week. Also one qualified person on

First Aid measures will be on duty. First aid box will be provided in every department of the

company. At present there are four first aid box located as per the above table with 10 people

trained in using it. Out of which two persons are always on site. Necessary specific medicines

for emergency treatment of burns patients and for those affected by toxicity would be

maintained. Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would be provided

and maintained in the OHC.

Private medical practitioners & government hospital would be approached in case of

emergency & short supply in the plant. Names of medical personnel and medical facilities in

the surrounding area would be prepared and updated which can be identified in the security

office and emergency control center. The help of nearby industrial managements would be

taken under mutual aid response group agreement if required.

7.4.8.1 Location of Existing First Aid Kit in the Plant Premises

Table No.7.20 First Aid Kit Location

Sr.no. No. Of first aid kits First aid kit location

Existing /proposed

1 1 OHC Existing

2 1 B-17 Gate Existing

3 1 Administration Existing




4 1 B-17 Plant Existing

Interpretation

Keeping in view the nature of the emergency, two levels of co-ordination are proposed. In the

case of an On Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized as

explained in the above section and in the event of an extreme emergency; local authorities‟

help would be sought.

In the event of an emergency developing into an offsite emergency, local authority and

District Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be appraised and under his

supervision, the Off Site Disaster Management Plan would be exercised. The detailed risk

analysis has indicated that the toxic effects would be felt outside the factory. Hence it is

suggested that in case of such an emergency event people (outside the company) are advised

to stay indoors, complete evacuation is not recommended. For this purpose, the offsite

emergency plan has been highlighted in the below section, for the facilities that are available

locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue accommodation, voluntary organizations etc.

would be mustered. Necessary rehearsals and training in the form of mock drills should be

organized in consultation with the district emergency authority.

7.5 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan

The off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The proposed

plan will be based on the following guidelines.

7.5.1 Introduction

Off-site emergency plan follows the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of an

emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an off-site emergency. Off-

site emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the




factory management will provide the public administration with the technical information

relating to the nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighboring population.

The off-site plan in detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to occur, but

other less likely events, which have severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents,

which have very severe consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence, should also

be considered during the preparation of the plan. However, the key feature of a good off-site

emergency plan is flexibility in its application to emergencies other than those specifically

included in the formation of the plan.

The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan

are described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the off-site plan

should either rest with the works management or, with the local authority. Either way, the

plan should identify an emergency coordinating officer, who would take the overall command

of the off-site activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency control centre should be set

up with whom the emergency coordinating officer & emergency planning officer can operate.

An early decision will be required in many cases on the advice to be given to people living

"within range" of the accident; in particular, whether they should be evacuated or told to go

indoor. In the latter case, the decision can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation

of the incident.

Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors:

In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank), only

houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard

may require this to be reviewed periodically

If a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it might be

necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if insufficient time

exists, people should be advised to stay indoors and shield themselves from the fire

For release or potential release of toxic materials, limited evacuation may be




appropriate downwind if there is time. The decision would depend partly on the type

of housing "at risk". Conventional housing of solid construction with windows closed

offers substantial protection from the effects of a toxic cloud, while shanty house,

which can exist close to factories, offers little or no protection.

Figure No7.3: Offsite Emergency Plan

7.5.2 Role of the Chief Inspector

Chief Inspectors are likely to want to satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for

producing the off-site plan has made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all

types including major emergencies. Chief Inspector may verify the documented procedures

and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the onsite & offsite plan. The copy of the

information furnished to the workers, local authority, general public & District Emergency

Authority is submitted to the Chief Inspector for review. If the Chief Inspector is not satisfied

Site Controller

Emergency Co-ordinatingOfficer

Appointed by District Authority

Emergency Planning Officer

Appointed by Local Authority

Chief Inspector

Appointed by State Gov. Authority

General Public

Fire Authority

Heath Authority

Police Authority

State Pollution Control Board

Emergency Plan




with thecontent, he may direct the occupier to supply further information to the workers,

authority, general public & District Emergency Authority as deemed necessary.

7.5.3 Role of the Emergency Coordinating Officer

The various emergency services will be coordinated by an emergency coordinating officer

(ECO), who is designated by the District Collector. The ECO will liaise closely with the Site

Controller. Again, depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or

prolonged off-site consequences, the external control should be passed on to a Emergency

Planning Officer of the local authority administrator.

7.5.4 Role of the Local Authority

The company will enter into an agreement with the Emergency Planning Officer (EPO) of the

area, within whose jurisdiction the factory is situated for the Emergency officer to take

appropriate steps to inform the general public outside the factory who likely to be affected by

an accident. The information in the prescribed format would be shared with the EPO by the

site controller. The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The

Emergency Planning Officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a

whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liase

with the site controller for ensuring that the plan is continually updated.

It is the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations, which will be

involved off site in, handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by

having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular

responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans are organized by the EPO.

7.5.5 Role of Fire Authorities

The control of a fire should normally be the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer

who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the

site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events,




such as explosions and toxic release. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about

the location of all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points, and fire-

fighting equipment. They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as

participants and, on occasion, as observers of exercises involving on-site personnel.

7.5.6 Role of Health Authorities

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and similar other

persons/institutions should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they

should form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be the

result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and

experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most

hospitals. For major toxic releases, the effects vary according to the chemical in question, and

the health authorities should be apprised about the likely toxic releases from the plant, which

will enable them to deal with the aftermath of a toxic release with treatment appropriate to

such casualties. Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities

inadditional to those available locally, and a medical "mutual aid" scheme shouldexist to

enable the assistance of neighboring authorities to be obtained in theevent of an emergency.

7.5.7 Role of Police Authority

Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and

controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders,

evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing

relatives of dead or injured.

7.5.8 Role of Pollution Control Board

On receipt of information officer of the pollution control board shall proceed to the affected

site. Conduct investigation including collection of data. Ensure that the spills have been

contained with no further damage possible to humans and environment. Further to declare the

area fit for re-entry after the decontamination is completed. In case of an environmental




disaster, the pollution control board shall, based on the contaminant released in to the

environment, carry out with the help of the industry and other agencies, such investigations as

may be necessary to establish the degree of contamination. Arrange for suitable

decontamination using resources available in the area as well as with the board.

7.5.9 External agencies contact details involved during emergency

Table No. 7.21 External agencies contact details involved during emergency

Sr.No. Name of Person /Authority Telephone Nos. Distance (km)

1 Police Station MIDC 02145 233010 3 2 Nearest Fire Brigade 02145 232405 0.5 3 Fire Brigade, Mahad 02145 222116 9

4 Nearest Ambulance services 102 / 02145232405 0.5

5 Regional MIDC Office 02145 232294 3 6 Regional MPCB Office 02145 232372 3 7 Regional Factory Inspector 022 27578587 150

8 MSEB Office 02145 222136/46 1 9 CETP, MIDC 073500 04771 2 Hospitals 10 Hospital (MMA) 02145 222093 2.5 11 Deshmukh N. Home 02145 223086 / 225816 10 12 Primary Health Centre, Birwadi 02145 250265 2 13 Primary Health Centre, Mahad 02145 223047 8


Chapter 8: Project Benefits


8.0 CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

M/s. Astec LifeSciences Ltd. proposes expansion of existing manufacturing unit located at Plot

No B-16, 17, 18 & 21, MIDC Mahad, District Raigad, Maharashtra. India. The proposed

expansion project will be beneficial to the surrounding area/communities in terms of

employment generation, social development & other indirect benefits. This expansion project

will also help to reduce the demand & supply gap of pesticides thus ultimately result in to tap the

demand-supply in local as well as international market.

It is anticipated that the proposed expansion activity will provide benefits to locals during both

construction & operational phase thereby helping in better socio-economic aspects in the vicinity

of the project.

8.1 Overall benefits of the project can be summarized as follows:

1) The plant is located in Notified Industrial Area & the proposed activity being executed with

the existing premises, no human displacement or habitat loss is envisaged.

2) Improvement in locale specific socio-economic aspects.

3) Under CER activities the company will focus on locale specific aspects such as education &

skill development, health awareness, water, sanitation and various other social activities.

Education & Skill development:

Provisions of uniform, books and stationary, necessary equipments etc, to the schools

of nearby areas.

Conduction of trainings for youth & women empowerment.

Health Awareness:

Organize free medical checkup camp for the villagers

Health Awareness campaigns will be organized.


Chapter 8: Project Benefits


4) The project will also contribute in increase in revenue in form of various taxes which will be

paid to government time to time. Company will also export their products to other country that

also can be benefitted to the country by increase in excise and vat revenues.

5) The CER activities planned by company can be considerably very beneficial for health,

education, development of poor people, welfare of women & labor and support to disabled

persons etc.

Thus a significant benefit to the socio-economic environment is likely to be created due to the

expansion project and the project will help in developing the national income.


Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis


CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

The proposed project falls under the schedule 5 (b), category ‘A’ as per the EIA Notification,

2006. The application for approval of ToR was submitted to MoEF&CC on MoEF&CC portal

dated 23rd December 2017. The environmental cost benefit analysis was not made mandatory in

the project specific terms of references accorded to M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd. by the Expert

Appraisal Committee – MoEF&CC

Also the Standard Terms of References published by the MOEF & CC on April 2015 does not

include the environmental cost benefit analysis in the general & specific TOR prescribed for

pesticide industry which falls under schedule 5 (b).


Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan


CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Introduction

Every industrial development is associated with the positive and negative impacts on environmental

components.Thoughthe probable negative impacts cannot be nullified completely the much required

developmental activities cannot be impeded.

Environmental Impact Assessment helps in identifying potentially environmental impacts of a proposed

project activity. Based on the finding of the impact assessment, Environment Management Plan is

devised to minimize the adverse impacts and enumerate various steps to be taken for improvement of

the environment. Environmental Management Plan helps in formulation, implementation and

monitoring of environmental parameters during & commissioning of project.

Environment Management Plan (EMP) is the tool to ensure a safe and clean environment. A project may

have identified proper mitigation measures but without a management plan to execute it, the desired

results may not be obtained. The Environment Management Plan envisages proper implementation of

mitigation measures to reduce the adverse impacts arising out of the project activities.

Some of the major objectives of the EMP are:

Ensure the project implementation with minimal impacts on all environmental components

Minimize the impacts on socio- economic indicators of local and adjoining regions

Maintain the highest level of readiness for meeting the needs of any deviation in sustainability

practices

Systematic implementation with adequate manpower, budget and action plan for EMP

To demonstrate the effectiveness of EMP workability along with the project proponent’s

commitment.




10.2 Organizational structure for environment management

Figure No. 10.1: Schematic representation of organizational structure of Astec LifeSciences Ltd.,

Mahad for environment management

10.3 Budget for environmental management/environmental pollution control measures

The proposed capital investment of the company for expansion activity is envisaged to be 10.17Crore

and the proposed capital investment for Environmental Pollution Control Measures is around 60 Lakh

and 25.10 Lakh as recurring/operating cost per annum.

The cost details for Environmental Management are as below:




Table No.10.1: Cost details for environmental management

10.4 Details of EMP budgetary allocation

The proposed budgetary allocation has been made with a view to install new pollution control devices &

management of overall environment during the operational phase the basis and estimated costing of the

EMP budget is as depicted in the following table.

Sr.No. Particulars

Capital Cost (Rs.)

Recurring Cost per annum (Rs.)

1 Air Pollution Control 32,00,000.00 1,13,000.00

2 Water Pollution Control 13,00,000.00 2,50,000.00

3 Noise Pollution Control 2,00,000.00 47,000.00

4 Environment Monitoring and Management

-- 15,00,000.00

5 Occupational Health 4,00,000.00 1,00,000.00

6 Green Belt 6,00,000.00 3,50,000.00

7 Solid Waste Management 3,00,000.00 1,50,000.00

Total (Rs.) 60,00,000.00 25,10,000.00




Table No.10.2: Justification of EMP budgetary allocation

Sr. No. Component Particulars

Estimated Cost

Budgetary Allocation

Capital Investment

Budgetary Allocation Recurring

Expenditure

1 Air

New stack of 39.0 m height for 15 TPH boiler, new common stack of 27 m for TFH’s of 6 &

2 lakh kilo.cal./hr.

29,00,000.00 32,00,000.00 1,13,000.00

2 Water Installation of two psychrometric evaporators of 500 TR each

11,00,000.00 13,00,000.00 2,50,000.00

3 Occupational Health

Providing PPE’s for existing

employees such as Glares, Breathing Masks, Gloves, Boots, Helmets, Ear Plugs etc. & annual health-medical checkup of workers

3,50,000.00 4,00,000.00 1,00,000.00

4 Noise

Installation of anti-vibration pads & Construction of enclosures for new DG set & Boiler

1,60,000.00 2,00,000.00 47,000.00

5 Solid Waste Management

Concrete paving of hazardous waste storage area,purchase of additional containers/bags for storage of hazardous & non -hazardous solid waste

2,50,000.00 3,00,000.00 1,50,000.00

6 Green Belt Green belt development & maintenance

5,90,015.00 6,00,000.00 3,50,000.00

7

Environment Monitoring & Management

Quarterly Environment Monitoring

-- -- 15,00,000.00 Ambient Air Monitoring

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO

Work place air monitoring

VOCs & Fugitive Emissions




10.5 Details of environmental mitigation measures

The probable impacts identified & the mitigation measures envisaged for protection of Environmental

Components during the operational phase are as tabulated in the table below.

Table No.10.3: Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures during

operational phase

Operational Phase

Sr.No.

Environmental Parameters

Aspect Attributes

Anticipated Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures

1. Air Quality

Operation of Boilers, Thermic fluid heaters, D.G sets and Gaseous emission from manufacturing process, Non spontaneous emissions from transportation of raw materials & finished goods.

The Maximum Incremental concentration of PM10 -2.22821ug/m3 SO2 -4.63488 ug/m3 NOx- 1.70747 ug/m3 CO - 29.3269ug/m3 The Health effects related to particulate matter are majorly respiratory, pulmonary injury

To ensure proper dispersion of flue gases in atmosphere, provision of stacks of following height as per CPCB guidelines: 1. Stack No. 1 : 30 m Stack for 6 TPH boiler

2. Stack No. 2 : 24m stack for 850 kg/hr boiler

3. Stack No. 3 : 39 m

Boilers, THFs & DG Sets stack monitoring

TPM, SO2, NOx

Effluent (Treated & Untreated)

pH, COD, BOD, TSS, TDS, Oil & Grease

Total (Rs.) 53,10,000.00 60,00,000.00 25,10,000.00




VOC emission generated due to the handling and storage of the solvents & other raw materials.

&lung cancer etc. Exposure to SO2 and NOx majorly leads to respiratory problems. Carbon monoxide decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood by reducing the hemoglobin. The health effects related to VOC emission are eye, nose and throat irritation headaches, loss of coordination and nausea, damage to liver, kidney and central nervous system etc. Exposures to high concentrations of ammonia in air may cause immediate burning of nose, throat & respiratory tract which may cause bronchiolar and alveolar edema and airway destruction resulting in respiratory disease or failure. Inhalation of lower concentrations can cause coughing and nose and throat infection. The air emissions in long course of time

stack for 15 TPH boiler

4. Stack No.4: 27 m common stack for TFH’s

of 6 & 2 lackhkilo.cal./hr.

5. Stack No. 5 : 3.5 m stack above roof for D.G of 250 kVA

6. Stack No. 6 : 4.5 m stack above roof for D.G of 500 kVA 7. Stack No.7: 5.0 m stack above roof for process scrubber. 8. Roads within plot premises will be concreted / paved to avoid the dust generation from day to day vehicular activity. 9. It will be ensured that all the vehicles used for transportation activity have a valid PUC (Pollution under Control) Certificate. 10. Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles is carried out. Same practice will be continued in future.




may affect the vegetation stature physically (leaf senescence, hampered growth etc.)& biologically in downwind direction which may result in affecting overall ecology of the region in consideration.

11. Regular sweeping of all the roads & floors is being /will be done. 12. Development of the green belt along the plant boundary will help to capture the fugitive emission. 13. To control VOC emission carbon adsorption system can be implemented. 14. Industry to ensure that at no point of time the air emission concentrations does not exceed the prescribe standards.

2. Noise Quality Operation of D.G sets, Boilers, Thermic fluid heaters, Reactors, ancillary utilities & transportation activity.

The impacts of high noise level can be Temporary/Permanent hearing loss, Mental disturbance Increase in heart rate, Decrease in workers performance due to psychiatric disorder, Workers developing Tinnitus due to high level of noise exposure on regular basis.

1. Acoustic enclosure will be provided to D.G set for attenuation of noise level during operation. 2. Boiler and Thermic fluid heaterwillbe placed in a confined space viz. boiler house where the surrounding walls acts as a barrier for noise propagation. 3. Isolation of high intensity noise generating equipment’s. 4. Appropriate traffic management to be implemented. 5. Green belt developed




around the plot boundary will help to minimize the noise intensity propagating outside factory premises. 6. Appropriate PPEs should be provided to workers.

3. Water Quality 1. Effluent from manufacturing process. 2. Effluent from Scrubber operations. 3. Blow down water from Boiler and Cooling Tower. 4.Domestic wastewater.

Unscientific/accidental release/discharge of effluents if finds its way to surrounding soils,surface/groundwatermay lead to contamination of the same there by affecting the overall ecology & agricultural productivity of the area concerned.

LCOD-LTDS effluent

comprising of domestic

sewage & process

effluent to the tune of

51.3 CMD will be treated

in existing ETP 55 CMD

capacity comprising of

primary, secondary &

tertiary treatment scheme,

permitted quantity of

treated effluent will be

sent to CETP for further

treatment & disposal and

remaining effluent will be

recycled.

1.0

2. HCOD-HTDS effluent

from manufacturing

process will be subjected




in plant stripper

evaporator & condensate

will be reused.

3. Cooling tower & boiler

blow down will be reused

for cooling tower

operations.

4. Thus except for the

consented treated effluent

discharge quantity the

additional treated effluent

generated from the

project activity will be

reused.

Thus it will be ensured there will be no unscientific /accidental release/discharge of effluentsoutside the project premises.

4. Solid Waste Management - Hazardous Waste

1. Used/ spent oil. 2. Residues & Waste

Unscientific handling may affect the health of workers coming in direct contact with the hazardous waste and

1. Hazardous wastesgenerated from the process such asResidues & Waste, Chemical sludge residue from




3.Chemical sludge residue from pesticides 4.Discarded containers 5.Chemical sludge from ETP 6. Filter & filter material having organic liquid 7. Spent carbon 8. Asbestos gaskets 9. Spent Solvents

may lead to skin allergies/rashes/burns etc.andindiscriminate/accidental disposal of hazardous waste if finds its way to surrounding soils, surface/groundwatermay lead to contamination of the same there by affecting the overall ecology & agricultural productivity.

pesticides, Asbestos gaskets and Spent Carbonwill be disposed to Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja. 2. Hazardous wastes generated from effluent treatment process such as Chemical sludge from ETP will be disposed to Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja.

3. Filter & filter material having organic liquid, will be disposed to Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja.

4. Hazardous wastes such as Used/ spent oil, Discarded containers, Spent Solvents will be reused/recycled/sold to Authorized Parties or will be disposed to Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF, Taloja.

Solid Waste Management - Non Hazardous waste

1. Paper waste (paper boxes and bags). 2. Plastic waste.

1.Hap-Hazard handling & storage may lead to inadequate open space

Designated area for Scrap materials will be provided in the plant. Scrap materials will be




3. Metal scrap. 4.Wooden pellets. 5. Coal ash.

in plant premises & it may lead to rodent breeding

recycled through registered scrap vendors. Coal ash will be sold to registered brick manufacturer. Daily housekeeping waste and food waste will be disposed through municipal waste management facility.

10.6 Fly Ash utilization

The manufacturing plants & evaporators will require steam for operation, to obtain this steam company

will operateThreeSteam Boilers (6 TPH, 850 Kg/hr. and 15 TPH) & twoThermic Fluid Heater (6 Lakh

kilo cal./hr.& 2 Lakh kilo cal./hr). The fuel used for operations of two steam boilers will be Coal & for

One Steam boiler and Two Thermic Fluid Heater will be Furnace Oil, the maximum ash percentage in

Furnace Oil is estimated around (0.1%)*& Coal is around (13.99 %).

* Bureau of Energy Efficiency.

Table No.10.4: Ash generation due Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater operations

Fuel Used Ash Content Quantity of fuel used per

day Quantity of ash to be generated

per day FO 0.1% 3608.2 L/Day (3.71 T/Day) 0.0037 T/Day

Coal 13.99% 57.2 T/Day 8.5463 T/Day

Total 8.55 T/Day

(Will be sold to registered brick manufacturers)




The fuel consumption for operation of boiler (Coal) will be 57.2 T/day and FO for thermic fluid heater

and Steam boiler will be 3.71 T/day hence through combustion of total 60.91 T/day, 8.55 T/day ash will

be generated which will be sold to registered brick manufacturers.

10.7 Action Plan for Green Belt Development

Generally green belt developed along the factory boundary helps to arrest/capture dust emissions

thereby avoiding it toescape beyond the factory boundary and also to minimize intensityofnoise

propagating out of the factory premises along with improving the aesthetics of project site.

10.7.1 Design and development of green belt

Design: Thick green belt will be developed along the boundary of the project plot as per the Standard

TOR prescribed by MoEF& CC.

Area allocation for green belt: Currently ALL has developed green belt in 343.52 sq. m. additionally

green belt development will be done in 518.75 sq. m. within the project plot.

In addition ALL has leased two plots from Mahad MIDC for green belt development viz. OS - 5 & OS -

16 admeasuring 10,600.00 & 9,600.00 sq. m. respectively thus total are for green belt development will

be 20,200.00 sq. m.

The plots OS – 5 & OS – 16 are reserved by MIDC for green belt development/plantation activity only

& agreement into the same effect has been prepared.




Area consideration for growth of individual tree: The area assumption for individual large/medium

size growth achieving tree is 2.6 m x 2.6 m= 6.76 sq. m. as per the Standard TOR prescribed by MoEF&

CC for Pesticides Industry and pesticide specific intermediates(excluding formulations).

Selection of plant species: Preferably native fast growing, non-fruiting plants having large leaf area

will be used for green belt development.

10.7.2 Project plot area breakup details

Table No.10.5: Project plot area break up details

Area Details Existing (sq. m.) Proposed (sq. m.) Total (sq. m.)

Total Plot Area 13950 -- 13950

Built Up Area 8544.00 -- 8544.00

Parking Area 166.00 -- 166.00

Green Belt Area 343.52 518.75 862.27

Note: In addition green belt development/plantation will be done in 20,200. sq. m. within Mahad MIDC

10.7.3 Proposed green belt

Reconnaissance survey were conducted along with the project proponent to identify sites for proposed

green belt & the areas thus demarcated for the proposed green belt were plotted on the Autocad system,

the layout plan thus generated is depicted below.




Figure No. 10.2: Project plot layout depicting proposed green belt within the plant premises




10.7.4 Area consideration for plantation

The area assumption required for individual large tree/medium size growing tree is as follows:

1. Area required for large/ medium size growth achieving tree = 2.6 meter x 2.6 meter

Table No.10.8: Break up of proposed green belt area & no. of trees

Sr. No. Green Belt Site Area in (Sq. m.)

No. of plants to be planted

1 Within the factory premises 518.75 76

10.7.5Action plan & estimated budgetary allocation for proposed green belt development

Table No.10.9: Action plan for proposed green belt development/plantation

Estimate for block plantation - within during June 2019

Total area: 518.75 sq. m. No. of plants to be planted: 76

Estimated Expenditure

Sr. No. Particulars of work Magnitude Rate ( Rs.) per unit Amount (Rs.)

1 Alignment & Digging of pits 76 120 9,120.00

2 Purchase of plants (saplings of large/medium size growing trees)

76 165 12,540.00

3 Transportation cost (transportation of plants to project site including loading & unloading) & planting in pits

20,000.00 20,000.00

4 Purchase of soil & fertilizers 85,000.00 85,000.00

5 Purchase of bricks/fencing material (for green belt bordering/fencing)

15,000.00 15,000.00

Total 1,41,660.00

Table No.10.10: Recurring cost for maintaining green belt




Estimate for maintaining the Green Belt Estimated Expenditure

Sr. No. Particular of work

Capital Recurring/Annum 1 Watering for 8 months(240 days)

862.27 sq. m. of green belt to be watered 4.3 CMD water @ 5 l/sq. m. Now the charge for 1 m3 water is Rs. 17 (Reference:https://www.midcindia.org/water) Thus expenses for watering 862.27 sq. m. green belt for 240 days @ Rs. 17/m3 will be: 240 x 4.3 x 17 = 48, 960/annum (240 days)

-- 17,544.00

2 Caretaker 1 Nos. for 12 month @ 1x15,000/month -- 1,80,000.00 Total -- 1,97,544.00

10.7.6 Suggested plant species

A mix plantation of native of trees as depicted in the below table is suggested for proposed green belt &

replacement of any dead tree in the existing green belt.

Table No.10.11: List of suggested plant species

Sr. No.

Botanical name Family Common name

No. of individual plants to be plants

1 Cassia fistula Ceasalpiniaceae Bahava 4 2 Bombax ceiba Bombacaceae Sawar 4

3 Asltonia shcolaris Apocynaceae Saptaparni 4

4 Macaranga peltata Euphorbiaceae Chandwar 4

5 Schleichera oleosa Sapindaceae Kususm 4

6 Microcos paniculata Tiliaceae Shirali 4

7 Terminalia elliptica Combretaceae Ain 4

8 Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae Kindal 4

9 Terminalia bellirica Combretaceae Baheda 4

10 Cordia dichotoma Boraginacea Shelu 4

11 Helictere isora Sterculiacea Murudsheng 4




12 Holoptelea integrifolia Ulmaceae Ainasadada 4

13 Butea monosperma Fabaceae Palash 4

14 Oroxylumindiccum Bignoniaceae Tetu 4

15 Erythrinasuberosa Fabaceae Pangara 4

16 Azadirachtaindica Meliaceae Kadulimb 4

17 Dalbergiasissoo Fabaceae Shisham 4

18 Tremaorientalis Cannabaceae Ghol 4

19 Neolamarckiacadamba Rubiaceae Kadamba 4

10.8 Storm water management

In developed area like Industrial estate or company premises, impervious surface such as pavements in

factory premises prevents precipitation from naturally soaking to the ground, instead of that water runs

into storm drains. Managing the quantity and quality of storm water is termed, "Storm water

Management."

Storm water calculation

To assess the worst case scenario for storm water to be received on project plot, the average annual

rainfall revived in Raigad District is considered which is 1850 mm (IMD data 2012 -2016).

Thus average rainfall/month = 1850/4 = 462.5 mm (only 4 months of rainy season are

considered),accordingly average rainfall/day = 462.5/30 = 15.41 mm/day & average rainfall per hour =

15.41/24 = 0.64 mm/hr.

Storm water quantity can be estimated by three methods.

1. SCS Technique: Curve number method of USDA

2. Commercial Software: Storm water management model (SWMM) or STORM

3. Rational Method.

In this section of the report rational method has been used to quantify the amount of storm water runoff

per hour in the plant premises.




Rational Method

Q = 10 CiA

Q= Runoff in m3/hr

C = Coefficient of runoff

i = intensity of rainfall in mm/hr

A = Area of drainage in hectares.

Q = 10 x 0.9 x 0.64 x1.395

Q = 8.03m3/hr.

Details of storm water drains present on project plot

Length of storm water drain present on entire project plot = 478.6 m

Width of storm water drain = 0.25 m

Depth of storm water drain = 0.2 m

Capacity of storm water drain = L x W x D = 478.6 x 0.25 x 0.2 = 23.93 m3

Conclusion:

The maximum water that can be received during rainy season on the project plot area plant is calculated

to be around 8.03m3/hr.,currently ALL has provided storm water drain of 23.93 m3capacityhence the

capacity of existing storm water drains is justified &the storm water drain is connected to MIDC

drainage system.

10.9 Rain water harvesting




The company has provided rooftop rain water harvesting system and the harvested rain water is stored in

dedicated underground water tank of 160.0 m3 capacity & the harvested rain water will be utilized for

cooling tower or boiler makeup water.

10.10Solvent Management System

Solvents are one of the costly raw materials which get utilized in Pesticides and Chemical intermediates

manufacturingindustries.These solvents are very hazardous in nature which may cause harm to

environmental components. The main requirement in the industry is minimum inventory maintenance,

safe working environment and accurate dispensing. The solvent dispensing system integrates various

operations at solvent yard and production blocks like unloading, dispensing etc. solvent management

start right from solvent unloading, storage, charging, recovery & reuse of the used solvent.

The solvent utilization, recycling and reuse for proposed expansion project are envisaged as follows:

1) Chemicals will be stored in drums& solvent tank farm yardto avoid handling losses closed feed

system will be provided for filling and unloading of chemicals from the drums.

2) Products will be purified by using various solvents and use solvents will be collected and recycled.

3) To avoid leakages from drums & pipelines, regular inspection & maintenance will be done.

4) Closed feed system will be adopted for reactor charging

5) Flame proof equipment’s will be used during maintenance

6) Earthing will be provided wherever solvent to be handled.




Table No.10.12: Solvent use & recovery summary

Product Name Solvent Used Solvent

Consumption (MT/M)

Solvent Recover

y (MT/M)

% recover

y of solvent

Propiconazole Dimethyl Sulphide +

Cyclohexane + Dimethyl sulphoxide+Toluene

50.5 1010 95

Hexaconazole Dimethyl Sulphide +

Dimethyl Formamide + Methanol

17.2 344 95

Tebuconazole Methyl Cyclohexane + Dimethyl acetamide +

Dimethyl sulphide 57.8 1155 95

Dextrinol Toluene 0.1 4 98 3,4-Chlorostyrene THF 3.0 99 97

Metalaxyl Xylidene + Cyclohexane 1.0 20 95 4-Hydroxy 3-Methyl-2-

(Propinyl)-2-Cyclopentene-1-Lon ( LON )

THF 0.9 31 97

Dichloro Benzyl Cyanide/4-Chlorophenyl Ethyl Chloride

nil 0.0 0 0

Bromuconazole Methanol + MDC + Dimethyl formamide +THF + Toluene

26.4 528 95

Cyproconazole Dimethyl acetamide +

Cyclohexane + Dimethyl sulphide +Toluene +THF

12.8 256 95

Pallerthrin Toluene + Dimethyl

formamide 1.4 47 97

Difenoconazole IPA + Toluene +

Cyclohexane 16.3 325 95

Tricyclazole Nil 0.0 0 0




2-Ethyl 2-Methyl Butanoic Acid

THF 2.4 81 97

Metconazole ECH + Toluene 12.7 423 97 5-Methyl-Α-(2-Propinyl) -5-Furfuryl Alcohol ( PGMF )

THF+Toluene 4.5 148 97

Myclobutynil Dimethyl acetamide + Dimethyl sulphoxide

7.8 156 95

Dimethoxy Benzoic Acid Methanol 4.9 98 95

Boscalid Acetonitrile + Methanol+

Toluene + THF 7.7 154 95

Prothiconazole Hexane 4.5 90 95

Ipconazole ECH + Toluene + NMP +

IPA 23.0 459 95

4-Trifluromethyl Benzyl Alcohol ( FTBA )

THF 4.5 151 97

Fenpyroximate Methanol + Chloroform +

Toluene 2.7 54 95

10.11. CER Activity (Corporate Environmental Responsibility)

Project undertaking social responsibility is not a business posture, but is the result of market economy

development in some stage, is the inner demand of enterprise and self-conscious action. Social

responsibility has become a new competition after the talent, technology and management, is the

important variable effected enterprise sustainable development, true sustainable and build up

harmonious society through undertaking social responsibility.

Since the project comes under notified MIDC industrial areaPublic Hearing (PH) is not applicable as per

MoEF&CC O.M dated 27th April 2018, however for development & improvement in socio economic

aspects of the surrounding area, company has made provisions for fixed budgetary allocation for social

commitment as a part of social responsibility.




After accomplishment of proposed expansion company is willing to do following ESC activities:

Education & skill development

Provision of need based amenities to school in project area.

Health awareness

Provision of need based amenities to Rural Government Hospital in project area.

10.11.1 Budgetary allocation for CER Activity

As per O.M issued by MoEF&CC dtd. 1st May 2018 ALL has allocated 1% of proposed capital

investment of expansion activity. The proposed capital investment of expansion activity is 10.17 crore

thus 10.17 lakhs for expenditure on CER activities is provisioned. The year wise budgetary allocation&

anticipated expenditure is given in the following table.




10.11.2 Action Plan for CER Activity

Table No.10.13: List of CER activities to be undertaken

Cost of Proposed Expansion

Activity

CER Budgetary Allocation

Year of Implementatio

n

Amount in Lakh Activity Cost Estimate

10.17Crore 10.17Lakh

2019 5.0 Lakh

Providing basic amenities to the ZP School of GandharpaleAdiWadi as under:

1. Safe Drinking water System.

2. Providing new benches

Particulars Amount (Approx.) For Water Purification

R.O.+UV purification System (6 no.)

3,40,000/-

Storage Tank (6 no.) 40,000/- Fitting charges 20,000/-

Providing benches (20 Nos) 1,00,000/-

2020 5.17 Lakh Providing basic amenities to the Mahad Government Rural hospital.

Particulars Amount (Approx.)

Sterilizing Equipment (Auto Clave) (6No)

2,00,000/-

Hot Air Owen (4 No) 2,00,000/- Examination Bed (20 No) 1,17,000/-




10.11.3 Monitoring plan for CER Activity Execution

Post project execution, Project Proponent is advised to maintain a separate dedicated account for CER funds also to designate fix personnel for execution of year wise CER activities & such year wise expenditures made should be made available to Statutory Authorities as & when required.




10.12 Occupational Health

10.12.1 Plan & fund allocation to ensure the occupation health and safety of all contract and

casual workers

The objective of occupational health environment is to provide safe working environment to the

employees of the company. Good occupational health management keeps workers physical conditions

healthy or non-deteriorating in work environment which keeps the worker physically and

psychologically sound. It results in

High productivity

Improved work efficiency

Work satisfaction

Less medical expenses toward employees thereby less recurring cost.

The company has planned all the necessary control measures to prevent air pollution, water pollution

and degradation of soil in the project surrounding areas. Since all the pollution control measures are

planned.Minor accidents, noise, poor ventilation and accidental chemical exposure are the only possible

occupational health hazards from the manufacturing activities. For the prevention of it, the company will

educate the operators and workers for the safety rules, procedure and preventive measures and to use

personnel protective measures.

The company has provided budgetary allocation of Rs. 4,00,000/- for purchase of Personal Protective

Equipment’s (PPEs) for existingman power & Rs.1,00,000/- as recurring expenditure for annual

medical, health checkup& other occupational safety related aspects of workersas a part of Occupational

Health & Safety measures.

10.12.2 Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker.

The company conducts medical health checkup of workers on periodic intervals, the summary of one

such medical health checkup is given Annexure - 10.1.




10. 13 Corporate Environmental Policy




10.13.1 Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues

Figure No. 10.4: Schematic representation of administrative order of company to deal with

environmental issues




10.13.2 Environmental Policy prescribes for standard operating process/procedure to bring into

focus any infringement/deviation/violation of the environmental norms.

The company will establish SOP’s for use/handling/operation of various safety & hazard management

features during any emergency situation.Some of SOP’s that are in place.

10.13.3 Procedure for reporting accident/incident and attending the injured person

Incident and Injury reporting system is in place.

10.13.4System of reporting of noncompliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large

Legatrix (Legal Compliance Monitoring system).

Communication of non-compliance to Legal Cell as and when received from concern authority.

Feedback to non-compliance tracking system.

Review of compliance on monthly basis.


Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd 1-1

CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd. proposes expansion of existing manufacturing unit located at Plot

No B-16, 17, 18 &21, MIDC Mahad, District Raigad, Maharashtra.

M/s Astec LifeSciences Ltd. has envisaged pesticides& chemical intermediates production

capacity enhancement from existing 219 MT/M to a proposed total production capacity of

781 MT/M along with formulation products to the tune of 700.0 MT/M and bi-products to

the tune of 1773 MT/M within the existing manufacturing plant located at Plot No. B-16, 17,

18 &21, MIDC Mahad, District Raigad, Maharashtra with an estimated budgetary project cost

of Rs. 10.17Crore. The proposed activity is a production capacity expansion of the existing

unit located at Plot No. B-16, 17, 18 &21 and will be carried out by replacing existing

equipment by new higher capacity equipment’s.

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

a. Name & Location of the project : M/s AstecLifeSciences Ltd. Plot No B-16, 17, 18 &21, MIDC Mahad, District Raigad, Maharashtra.

b. Details of Applicant : Mr. Arijit Mukherjee

c. Type of Industry : Small Scale Industry, Pesticides Products Manufacturing Unit.

d. Type of Land & Status : The land is located in Mahad MIDC therefore the it is an industrial plot. Project land is leased for M/s AstecLifeSciences Ltd.

e. Capital Investment for EMP : 60.00 lakhs

f. Recurring Cost for EMP : 7.2 lakh




g. Employment Opportunity : Existing :.160 Proposed : -- Total: 160

h. Greenbelt Area : Within project plot 862.27 sq. m.

i. Water Pollution Control : 36 CMD LCOD-LTD effluent along with domestic sewage 15 CMD will be treated in full-fledged ETP of 55 CMD capacity from which 46.43 CMD effluent will be sent to CETP for further treatment & disposal as per valid C.T.O & 4. 57 CMD treated effluent will be reused. 241 CMD effluent process will be subjected in plant stripper evaporator of 250 CMD capacity from which 184 CMD condensate will be reused & 54 T/D salts will be sold as bi-products. 120.73 CMD Cooling tower & Boiler blow down will

be reused. j. Flue gas emission control : Stack No.1: 30 m Stack for 6 TPH boiler

Stack No.2: 24m stack for 850 kg/hr boiler

Stack No.3: 39 m stack for 15 TPH boiler Stack No.4: 27 m commonstack for TFH’s

of 6 & 2 lackhkilo. cal./hr. Stack No. 5: 4.5 m stack above roof for

D.G of 250 kVA Stack No. 6: 4.5 m stack above roof for

D.G of 500 kVA Stack No.7: 5.0 mstack above roof for

process scrubber Note: Existing boiler of 2.5 TPH & D.G of 125 kVA will be discontinued

k. Process gas emission control : Process Scrubber




11.2 Conclusion

It can be concluded that due to provisions and implementation of efficient environmental

management systems including the proposed mitigation measures and environment management

plans, the impacts associated with the project activities during the operational phase would be

manageable and the proposed expansion activity will be directly & indirectly beneficial to the

surrounding people.

l. Hazardous waste Management : 1. Hazardous wastes generated from the processsuch as Spent Oil will be sold to MPCB authorized recycler.

2. Chemical Sludge from Wastewater treatment will be disposed to CHWTSDF.

3. Hazardous wastes such as Discarded containers barrels/liners/ plastic bags/PPEs etc will be reused/recycled/sold to Authorized Parties.

m. CER budgetary allocation : 10.17 Lakhs

n. Rehabilitation & Resettlement Aspects : The proposed production capacity enhancement project is a brown field activity which will be executed within the existing factory premises hence rehabilitation & resettlement aspects are not applicable

o. Forestry/Wildlife/ Conservation related aspects

: The proposed project is located in Notified MIDC Mahad & does not involve any use of forest land. Also study area is devoid of any species of conservation importance hence forestry/conservation related aspects are not applicable.


Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultant


12.0 CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. established in the year 1998 is a NABET accredited

(NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1518/RA020 was earlier valid up to 14th October 2018 &

has applied for renewal ) EIA Consultant Organization having its registered office at 310,

Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji-403001, Goa State, India.

Sadekar Enviro is organized company under three strategic environmental pollution prevention

and control activities viz. Air, Water & Hazardous Waste and provides following services:

Environmental Impact Assessment Study & Environment Management Plan

Execution of Effluent & Sewage treatment plants on turnkey basis

Treatability & Feasibility studies for Waste Water Treatment

Collection & Analysis of water, Wastewater & Hazardous Waste Samples

Ambient Air Quality, Stack Emission, Noise & Work Place monitoring

Environmental Audit reports Preparation & Submission to SPCB

Operation & Maintenance of ETP & STP on contract basis

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/08122018... ·...

Documents

Transcript of M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/08122018... ·...